Provided by: rclone_1.50.2-2ubuntu0.2_amd64 
NAME
Rclone - rsync for cloud storage
DESCRIPTION
Rclone is a command line program to sync files and directories to and from:
• 1Fichier
• Alibaba Cloud (Aliyun) Object Storage System (OSS)
• Amazon Drive (See note (/amazonclouddrive/#status))
• Amazon S3
• Backblaze B2
• Box
• Ceph
• Citrix ShareFile
• C14
• DigitalOcean Spaces
• Dreamhost
• Dropbox
• FTP
• Google Cloud Storage
• Google Drive
• Google Photos
• HTTP
• Hubic
• Jottacloud
• IBM COS S3
• Koofr
• Mail.ru Cloud
• Memset Memstore
• Mega
• Microsoft Azure Blob Storage
• Microsoft OneDrive
• Minio
• Nextcloud
• OVH
• OpenDrive
• Openstack Swift
• Oracle Cloud Storage
• ownCloud
• pCloud
• premiumize.me
• put.io
• QingStor
• Rackspace Cloud Files
• rsync.net
• Scaleway
• SFTP
• Wasabi
• WebDAV
• Yandex Disk
• The local filesystem
Features
• MD5/SHA1 hashes checked at all times for file integrity
• Timestamps preserved on files
• Partial syncs supported on a whole file basis
• Copy (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_copy/) mode to just copy new/changed files
• Sync (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_sync/) (one way) mode to make a directory
identical
• Check (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_check/) mode to check for file hash equality
• Can sync to and from network, eg two different cloud accounts
• Encryption (https://rclone.org/crypt/) backend
• Cache (https://rclone.org/cache/) backend
• Chunking (https://rclone.org/chunker/) backend
• Union (https://rclone.org/union/) backend
• Optional FUSE mount (rclone mount (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_mount/))
• Multi-threaded downloads to local disk
• Can serve (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve/) local or remote files over HTTP
(https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_http/)/WebDav
(https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_webdav/)/FTP
(https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_ftp/)/SFTP
(https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_sftp/)/dlna
(https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_dlna/)
• Experimental Web based GUI (https://rclone.org/gui/)
Links
• Home page (https://rclone.org/)
• GitHub project page for source and bug tracker (https://github.com/rclone/rclone)
• Rclone Forum (https://forum.rclone.org)
• Downloads (https://rclone.org/downloads/)
Configure
First, you’ll need to configure rclone. As the object storage systems have quite
complicated authentication these are kept in a config file. (See the --config entry for
how to find the config file and choose its location.)
The easiest way to make the config is to run rclone with the config option:
rclone config
See the following for detailed instructions for
• 1Fichier (https://rclone.org/fichier/)
• Alias (https://rclone.org/alias/)
• Amazon Drive (https://rclone.org/amazonclouddrive/)
• Amazon S3 (https://rclone.org/s3/)
• Backblaze B2 (https://rclone.org/b2/)
• Box (https://rclone.org/box/)
• Cache (https://rclone.org/cache/)
• Chunker (https://rclone.org/chunker/) - transparently splits large files for other
remotes
• Citrix ShareFile (https://rclone.org/sharefile/)
• Crypt (https://rclone.org/crypt/) - to encrypt other remotes
• DigitalOcean Spaces (/s3/#digitalocean-spaces)
• Dropbox (https://rclone.org/dropbox/)
• FTP (https://rclone.org/ftp/)
• Google Cloud Storage (https://rclone.org/googlecloudstorage/)
• Google Drive (https://rclone.org/drive/)
• Google Photos (https://rclone.org/googlephotos/)
• HTTP (https://rclone.org/http/)
• Hubic (https://rclone.org/hubic/)
• Jottacloud (https://rclone.org/jottacloud/)
• Koofr (https://rclone.org/koofr/)
• Mail.ru Cloud (https://rclone.org/mailru/)
• Mega (https://rclone.org/mega/)
• Microsoft Azure Blob Storage (https://rclone.org/azureblob/)
• Microsoft OneDrive (https://rclone.org/onedrive/)
• Openstack Swift / Rackspace Cloudfiles / Memset Memstore (https://rclone.org/swift/)
• OpenDrive (https://rclone.org/opendrive/)
• Pcloud (https://rclone.org/pcloud/)
• premiumize.me (https://rclone.org/premiumizeme/)
• put.io (https://rclone.org/putio/)
• QingStor (https://rclone.org/qingstor/)
• SFTP (https://rclone.org/sftp/)
• Union (https://rclone.org/union/)
• WebDAV (https://rclone.org/webdav/)
• Yandex Disk (https://rclone.org/yandex/)
• The local filesystem (https://rclone.org/local/)
Usage
Rclone syncs a directory tree from one storage system to another.
Its syntax is like this
Syntax: [options] subcommand <parameters> <parameters...>
Source and destination paths are specified by the name you gave the storage system in the
config file then the sub path, eg “drive:myfolder” to look at “myfolder” in Google drive.
You can define as many storage paths as you like in the config file.
Subcommands
rclone uses a system of subcommands. For example
rclone ls remote:path # lists a remote
rclone copy /local/path remote:path # copies /local/path to the remote
rclone sync /local/path remote:path # syncs /local/path to the remote
rclone config
Enter an interactive configuration session.
Synopsis
Enter an interactive configuration session where you can setup new remotes and manage
existing ones. You may also set or remove a password to protect your configuration.
rclone config [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for config
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone commands, flags and
backends.
• rclone config create (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_create/) - Create a new
remote with name, type and options.
• rclone config delete (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_delete/) - Delete an
existing remote .
• rclone config disconnect (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_disconnect/) -
Disconnects user from remote
• rclone config dump (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_dump/) - Dump the config
file as JSON.
• rclone config edit (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_edit/) - Enter an
interactive configuration session.
• rclone config file (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_file/) - Show path of
configuration file in use.
• rclone config password (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_password/) - Update
password in an existing remote.
• rclone config providers (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_providers/) - List in
JSON format all the providers and options.
• rclone config reconnect (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_reconnect/) -
Re-authenticates user with remote.
• rclone config show (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_show/) - Print (decrypted)
config file, or the config for a single remote.
• rclone config update (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_update/) - Update
options in an existing remote.
• rclone config userinfo (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_userinfo/) - Prints
info about logged in user of remote.
rclone copy
Copy files from source to dest, skipping already copied
Synopsis
Copy the source to the destination. Doesn’t transfer unchanged files, testing by size and
modification time or MD5SUM. Doesn’t delete files from the destination.
Note that it is always the contents of the directory that is synced, not the directory so
when source:path is a directory, it’s the contents of source:path that are copied, not the
directory name and contents.
If dest:path doesn’t exist, it is created and the source:path contents go there.
For example
rclone copy source:sourcepath dest:destpath
Let’s say there are two files in sourcepath
sourcepath/one.txt
sourcepath/two.txt
This copies them to
destpath/one.txt
destpath/two.txt
Not to
destpath/sourcepath/one.txt
destpath/sourcepath/two.txt
If you are familiar with rsync, rclone always works as if you had written a trailing / -
meaning “copy the contents of this directory”. This applies to all commands and whether
you are talking about the source or destination.
See the –no-traverse (/docs/#no-traverse) option for controlling whether rclone lists the
destination directory or not. Supplying this option when copying a small number of files
into a large destination can speed transfers up greatly.
For example, if you have many files in /path/to/src but only a few of them change every
day, you can to copy all the files which have changed recently very efficiently like this:
rclone copy --max-age 24h --no-traverse /path/to/src remote:
Note: Use the -P/--progress flag to view real-time transfer statistics
rclone copy source:path dest:path [flags]
Options
--create-empty-src-dirs Create empty source dirs on destination after copy
-h, --help help for copy
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone commands, flags and
backends.
rclone sync
Make source and dest identical, modifying destination only.
Synopsis
Sync the source to the destination, changing the destination only. Doesn’t transfer
unchanged files, testing by size and modification time or MD5SUM. Destination is updated
to match source, including deleting files if necessary.
Important: Since this can cause data loss, test first with the --dry-run flag to see
exactly what would be copied and deleted.
Note that files in the destination won’t be deleted if there were any errors at any point.
It is always the contents of the directory that is synced, not the directory so when
source:path is a directory, it’s the contents of source:path that are copied, not the
directory name and contents. See extended explanation in the copy command above if
unsure.
If dest:path doesn’t exist, it is created and the source:path contents go there.
Note: Use the -P/--progress flag to view real-time transfer statistics
rclone sync source:path dest:path [flags]
Options
--create-empty-src-dirs Create empty source dirs on destination after sync
-h, --help help for sync
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone commands, flags and
backends.
rclone move
Move files from source to dest.
Synopsis
Moves the contents of the source directory to the destination directory. Rclone will
error if the source and destination overlap and the remote does not support a server side
directory move operation.
If no filters are in use and if possible this will server side move source:path into
dest:path. After this source:path will no longer longer exist.
Otherwise for each file in source:path selected by the filters (if any) this will move it
into dest:path. If possible a server side move will be used, otherwise it will copy it
(server side if possible) into dest:path then delete the original (if no errors on copy)
in source:path.
If you want to delete empty source directories after move, use the –delete-empty-src-dirs
flag.
See the –no-traverse (/docs/#no-traverse) option for controlling whether rclone lists the
destination directory or not. Supplying this option when moving a small number of files
into a large destination can speed transfers up greatly.
Important: Since this can cause data loss, test first with the –dry-run flag.
Note: Use the -P/--progress flag to view real-time transfer statistics.
rclone move source:path dest:path [flags]
Options
--create-empty-src-dirs Create empty source dirs on destination after move
--delete-empty-src-dirs Delete empty source dirs after move
-h, --help help for move
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone commands, flags and
backends.
rclone delete
Remove the contents of path.
Synopsis
Remove the files in path. Unlike purge it obeys include/exclude filters so can be used to
selectively delete files.
rclone delete only deletes objects but leaves the directory structure alone. If you want
to delete a directory and all of its contents use rclone purge
Eg delete all files bigger than 100MBytes
Check what would be deleted first (use either)
rclone --min-size 100M lsl remote:path
rclone --dry-run --min-size 100M delete remote:path
Then delete
rclone --min-size 100M delete remote:path
That reads “delete everything with a minimum size of 100 MB”, hence delete all files
bigger than 100MBytes.
rclone delete remote:path [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for delete
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone commands, flags and
backends.
rclone purge
Remove the path and all of its contents.
Synopsis
Remove the path and all of its contents. Note that this does not obey include/exclude
filters - everything will be removed. Use delete if you want to selectively delete files.
rclone purge remote:path [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for purge
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone commands, flags and
backends.
rclone mkdir
Make the path if it doesn’t already exist.
Synopsis
Make the path if it doesn’t already exist.
rclone mkdir remote:path [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for mkdir
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone commands, flags and
backends.
rclone rmdir
Remove the path if empty.
Synopsis
Remove the path. Note that you can’t remove a path with objects in it, use purge for
that.
rclone rmdir remote:path [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for rmdir
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone commands, flags and
backends.
rclone check
Checks the files in the source and destination match.
Synopsis
Checks the files in the source and destination match. It compares sizes and hashes (MD5
or SHA1) and logs a report of files which don’t match. It doesn’t alter the source or
destination.
If you supply the –size-only flag, it will only compare the sizes not the hashes as well.
Use this for a quick check.
If you supply the –download flag, it will download the data from both remotes and check
them against each other on the fly. This can be useful for remotes that don’t support
hashes or if you really want to check all the data.
If you supply the –one-way flag, it will only check that files in source match the files
in destination, not the other way around. Meaning extra files in destination that are not
in the source will not trigger an error.
rclone check source:path dest:path [flags]
Options
--download Check by downloading rather than with hash.
-h, --help help for check
--one-way Check one way only, source files must exist on remote
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone commands, flags and
backends.
rclone ls
List the objects in the path with size and path.
Synopsis
Lists the objects in the source path to standard output in a human readable format with
size and path. Recurses by default.
Eg
$ rclone ls swift:bucket
60295 bevajer5jef
90613 canole
94467 diwogej7
37600 fubuwic
Any of the filtering options can be applied to this command.
There are several related list commands
• ls to list size and path of objects only
• lsl to list modification time, size and path of objects only
• lsd to list directories only
• lsf to list objects and directories in easy to parse format
• lsjson to list objects and directories in JSON format
ls,lsl,lsd are designed to be human readable. lsf is designed to be human and machine
readable. lsjson is designed to be machine readable.
Note that ls and lsl recurse by default - use “–max-depth 1” to stop the recursion.
The other list commands lsd,lsf,lsjson do not recurse by default - use “-R” to make them
recurse.
Listing a non existent directory will produce an error except for remotes which can’t have
empty directories (eg s3, swift, gcs, etc - the bucket based remotes).
rclone ls remote:path [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for ls
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone commands, flags and
backends.
rclone lsd
List all directories/containers/buckets in the path.
Synopsis
Lists the directories in the source path to standard output. Does not recurse by default.
Use the -R flag to recurse.
This command lists the total size of the directory (if known, -1 if not), the modification
time (if known, the current time if not), the number of objects in the directory (if
known, -1 if not) and the name of the directory, Eg
$ rclone lsd swift:
494000 2018-04-26 08:43:20 10000 10000files
65 2018-04-26 08:43:20 1 1File
Or
$ rclone lsd drive:test
-1 2016-10-17 17:41:53 -1 1000files
-1 2017-01-03 14:40:54 -1 2500files
-1 2017-07-08 14:39:28 -1 4000files
If you just want the directory names use “rclone lsf –dirs-only”.
Any of the filtering options can be applied to this command.
There are several related list commands
• ls to list size and path of objects only
• lsl to list modification time, size and path of objects only
• lsd to list directories only
• lsf to list objects and directories in easy to parse format
• lsjson to list objects and directories in JSON format
ls,lsl,lsd are designed to be human readable. lsf is designed to be human and machine
readable. lsjson is designed to be machine readable.
Note that ls and lsl recurse by default - use “–max-depth 1” to stop the recursion.
The other list commands lsd,lsf,lsjson do not recurse by default - use “-R” to make them
recurse.
Listing a non existent directory will produce an error except for remotes which can’t have
empty directories (eg s3, swift, gcs, etc - the bucket based remotes).
rclone lsd remote:path [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for lsd
-R, --recursive Recurse into the listing.
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone commands, flags and
backends.
rclone lsl
List the objects in path with modification time, size and path.
Synopsis
Lists the objects in the source path to standard output in a human readable format with
modification time, size and path. Recurses by default.
Eg
$ rclone lsl swift:bucket
60295 2016-06-25 18:55:41.062626927 bevajer5jef
90613 2016-06-25 18:55:43.302607074 canole
94467 2016-06-25 18:55:43.046609333 diwogej7
37600 2016-06-25 18:55:40.814629136 fubuwic
Any of the filtering options can be applied to this command.
There are several related list commands
• ls to list size and path of objects only
• lsl to list modification time, size and path of objects only
• lsd to list directories only
• lsf to list objects and directories in easy to parse format
• lsjson to list objects and directories in JSON format
ls,lsl,lsd are designed to be human readable. lsf is designed to be human and machine
readable. lsjson is designed to be machine readable.
Note that ls and lsl recurse by default - use “–max-depth 1” to stop the recursion.
The other list commands lsd,lsf,lsjson do not recurse by default - use “-R” to make them
recurse.
Listing a non existent directory will produce an error except for remotes which can’t have
empty directories (eg s3, swift, gcs, etc - the bucket based remotes).
rclone lsl remote:path [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for lsl
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone commands, flags and
backends.
rclone md5sum
Produces an md5sum file for all the objects in the path.
Synopsis
Produces an md5sum file for all the objects in the path. This is in the same format as
the standard md5sum tool produces.
rclone md5sum remote:path [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for md5sum
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone commands, flags and
backends.
rclone sha1sum
Produces an sha1sum file for all the objects in the path.
Synopsis
Produces an sha1sum file for all the objects in the path. This is in the same format as
the standard sha1sum tool produces.
rclone sha1sum remote:path [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for sha1sum
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone commands, flags and
backends.
rclone size
Prints the total size and number of objects in remote:path.
Synopsis
Prints the total size and number of objects in remote:path.
rclone size remote:path [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for size
--json format output as JSON
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone commands, flags and
backends.
rclone version
Show the version number.
Synopsis
Show the version number, the go version and the architecture.
Eg
$ rclone version
rclone v1.41
- os/arch: linux/amd64
- go version: go1.10
If you supply the –check flag, then it will do an online check to compare your version
with the latest release and the latest beta.
$ rclone version --check
yours: 1.42.0.6
latest: 1.42 (released 2018-06-16)
beta: 1.42.0.5 (released 2018-06-17)
Or
$ rclone version --check
yours: 1.41
latest: 1.42 (released 2018-06-16)
upgrade: https://downloads.rclone.org/v1.42
beta: 1.42.0.5 (released 2018-06-17)
upgrade: https://beta.rclone.org/v1.42-005-g56e1e820
rclone version [flags]
Options
--check Check for new version.
-h, --help help for version
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone commands, flags and
backends.
rclone cleanup
Clean up the remote if possible
Synopsis
Clean up the remote if possible. Empty the trash or delete old file versions. Not
supported by all remotes.
rclone cleanup remote:path [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for cleanup
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone commands, flags and
backends.
rclone dedupe
Interactively find duplicate files and delete/rename them.
Synopsis
By default dedupe interactively finds duplicate files and offers to delete all but one or
rename them to be different. Only useful with Google Drive which can have duplicate file
names.
In the first pass it will merge directories with the same name. It will do this
iteratively until all the identical directories have been merged.
The dedupe command will delete all but one of any identical (same md5sum) files it finds
without confirmation. This means that for most duplicated files the dedupe command will
not be interactive. You can use --dry-run to see what would happen without doing
anything.
Here is an example run.
Before - with duplicates
$ rclone lsl drive:dupes
6048320 2016-03-05 16:23:16.798000000 one.txt
6048320 2016-03-05 16:23:11.775000000 one.txt
564374 2016-03-05 16:23:06.731000000 one.txt
6048320 2016-03-05 16:18:26.092000000 one.txt
6048320 2016-03-05 16:22:46.185000000 two.txt
1744073 2016-03-05 16:22:38.104000000 two.txt
564374 2016-03-05 16:22:52.118000000 two.txt
Now the dedupe session
$ rclone dedupe drive:dupes
2016/03/05 16:24:37 Google drive root 'dupes': Looking for duplicates using interactive mode.
one.txt: Found 4 duplicates - deleting identical copies
one.txt: Deleting 2/3 identical duplicates (md5sum "1eedaa9fe86fd4b8632e2ac549403b36")
one.txt: 2 duplicates remain
1: 6048320 bytes, 2016-03-05 16:23:16.798000000, md5sum 1eedaa9fe86fd4b8632e2ac549403b36
2: 564374 bytes, 2016-03-05 16:23:06.731000000, md5sum 7594e7dc9fc28f727c42ee3e0749de81
s) Skip and do nothing
k) Keep just one (choose which in next step)
r) Rename all to be different (by changing file.jpg to file-1.jpg)
s/k/r> k
Enter the number of the file to keep> 1
one.txt: Deleted 1 extra copies
two.txt: Found 3 duplicates - deleting identical copies
two.txt: 3 duplicates remain
1: 564374 bytes, 2016-03-05 16:22:52.118000000, md5sum 7594e7dc9fc28f727c42ee3e0749de81
2: 6048320 bytes, 2016-03-05 16:22:46.185000000, md5sum 1eedaa9fe86fd4b8632e2ac549403b36
3: 1744073 bytes, 2016-03-05 16:22:38.104000000, md5sum 851957f7fb6f0bc4ce76be966d336802
s) Skip and do nothing
k) Keep just one (choose which in next step)
r) Rename all to be different (by changing file.jpg to file-1.jpg)
s/k/r> r
two-1.txt: renamed from: two.txt
two-2.txt: renamed from: two.txt
two-3.txt: renamed from: two.txt
The result being
$ rclone lsl drive:dupes
6048320 2016-03-05 16:23:16.798000000 one.txt
564374 2016-03-05 16:22:52.118000000 two-1.txt
6048320 2016-03-05 16:22:46.185000000 two-2.txt
1744073 2016-03-05 16:22:38.104000000 two-3.txt
Dedupe can be run non interactively using the --dedupe-mode flag or by using an extra
parameter with the same value
• --dedupe-mode interactive - interactive as above.
• --dedupe-mode skip - removes identical files then skips anything left.
• --dedupe-mode first - removes identical files then keeps the first one.
• --dedupe-mode newest - removes identical files then keeps the newest one.
• --dedupe-mode oldest - removes identical files then keeps the oldest one.
• --dedupe-mode largest - removes identical files then keeps the largest one.
• --dedupe-mode rename - removes identical files then renames the rest to be different.
For example to rename all the identically named photos in your Google Photos directory, do
rclone dedupe --dedupe-mode rename "drive:Google Photos"
Or
rclone dedupe rename "drive:Google Photos"
rclone dedupe [mode] remote:path [flags]
Options
--dedupe-mode string Dedupe mode interactive|skip|first|newest|oldest|rename. (default "interactive")
-h, --help help for dedupe
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone commands, flags and
backends.
rclone about
Get quota information from the remote.
Synopsis
Get quota information from the remote, like bytes used/free/quota and bytes used in the
trash. Not supported by all remotes.
This will print to stdout something like this:
Total: 17G
Used: 7.444G
Free: 1.315G
Trashed: 100.000M
Other: 8.241G
Where the fields are:
• Total: total size available.
• Used: total size used
• Free: total amount this user could upload.
• Trashed: total amount in the trash
• Other: total amount in other storage (eg Gmail, Google Photos)
• Objects: total number of objects in the storage
Note that not all the backends provide all the fields - they will be missing if they are
not known for that backend. Where it is known that the value is unlimited the value will
also be omitted.
Use the –full flag to see the numbers written out in full, eg
Total: 18253611008
Used: 7993453766
Free: 1411001220
Trashed: 104857602
Other: 8849156022
Use the –json flag for a computer readable output, eg
{
"total": 18253611008,
"used": 7993453766,
"trashed": 104857602,
"other": 8849156022,
"free": 1411001220
}
rclone about remote: [flags]
Options
--full Full numbers instead of SI units
-h, --help help for about
--json Format output as JSON
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone commands, flags and
backends.
rclone authorize
Remote authorization.
Synopsis
Remote authorization. Used to authorize a remote or headless rclone from a machine with a
browser - use as instructed by rclone config.
rclone authorize [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for authorize
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone commands, flags and
backends.
rclone cachestats
Print cache stats for a remote
Synopsis
Print cache stats for a remote in JSON format
rclone cachestats source: [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for cachestats
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone commands, flags and
backends.
rclone cat
Concatenates any files and sends them to stdout.
Synopsis
rclone cat sends any files to standard output.
You can use it like this to output a single file
rclone cat remote:path/to/file
Or like this to output any file in dir or subdirectories.
rclone cat remote:path/to/dir
Or like this to output any .txt files in dir or subdirectories.
rclone --include "*.txt" cat remote:path/to/dir
Use the –head flag to print characters only at the start, –tail for the end and –offset
and –count to print a section in the middle. Note that if offset is negative it will
count from the end, so –offset -1 –count 1 is equivalent to –tail 1.
rclone cat remote:path [flags]
Options
--count int Only print N characters. (default -1)
--discard Discard the output instead of printing.
--head int Only print the first N characters.
-h, --help help for cat
--offset int Start printing at offset N (or from end if -ve).
--tail int Only print the last N characters.
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone commands, flags and
backends.
rclone config create
Create a new remote with name, type and options.
Synopsis
Create a new remote of with and options. The options should be passed in in pairs of .
For example to make a swift remote of name myremote using auto config you would do:
rclone config create myremote swift env_auth true
Note that if the config process would normally ask a question the default is taken. Each
time that happens rclone will print a message saying how to affect the value taken.
If any of the parameters passed is a password field, then rclone will automatically
obscure them before putting them in the config file.
So for example if you wanted to configure a Google Drive remote but using remote
authorization you would do this:
rclone config create mydrive drive config_is_local false
rclone config create <name> <type> [<key> <value>]* [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for create
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone config (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/) - Enter an interactive
configuration session.
rclone config delete
Delete an existing remote .
Synopsis
Delete an existing remote .
rclone config delete <name> [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for delete
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone config (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/) - Enter an interactive
configuration session.
rclone config disconnect
Disconnects user from remote
Synopsis
This disconnects the remote: passed in to the cloud storage system.
This normally means revoking the oauth token.
To reconnect use “rclone config reconnect”.
rclone config disconnect remote: [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for disconnect
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone config (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/) - Enter an interactive
configuration session.
rclone config dump
Dump the config file as JSON.
Synopsis
Dump the config file as JSON.
rclone config dump [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for dump
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone config (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/) - Enter an interactive
configuration session.
rclone config edit
Enter an interactive configuration session.
Synopsis
Enter an interactive configuration session where you can setup new remotes and manage
existing ones. You may also set or remove a password to protect your configuration.
rclone config edit [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for edit
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone config (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/) - Enter an interactive
configuration session.
rclone config file
Show path of configuration file in use.
Synopsis
Show path of configuration file in use.
rclone config file [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for file
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone config (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/) - Enter an interactive
configuration session.
rclone config password
Update password in an existing remote.
Synopsis
Update an existing remote’s password. The password should be passed in in pairs of .
For example to set password of a remote of name myremote you would do:
rclone config password myremote fieldname mypassword
This command is obsolete now that “config update” and “config create” both support
obscuring passwords directly.
rclone config password <name> [<key> <value>]+ [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for password
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone config (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/) - Enter an interactive
configuration session.
rclone config providers
List in JSON format all the providers and options.
Synopsis
List in JSON format all the providers and options.
rclone config providers [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for providers
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone config (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/) - Enter an interactive
configuration session.
rclone config reconnect
Re-authenticates user with remote.
Synopsis
This reconnects remote: passed in to the cloud storage system.
To disconnect the remote use “rclone config disconnect”.
This normally means going through the interactive oauth flow again.
rclone config reconnect remote: [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for reconnect
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone config (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/) - Enter an interactive
configuration session.
rclone config show
Print (decrypted) config file, or the config for a single remote.
Synopsis
Print (decrypted) config file, or the config for a single remote.
rclone config show [<remote>] [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for show
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone config (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/) - Enter an interactive
configuration session.
rclone config update
Update options in an existing remote.
Synopsis
Update an existing remote’s options. The options should be passed in in pairs of .
For example to update the env_auth field of a remote of name myremote you would do:
rclone config update myremote swift env_auth true
If any of the parameters passed is a password field, then rclone will automatically
obscure them before putting them in the config file.
If the remote uses oauth the token will be updated, if you don’t require this add an extra
parameter thus:
rclone config update myremote swift env_auth true config_refresh_token false
rclone config update <name> [<key> <value>]+ [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for update
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone config (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/) - Enter an interactive
configuration session.
rclone config userinfo
Prints info about logged in user of remote.
Synopsis
This prints the details of the person logged in to the cloud storage system.
rclone config userinfo remote: [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for userinfo
--json Format output as JSON
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone config (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/) - Enter an interactive
configuration session.
rclone copyto
Copy files from source to dest, skipping already copied
Synopsis
If source:path is a file or directory then it copies it to a file or directory named
dest:path.
This can be used to upload single files to other than their current name. If the source
is a directory then it acts exactly like the copy command.
So
rclone copyto src dst
where src and dst are rclone paths, either remote:path or /path/to/local or C:.
This will:
if src is file
copy it to dst, overwriting an existing file if it exists
if src is directory
copy it to dst, overwriting existing files if they exist
see copy command for full details
This doesn’t transfer unchanged files, testing by size and modification time or MD5SUM.
It doesn’t delete files from the destination.
Note: Use the -P/--progress flag to view real-time transfer statistics
rclone copyto source:path dest:path [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for copyto
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone commands, flags and
backends.
rclone copyurl
Copy url content to dest.
Synopsis
Download urls content and copy it to destination without saving it in tmp storage.
Setting –auto-filename flag will cause retrieving file name from url and using it in
destination path.
rclone copyurl https://example.com dest:path [flags]
Options
-a, --auto-filename Get the file name from the url and use it for destination file path
-h, --help help for copyurl
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone commands, flags and
backends.
rclone cryptcheck
Cryptcheck checks the integrity of a crypted remote.
Synopsis
rclone cryptcheck checks a remote against a crypted remote. This is the equivalent of
running rclone check, but able to check the checksums of the crypted remote.
For it to work the underlying remote of the cryptedremote must support some kind of
checksum.
It works by reading the nonce from each file on the cryptedremote: and using that to
encrypt each file on the remote:. It then checks the checksum of the underlying file on
the cryptedremote: against the checksum of the file it has just encrypted.
Use it like this
rclone cryptcheck /path/to/files encryptedremote:path
You can use it like this also, but that will involve downloading all the files in
remote:path.
rclone cryptcheck remote:path encryptedremote:path
After it has run it will log the status of the encryptedremote:.
If you supply the –one-way flag, it will only check that files in source match the files
in destination, not the other way around. Meaning extra files in destination that are not
in the source will not trigger an error.
rclone cryptcheck remote:path cryptedremote:path [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for cryptcheck
--one-way Check one way only, source files must exist on destination
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone commands, flags and
backends.
rclone cryptdecode
Cryptdecode returns unencrypted file names.
Synopsis
rclone cryptdecode returns unencrypted file names when provided with a list of encrypted
file names. List limit is 10 items.
If you supply the –reverse flag, it will return encrypted file names.
use it like this
rclone cryptdecode encryptedremote: encryptedfilename1 encryptedfilename2
rclone cryptdecode --reverse encryptedremote: filename1 filename2
rclone cryptdecode encryptedremote: encryptedfilename [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for cryptdecode
--reverse Reverse cryptdecode, encrypts filenames
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone commands, flags and
backends.
rclone dbhashsum
Produces a Dropbox hash file for all the objects in the path.
Synopsis
Produces a Dropbox hash file for all the objects in the path. The hashes are calculated
according to Dropbox content hash rules
(https://www.dropbox.com/developers/reference/content-hash). The output is in the same
format as md5sum and sha1sum.
rclone dbhashsum remote:path [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for dbhashsum
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone commands, flags and
backends.
rclone deletefile
Remove a single file from remote.
Synopsis
Remove a single file from remote. Unlike delete it cannot be used to remove a directory
and it doesn’t obey include/exclude filters - if the specified file exists, it will always
be removed.
rclone deletefile remote:path [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for deletefile
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone commands, flags and
backends.
rclone genautocomplete
Output completion script for a given shell.
Synopsis
Generates a shell completion script for rclone. Run with –help to list the supported
shells.
Options
-h, --help help for genautocomplete
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone commands, flags and
backends.
• rclone genautocomplete bash (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_genautocomplete_bash/) -
Output bash completion script for rclone.
• rclone genautocomplete zsh (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_genautocomplete_zsh/) -
Output zsh completion script for rclone.
rclone genautocomplete bash
Output bash completion script for rclone.
Synopsis
Generates a bash shell autocompletion script for rclone.
This writes to /etc/bash_completion.d/rclone by default so will probably need to be run
with sudo or as root, eg
sudo rclone genautocomplete bash
Logout and login again to use the autocompletion scripts, or source them directly
. /etc/bash_completion
If you supply a command line argument the script will be written there.
rclone genautocomplete bash [output_file] [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for bash
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone genautocomplete (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_genautocomplete/) - Output
completion script for a given shell.
rclone genautocomplete zsh
Output zsh completion script for rclone.
Synopsis
Generates a zsh autocompletion script for rclone.
This writes to /usr/share/zsh/vendor-completions/_rclone by default so will probably need
to be run with sudo or as root, eg
sudo rclone genautocomplete zsh
Logout and login again to use the autocompletion scripts, or source them directly
autoload -U compinit && compinit
If you supply a command line argument the script will be written there.
rclone genautocomplete zsh [output_file] [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for zsh
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone genautocomplete (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_genautocomplete/) - Output
completion script for a given shell.
rclone gendocs
Output markdown docs for rclone to the directory supplied.
Synopsis
This produces markdown docs for the rclone commands to the directory supplied. These are
in a format suitable for hugo to render into the rclone.org website.
rclone gendocs output_directory [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for gendocs
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone commands, flags and
backends.
rclone hashsum
Produces an hashsum file for all the objects in the path.
Synopsis
Produces a hash file for all the objects in the path using the hash named. The output is
in the same format as the standard md5sum/sha1sum tool.
Run without a hash to see the list of supported hashes, eg
$ rclone hashsum
Supported hashes are:
* MD5
* SHA-1
* DropboxHash
* QuickXorHash
Then
$ rclone hashsum MD5 remote:path
rclone hashsum <hash> remote:path [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for hashsum
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone commands, flags and
backends.
rclone link
Generate public link to file/folder.
Synopsis
rclone link will create or retrieve a public link to the given file or folder.
rclone link remote:path/to/file
rclone link remote:path/to/folder/
If successful, the last line of the output will contain the link. Exact capabilities
depend on the remote, but the link will always be created with the least constraints –
e.g. no expiry, no password protection, accessible without account.
rclone link remote:path [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for link
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone commands, flags and
backends.
rclone listremotes
List all the remotes in the config file.
Synopsis
rclone listremotes lists all the available remotes from the config file.
When uses with the -l flag it lists the types too.
rclone listremotes [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for listremotes
--long Show the type as well as names.
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone commands, flags and
backends.
rclone lsf
List directories and objects in remote:path formatted for parsing
Synopsis
List the contents of the source path (directories and objects) to standard output in a
form which is easy to parse by scripts. By default this will just be the names of the
objects and directories, one per line. The directories will have a / suffix.
Eg
$ rclone lsf swift:bucket
bevajer5jef
canole
diwogej7
ferejej3gux/
fubuwic
Use the –format option to control what gets listed. By default this is just the path, but
you can use these parameters to control the output:
p - path
s - size
t - modification time
h - hash
i - ID of object
o - Original ID of underlying object
m - MimeType of object if known
e - encrypted name
T - tier of storage if known, eg "Hot" or "Cool"
So if you wanted the path, size and modification time, you would use –format “pst”, or
maybe –format “tsp” to put the path last.
Eg
$ rclone lsf --format "tsp" swift:bucket
2016-06-25 18:55:41;60295;bevajer5jef
2016-06-25 18:55:43;90613;canole
2016-06-25 18:55:43;94467;diwogej7
2018-04-26 08:50:45;0;ferejej3gux/
2016-06-25 18:55:40;37600;fubuwic
If you specify “h” in the format you will get the MD5 hash by default, use the “–hash”
flag to change which hash you want. Note that this can be returned as an empty string if
it isn’t available on the object (and for directories), “ERROR” if there was an error
reading it from the object and “UNSUPPORTED” if that object does not support that hash
type.
For example to emulate the md5sum command you can use
rclone lsf -R --hash MD5 --format hp --separator " " --files-only .
Eg
$ rclone lsf -R --hash MD5 --format hp --separator " " --files-only swift:bucket
7908e352297f0f530b84a756f188baa3 bevajer5jef
cd65ac234e6fea5925974a51cdd865cc canole
03b5341b4f234b9d984d03ad076bae91 diwogej7
8fd37c3810dd660778137ac3a66cc06d fubuwic
99713e14a4c4ff553acaf1930fad985b gixacuh7ku
(Though “rclone md5sum .” is an easier way of typing this.)
By default the separator is “;” this can be changed with the –separator flag. Note that
separators aren’t escaped in the path so putting it last is a good strategy.
Eg
$ rclone lsf --separator "," --format "tshp" swift:bucket
2016-06-25 18:55:41,60295,7908e352297f0f530b84a756f188baa3,bevajer5jef
2016-06-25 18:55:43,90613,cd65ac234e6fea5925974a51cdd865cc,canole
2016-06-25 18:55:43,94467,03b5341b4f234b9d984d03ad076bae91,diwogej7
2018-04-26 08:52:53,0,,ferejej3gux/
2016-06-25 18:55:40,37600,8fd37c3810dd660778137ac3a66cc06d,fubuwic
You can output in CSV standard format. This will escape things in " if they contain ,
Eg
$ rclone lsf --csv --files-only --format ps remote:path
test.log,22355
test.sh,449
"this file contains a comma, in the file name.txt",6
Note that the –absolute parameter is useful for making lists of files to pass to an rclone
copy with the –files-from flag.
For example to find all the files modified within one day and copy those only (without
traversing the whole directory structure):
rclone lsf --absolute --files-only --max-age 1d /path/to/local > new_files
rclone copy --files-from new_files /path/to/local remote:path
Any of the filtering options can be applied to this command.
There are several related list commands
• ls to list size and path of objects only
• lsl to list modification time, size and path of objects only
• lsd to list directories only
• lsf to list objects and directories in easy to parse format
• lsjson to list objects and directories in JSON format
ls,lsl,lsd are designed to be human readable. lsf is designed to be human and machine
readable. lsjson is designed to be machine readable.
Note that ls and lsl recurse by default - use “–max-depth 1” to stop the recursion.
The other list commands lsd,lsf,lsjson do not recurse by default - use “-R” to make them
recurse.
Listing a non existent directory will produce an error except for remotes which can’t have
empty directories (eg s3, swift, gcs, etc - the bucket based remotes).
rclone lsf remote:path [flags]
Options
--absolute Put a leading / in front of path names.
--csv Output in CSV format.
-d, --dir-slash Append a slash to directory names. (default true)
--dirs-only Only list directories.
--files-only Only list files.
-F, --format string Output format - see help for details (default "p")
--hash h Use this hash when h is used in the format MD5|SHA-1|DropboxHash (default "MD5")
-h, --help help for lsf
-R, --recursive Recurse into the listing.
-s, --separator string Separator for the items in the format. (default ";")
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone commands, flags and
backends.
rclone lsjson
List directories and objects in the path in JSON format.
Synopsis
List directories and objects in the path in JSON format.
The output is an array of Items, where each Item looks like this
{ “Hashes” : { “SHA-1” : “f572d396fae9206628714fb2ce00f72e94f2258f”, “MD5” :
“b1946ac92492d2347c6235b4d2611184”, “DropboxHash” :
“ecb65bb98f9d905b70458986c39fcbad7715e5f2fcc3b1f07767d7c83e2438cc” }, “ID”:
“y2djkhiujf83u33”, “OrigID”: “UYOJVTUW00Q1RzTDA”, “IsBucket” : false, “IsDir” : false,
“MimeType” : “application/octet-stream”, “ModTime” :
“2017-05-31T16:15:57.034468261+01:00”, “Name” : “file.txt”, “Encrypted” :
“v0qpsdq8anpci8n929v3uu9338”, “EncryptedPath” :
“kja9098349023498/v0qpsdq8anpci8n929v3uu9338”, “Path” : “full/path/goes/here/file.txt”,
“Size” : 6, “Tier” : “hot”, }
If –hash is not specified the Hashes property won’t be emitted.
If –no-modtime is specified then ModTime will be blank.
If –encrypted is not specified the Encrypted won’t be emitted.
If –dirs-only is not specified files in addition to directories are returned
If –files-only is not specified directories in addition to the files will be returned.
The Path field will only show folders below the remote path being listed. If
“remote:path” contains the file “subfolder/file.txt”, the Path for “file.txt” will be
“subfolder/file.txt”, not “remote:path/subfolder/file.txt”. When used without –recursive
the Path will always be the same as Name.
If the directory is a bucket in a bucket based backend, then “IsBucket” will be set to
true. This key won’t be present unless it is “true”.
The time is in RFC3339 format with up to nanosecond precision. The number of decimal
digits in the seconds will depend on the precision that the remote can hold the times, so
if times are accurate to the nearest millisecond (eg Google Drive) then 3 digits will
always be shown (“2017-05-31T16:15:57.034+01:00”) whereas if the times are accurate to the
nearest second (Dropbox, Box, WebDav etc) no digits will be shown
(“2017-05-31T16:15:57+01:00”).
The whole output can be processed as a JSON blob, or alternatively it can be processed
line by line as each item is written one to a line.
Any of the filtering options can be applied to this command.
There are several related list commands
• ls to list size and path of objects only
• lsl to list modification time, size and path of objects only
• lsd to list directories only
• lsf to list objects and directories in easy to parse format
• lsjson to list objects and directories in JSON format
ls,lsl,lsd are designed to be human readable. lsf is designed to be human and machine
readable. lsjson is designed to be machine readable.
Note that ls and lsl recurse by default - use “–max-depth 1” to stop the recursion.
The other list commands lsd,lsf,lsjson do not recurse by default - use “-R” to make them
recurse.
Listing a non existent directory will produce an error except for remotes which can’t have
empty directories (eg s3, swift, gcs, etc - the bucket based remotes).
rclone lsjson remote:path [flags]
Options
--dirs-only Show only directories in the listing.
-M, --encrypted Show the encrypted names.
--files-only Show only files in the listing.
--hash Include hashes in the output (may take longer).
-h, --help help for lsjson
--no-modtime Don't read the modification time (can speed things up).
--original Show the ID of the underlying Object.
-R, --recursive Recurse into the listing.
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone commands, flags and
backends.
rclone mount
Mount the remote as file system on a mountpoint.
Synopsis
rclone mount allows Linux, FreeBSD, macOS and Windows to mount any of Rclone’s cloud
storage systems as a file system with FUSE.
First set up your remote using rclone config. Check it works with rclone ls etc.
Start the mount like this
rclone mount remote:path/to/files /path/to/local/mount
Or on Windows like this where X: is an unused drive letter
rclone mount remote:path/to/files X:
When the program ends, either via Ctrl+C or receiving a SIGINT or SIGTERM signal, the
mount is automatically stopped.
The umount operation can fail, for example when the mountpoint is busy. When that
happens, it is the user’s responsibility to stop the mount manually with
# Linux
fusermount -u /path/to/local/mount
# OS X
umount /path/to/local/mount
Installing on Windows
To run rclone mount on Windows, you will need to download and install WinFsp
(http://www.secfs.net/winfsp/).
WinFsp is an open source (https://github.com/billziss-gh/winfsp) Windows File System Proxy
which makes it easy to write user space file systems for Windows. It provides a FUSE
emulation layer which rclone uses combination with cgofuse (https://github.com/billziss-
gh/cgofuse). Both of these packages are by Bill Zissimopoulos who was very helpful during
the implementation of rclone mount for Windows.
Windows caveats
Note that drives created as Administrator are not visible by other accounts (including the
account that was elevated as Administrator). So if you start a Windows drive from an
Administrative Command Prompt and then try to access the same drive from Explorer (which
does not run as Administrator), you will not be able to see the new drive.
The easiest way around this is to start the drive from a normal command prompt. It is
also possible to start a drive from the SYSTEM account (using the WinFsp.Launcher
infrastructure (https://github.com/billziss-gh/winfsp/wiki/WinFsp-Service-Architecture))
which creates drives accessible for everyone on the system or alternatively using the nssm
service manager (https://nssm.cc/usage).
Limitations
Without the use of “–vfs-cache-mode” this can only write files sequentially, it can only
seek when reading. This means that many applications won’t work with their files on an
rclone mount without “–vfs-cache-mode writes” or “–vfs-cache-mode full”. See the File
Caching section for more info.
The bucket based remotes (eg Swift, S3, Google Compute Storage, B2, Hubic) do not support
the concept of empty directories, so empty directories will have a tendency to disappear
once they fall out of the directory cache.
Only supported on Linux, FreeBSD, OS X and Windows at the moment.
rclone mount vs rclone sync/copy
File systems expect things to be 100% reliable, whereas cloud storage systems are a long
way from 100% reliable. The rclone sync/copy commands cope with this with lots of
retries. However rclone mount can’t use retries in the same way without making local
copies of the uploads. Look at the file caching for solutions to make mount more
reliable.
Attribute caching
You can use the flag –attr-timeout to set the time the kernel caches the attributes (size,
modification time etc) for directory entries.
The default is “1s” which caches files just long enough to avoid too many callbacks to
rclone from the kernel.
In theory 0s should be the correct value for filesystems which can change outside the
control of the kernel. However this causes quite a few problems such as rclone using too
much memory (https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2157), rclone not serving files to
samba (https://forum.rclone.org/t/rclone-1-39-vs-1-40-mount-issue/5112) and excessive time
listing directories (https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2095#issuecomment-371141147).
The kernel can cache the info about a file for the time given by “–attr-timeout”. You may
see corruption if the remote file changes length during this window. It will show up as
either a truncated file or a file with garbage on the end. With “–attr-timeout 1s” this
is very unlikely but not impossible. The higher you set “–attr-timeout” the more likely
it is. The default setting of “1s” is the lowest setting which mitigates the problems
above.
If you set it higher (`10s' or `1m' say) then the kernel will call back to rclone less
often making it more efficient, however there is more chance of the corruption issue
above.
If files don’t change on the remote outside of the control of rclone then there is no
chance of corruption.
This is the same as setting the attr_timeout option in mount.fuse.
Filters
Note that all the rclone filters can be used to select a subset of the files to be visible
in the mount.
systemd
When running rclone mount as a systemd service, it is possible to use Type=notify. In
this case the service will enter the started state after the mountpoint has been
successfully set up. Units having the rclone mount service specified as a requirement
will see all files and folders immediately in this mode.
chunked reading
–vfs-read-chunk-size will enable reading the source objects in parts. This can reduce the
used download quota for some remotes by requesting only chunks from the remote that are
actually read at the cost of an increased number of requests.
When –vfs-read-chunk-size-limit is also specified and greater than –vfs-read-chunk-size,
the chunk size for each open file will get doubled for each chunk read, until the
specified value is reached. A value of -1 will disable the limit and the chunk size will
grow indefinitely.
With –vfs-read-chunk-size 100M and –vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 0 the following parts will
be downloaded: 0-100M, 100M-200M, 200M-300M, 300M-400M and so on. When
–vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 500M is specified, the result would be 0-100M, 100M-300M,
300M-700M, 700M-1200M, 1200M-1700M and so on.
Chunked reading will only work with –vfs-cache-mode < full, as the file will always be
copied to the vfs cache before opening with –vfs-cache-mode full.
Directory Cache
Using the --dir-cache-time flag, you can set how long a directory should be considered up
to date and not refreshed from the backend. Changes made locally in the mount may appear
immediately or invalidate the cache. However, changes done on the remote will only be
picked up once the cache expires.
Alternatively, you can send a SIGHUP signal to rclone for it to flush all directory
caches, regardless of how old they are. Assuming only one rclone instance is running, you
can reset the cache like this:
kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)
If you configure rclone with a remote control (/rc) then you can use rclone rc to flush
the whole directory cache:
rclone rc vfs/forget
Or individual files or directories:
rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir
File Buffering
The --buffer-size flag determines the amount of memory, that will be used to buffer data
in advance.
Each open file descriptor will try to keep the specified amount of data in memory at all
times. The buffered data is bound to one file descriptor and won’t be shared between
multiple open file descriptors of the same file.
This flag is a upper limit for the used memory per file descriptor. The buffer will only
use memory for data that is downloaded but not not yet read. If the buffer is empty, only
a small amount of memory will be used. The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering
can be up to --buffer-size * open files.
File Caching
These flags control the VFS file caching options. The VFS layer is used by rclone mount
to make a cloud storage system work more like a normal file system.
You’ll need to enable VFS caching if you want, for example, to read and write
simultaneously to a file. See below for more details.
Note that the VFS cache works in addition to the cache backend and you may find that you
need one or the other or both.
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching.
--vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-mode string Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default "off")
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s)
--vfs-cache-max-size int Max total size of objects in the cache. (default off)
If run with -vv rclone will print the location of the file cache. The files are stored in
the user cache file area which is OS dependent but can be controlled with --cache-dir or
setting the appropriate environment variable.
The cache has 4 different modes selected by --vfs-cache-mode. The higher the cache mode
the more compatible rclone becomes at the cost of using disk space.
Note that files are written back to the remote only when they are closed so if rclone is
quit or dies with open files then these won’t get written back to the remote. However
they will still be in the on disk cache.
If using –vfs-cache-max-size note that the cache may exceed this size for two reasons.
Firstly because it is only checked every –vfs-cache-poll-interval. Secondly because open
files cannot be evicted from the cache.
–vfs-cache-mode off
In this mode the cache will read directly from the remote and write directly to the remote
without caching anything on disk.
This will mean some operations are not possible
• Files can’t be opened for both read AND write
• Files opened for write can’t be seeked
• Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
• Files open for read with O_TRUNC will be opened write only
• Files open for write only will behave as if O_TRUNC was supplied
• Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored
• If an upload fails it can’t be retried
–vfs-cache-mode minimal
This is very similar to “off” except that files opened for read AND write will be buffered
to disks. This means that files opened for write will be a lot more compatible, but uses
the minimal disk space.
These operations are not possible
• Files opened for write only can’t be seeked
• Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
• Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC
• If an upload fails it can’t be retried
–vfs-cache-mode writes
In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from the remote, write
only and read/write files are buffered to disk first.
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
If an upload fails it will be retried up to –low-level-retries times.
–vfs-cache-mode full
In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk. When a file is opened
for read it will be downloaded in its entirety first.
This may be appropriate for your needs, or you may prefer to look at the cache backend
which does a much more sophisticated job of caching, including caching directory
hierarchies and chunks of files.
In this mode, unlike the others, when a file is written to the disk, it will be kept on
the disk after it is written to the remote. It will be purged on a schedule according to
--vfs-cache-max-age.
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to –low-level-retries times.
rclone mount remote:path /path/to/mountpoint [flags]
Options
--allow-non-empty Allow mounting over a non-empty directory.
--allow-other Allow access to other users.
--allow-root Allow access to root user.
--attr-timeout duration Time for which file/directory attributes are cached. (default 1s)
--daemon Run mount as a daemon (background mode).
--daemon-timeout duration Time limit for rclone to respond to kernel (not supported by all OSes).
--debug-fuse Debug the FUSE internals - needs -v.
--default-permissions Makes kernel enforce access control based on the file mode.
--dir-cache-time duration Time to cache directory entries for. (default 5m0s)
--dir-perms FileMode Directory permissions (default 0777)
--file-perms FileMode File permissions (default 0666)
--fuse-flag stringArray Flags or arguments to be passed direct to libfuse/WinFsp. Repeat if required.
--gid uint32 Override the gid field set by the filesystem. (default 1000)
-h, --help help for mount
--max-read-ahead SizeSuffix The number of bytes that can be prefetched for sequential reads. (default 128k)
--no-checksum Don't compare checksums on up/download.
--no-modtime Don't read/write the modification time (can speed things up).
--no-seek Don't allow seeking in files.
-o, --option stringArray Option for libfuse/WinFsp. Repeat if required.
--poll-interval duration Time to wait between polling for changes. Must be smaller than dir-cache-time. Only on supported remotes. Set to 0 to disable. (default 1m0s)
--read-only Mount read-only.
--uid uint32 Override the uid field set by the filesystem. (default 1000)
--umask int Override the permission bits set by the filesystem.
--vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix Max total size of objects in the cache. (default off)
--vfs-cache-mode CacheMode Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off)
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s)
--vfs-case-insensitive If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match.
--vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix Read the source objects in chunks. (default 128M)
--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. 'off' is unlimited. (default off)
--volname string Set the volume name (not supported by all OSes).
--write-back-cache Makes kernel buffer writes before sending them to rclone. Without this, writethrough caching is used.
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone commands, flags and
backends.
rclone moveto
Move file or directory from source to dest.
Synopsis
If source:path is a file or directory then it moves it to a file or directory named
dest:path.
This can be used to rename files or upload single files to other than their existing name.
If the source is a directory then it acts exactly like the move command.
So
rclone moveto src dst
where src and dst are rclone paths, either remote:path or /path/to/local or C:.
This will:
if src is file
move it to dst, overwriting an existing file if it exists
if src is directory
move it to dst, overwriting existing files if they exist
see move command for full details
This doesn’t transfer unchanged files, testing by size and modification time or MD5SUM.
src will be deleted on successful transfer.
Important: Since this can cause data loss, test first with the –dry-run flag.
Note: Use the -P/--progress flag to view real-time transfer statistics.
rclone moveto source:path dest:path [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for moveto
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone commands, flags and
backends.
rclone ncdu
Explore a remote with a text based user interface.
Synopsis
This displays a text based user interface allowing the navigation of a remote. It is most
useful for answering the question - “What is using all my disk space?”.
To make the user interface it first scans the entire remote given and builds an in memory
representation. rclone ncdu can be used during this scanning phase and you will see it
building up the directory structure as it goes along.
Here are the keys - press `?' to toggle the help on and off
↑,↓ or k,j to Move
→,l to enter
←,h to return
c toggle counts
g toggle graph
n,s,C sort by name,size,count
d delete file/directory
Y display current path
^L refresh screen
? to toggle help on and off
q/ESC/c-C to quit
This an homage to the ncdu tool (https://dev.yorhel.nl/ncdu) but for rclone remotes. It
is missing lots of features at the moment but is useful as it stands.
Note that it might take some time to delete big files/folders. The UI won’t respond in
the meantime since the deletion is done synchronously.
rclone ncdu remote:path [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for ncdu
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone commands, flags and
backends.
rclone obscure
Obscure password for use in the rclone.conf
Synopsis
Obscure password for use in the rclone.conf
rclone obscure password [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for obscure
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone commands, flags and
backends.
rclone rc
Run a command against a running rclone.
Synopsis
This runs a command against a running rclone. Use the –url flag to specify an non default
URL to connect on. This can be either a “:port” which is taken to mean
“http://localhost:port” or a “host:port” which is taken to mean “http://host:port”
A username and password can be passed in with –user and –pass.
Note that –rc-addr, –rc-user, –rc-pass will be read also for –url, –user, –pass.
Arguments should be passed in as parameter=value.
The result will be returned as a JSON object by default.
The –json parameter can be used to pass in a JSON blob as an input instead of key=value
arguments. This is the only way of passing in more complicated values.
Use –loopback to connect to the rclone instance running “rclone rc”. This is very useful
for testing commands without having to run an rclone rc server, eg:
rclone rc --loopback operations/about fs=/
Use “rclone rc” to see a list of all possible commands.
rclone rc commands parameter [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for rc
--json string Input JSON - use instead of key=value args.
--loopback If set connect to this rclone instance not via HTTP.
--no-output If set don't output the JSON result.
--pass string Password to use to connect to rclone remote control.
--url string URL to connect to rclone remote control. (default "http://localhost:5572/")
--user string Username to use to rclone remote control.
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone commands, flags and
backends.
rclone rcat
Copies standard input to file on remote.
Synopsis
rclone rcat reads from standard input (stdin) and copies it to a single remote file.
echo "hello world" | rclone rcat remote:path/to/file
ffmpeg - | rclone rcat remote:path/to/file
If the remote file already exists, it will be overwritten.
rcat will try to upload small files in a single request, which is usually more efficient
than the streaming/chunked upload endpoints, which use multiple requests. Exact behaviour
depends on the remote. What is considered a small file may be set through
--streaming-upload-cutoff. Uploading only starts after the cutoff is reached or if the
file ends before that. The data must fit into RAM. The cutoff needs to be small enough
to adhere the limits of your remote, please see there. Generally speaking, setting this
cutoff too high will decrease your performance.
Note that the upload can also not be retried because the data is not kept around until the
upload succeeds. If you need to transfer a lot of data, you’re better off caching locally
and then rclone move it to the destination.
rclone rcat remote:path [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for rcat
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone commands, flags and
backends.
rclone rcd
Run rclone listening to remote control commands only.
Synopsis
This runs rclone so that it only listens to remote control commands.
This is useful if you are controlling rclone via the rc API.
If you pass in a path to a directory, rclone will serve that directory for GET requests on
the URL passed in. It will also open the URL in the browser when rclone is run.
See the rc documentation (https://rclone.org/rc/) for more info on the rc flags.
rclone rcd <path to files to serve>* [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for rcd
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone commands, flags and
backends.
rclone rmdirs
Remove empty directories under the path.
Synopsis
This removes any empty directories (or directories that only contain empty directories)
under the path that it finds, including the path if it has nothing in.
If you supply the –leave-root flag, it will not remove the root directory.
This is useful for tidying up remotes that rclone has left a lot of empty directories in.
rclone rmdirs remote:path [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for rmdirs
--leave-root Do not remove root directory if empty
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone commands, flags and
backends.
rclone serve
Serve a remote over a protocol.
Synopsis
rclone serve is used to serve a remote over a given protocol. This command requires the
use of a subcommand to specify the protocol, eg
rclone serve http remote:
Each subcommand has its own options which you can see in their help.
rclone serve <protocol> [opts] <remote> [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for serve
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone commands, flags and
backends.
• rclone serve dlna (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_dlna/) - Serve remote:path
over DLNA
• rclone serve ftp (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_ftp/) - Serve remote:path
over FTP.
• rclone serve http (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_http/) - Serve the remote
over HTTP.
• rclone serve restic (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_restic/) - Serve the
remote for restic’s REST API.
• rclone serve sftp (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_sftp/) - Serve the remote
over SFTP.
• rclone serve webdav (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_webdav/) - Serve
remote:path over webdav.
rclone serve dlna
Serve remote:path over DLNA
Synopsis
rclone serve dlna is a DLNA media server for media stored in a rclone remote. Many
devices, such as the Xbox and PlayStation, can automatically discover this server in the
LAN and play audio/video from it. VLC is also supported. Service discovery uses UDP
multicast packets (SSDP) and will thus only work on LANs.
Rclone will list all files present in the remote, without filtering based on media formats
or file extensions. Additionally, there is no media transcoding support. This means that
some players might show files that they are not able to play back correctly.
Server options
Use –addr to specify which IP address and port the server should listen on, eg –addr
1.2.3.4:8000 or –addr :8080 to listen to all IPs.
Use –name to choose the friendly server name, which is by default “rclone (hostname)”.
Use –log-trace in conjunction with -vv to enable additional debug logging of all UPNP
traffic.
Directory Cache
Using the --dir-cache-time flag, you can set how long a directory should be considered up
to date and not refreshed from the backend. Changes made locally in the mount may appear
immediately or invalidate the cache. However, changes done on the remote will only be
picked up once the cache expires.
Alternatively, you can send a SIGHUP signal to rclone for it to flush all directory
caches, regardless of how old they are. Assuming only one rclone instance is running, you
can reset the cache like this:
kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)
If you configure rclone with a remote control (/rc) then you can use rclone rc to flush
the whole directory cache:
rclone rc vfs/forget
Or individual files or directories:
rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir
File Buffering
The --buffer-size flag determines the amount of memory, that will be used to buffer data
in advance.
Each open file descriptor will try to keep the specified amount of data in memory at all
times. The buffered data is bound to one file descriptor and won’t be shared between
multiple open file descriptors of the same file.
This flag is a upper limit for the used memory per file descriptor. The buffer will only
use memory for data that is downloaded but not not yet read. If the buffer is empty, only
a small amount of memory will be used. The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering
can be up to --buffer-size * open files.
File Caching
These flags control the VFS file caching options. The VFS layer is used by rclone mount
to make a cloud storage system work more like a normal file system.
You’ll need to enable VFS caching if you want, for example, to read and write
simultaneously to a file. See below for more details.
Note that the VFS cache works in addition to the cache backend and you may find that you
need one or the other or both.
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching.
--vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-mode string Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default "off")
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s)
--vfs-cache-max-size int Max total size of objects in the cache. (default off)
If run with -vv rclone will print the location of the file cache. The files are stored in
the user cache file area which is OS dependent but can be controlled with --cache-dir or
setting the appropriate environment variable.
The cache has 4 different modes selected by --vfs-cache-mode. The higher the cache mode
the more compatible rclone becomes at the cost of using disk space.
Note that files are written back to the remote only when they are closed so if rclone is
quit or dies with open files then these won’t get written back to the remote. However
they will still be in the on disk cache.
If using –vfs-cache-max-size note that the cache may exceed this size for two reasons.
Firstly because it is only checked every –vfs-cache-poll-interval. Secondly because open
files cannot be evicted from the cache.
–vfs-cache-mode off
In this mode the cache will read directly from the remote and write directly to the remote
without caching anything on disk.
This will mean some operations are not possible
• Files can’t be opened for both read AND write
• Files opened for write can’t be seeked
• Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
• Files open for read with O_TRUNC will be opened write only
• Files open for write only will behave as if O_TRUNC was supplied
• Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored
• If an upload fails it can’t be retried
–vfs-cache-mode minimal
This is very similar to “off” except that files opened for read AND write will be buffered
to disks. This means that files opened for write will be a lot more compatible, but uses
the minimal disk space.
These operations are not possible
• Files opened for write only can’t be seeked
• Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
• Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC
• If an upload fails it can’t be retried
–vfs-cache-mode writes
In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from the remote, write
only and read/write files are buffered to disk first.
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
If an upload fails it will be retried up to –low-level-retries times.
–vfs-cache-mode full
In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk. When a file is opened
for read it will be downloaded in its entirety first.
This may be appropriate for your needs, or you may prefer to look at the cache backend
which does a much more sophisticated job of caching, including caching directory
hierarchies and chunks of files.
In this mode, unlike the others, when a file is written to the disk, it will be kept on
the disk after it is written to the remote. It will be purged on a schedule according to
--vfs-cache-max-age.
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to –low-level-retries times.
rclone serve dlna remote:path [flags]
Options
--addr string ip:port or :port to bind the DLNA http server to. (default ":7879")
--dir-cache-time duration Time to cache directory entries for. (default 5m0s)
--dir-perms FileMode Directory permissions (default 0777)
--file-perms FileMode File permissions (default 0666)
--gid uint32 Override the gid field set by the filesystem. (default 1000)
-h, --help help for dlna
--log-trace enable trace logging of SOAP traffic
--name string name of DLNA server
--no-checksum Don't compare checksums on up/download.
--no-modtime Don't read/write the modification time (can speed things up).
--no-seek Don't allow seeking in files.
--poll-interval duration Time to wait between polling for changes. Must be smaller than dir-cache-time. Only on supported remotes. Set to 0 to disable. (default 1m0s)
--read-only Mount read-only.
--uid uint32 Override the uid field set by the filesystem. (default 1000)
--umask int Override the permission bits set by the filesystem. (default 2)
--vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix Max total size of objects in the cache. (default off)
--vfs-cache-mode CacheMode Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off)
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s)
--vfs-case-insensitive If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match.
--vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix Read the source objects in chunks. (default 128M)
--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. 'off' is unlimited. (default off)
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone serve (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve/) - Serve a remote over a
protocol.
rclone serve ftp
Serve remote:path over FTP.
Synopsis
rclone serve ftp implements a basic ftp server to serve the remote over FTP protocol.
This can be viewed with a ftp client or you can make a remote of type ftp to read and
write it.
Server options
Use –addr to specify which IP address and port the server should listen on, eg –addr
1.2.3.4:8000 or –addr :8080 to listen to all IPs. By default it only listens on
localhost. You can use port :0 to let the OS choose an available port.
If you set –addr to listen on a public or LAN accessible IP address then using
Authentication is advised - see the next section for info.
Authentication
By default this will serve files without needing a login.
You can set a single username and password with the –user and –pass flags.
Directory Cache
Using the --dir-cache-time flag, you can set how long a directory should be considered up
to date and not refreshed from the backend. Changes made locally in the mount may appear
immediately or invalidate the cache. However, changes done on the remote will only be
picked up once the cache expires.
Alternatively, you can send a SIGHUP signal to rclone for it to flush all directory
caches, regardless of how old they are. Assuming only one rclone instance is running, you
can reset the cache like this:
kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)
If you configure rclone with a remote control (/rc) then you can use rclone rc to flush
the whole directory cache:
rclone rc vfs/forget
Or individual files or directories:
rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir
File Buffering
The --buffer-size flag determines the amount of memory, that will be used to buffer data
in advance.
Each open file descriptor will try to keep the specified amount of data in memory at all
times. The buffered data is bound to one file descriptor and won’t be shared between
multiple open file descriptors of the same file.
This flag is a upper limit for the used memory per file descriptor. The buffer will only
use memory for data that is downloaded but not not yet read. If the buffer is empty, only
a small amount of memory will be used. The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering
can be up to --buffer-size * open files.
File Caching
These flags control the VFS file caching options. The VFS layer is used by rclone mount
to make a cloud storage system work more like a normal file system.
You’ll need to enable VFS caching if you want, for example, to read and write
simultaneously to a file. See below for more details.
Note that the VFS cache works in addition to the cache backend and you may find that you
need one or the other or both.
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching.
--vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-mode string Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default "off")
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s)
--vfs-cache-max-size int Max total size of objects in the cache. (default off)
If run with -vv rclone will print the location of the file cache. The files are stored in
the user cache file area which is OS dependent but can be controlled with --cache-dir or
setting the appropriate environment variable.
The cache has 4 different modes selected by --vfs-cache-mode. The higher the cache mode
the more compatible rclone becomes at the cost of using disk space.
Note that files are written back to the remote only when they are closed so if rclone is
quit or dies with open files then these won’t get written back to the remote. However
they will still be in the on disk cache.
If using –vfs-cache-max-size note that the cache may exceed this size for two reasons.
Firstly because it is only checked every –vfs-cache-poll-interval. Secondly because open
files cannot be evicted from the cache.
–vfs-cache-mode off
In this mode the cache will read directly from the remote and write directly to the remote
without caching anything on disk.
This will mean some operations are not possible
• Files can’t be opened for both read AND write
• Files opened for write can’t be seeked
• Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
• Files open for read with O_TRUNC will be opened write only
• Files open for write only will behave as if O_TRUNC was supplied
• Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored
• If an upload fails it can’t be retried
–vfs-cache-mode minimal
This is very similar to “off” except that files opened for read AND write will be buffered
to disks. This means that files opened for write will be a lot more compatible, but uses
the minimal disk space.
These operations are not possible
• Files opened for write only can’t be seeked
• Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
• Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC
• If an upload fails it can’t be retried
–vfs-cache-mode writes
In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from the remote, write
only and read/write files are buffered to disk first.
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
If an upload fails it will be retried up to –low-level-retries times.
–vfs-cache-mode full
In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk. When a file is opened
for read it will be downloaded in its entirety first.
This may be appropriate for your needs, or you may prefer to look at the cache backend
which does a much more sophisticated job of caching, including caching directory
hierarchies and chunks of files.
In this mode, unlike the others, when a file is written to the disk, it will be kept on
the disk after it is written to the remote. It will be purged on a schedule according to
--vfs-cache-max-age.
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to –low-level-retries times.
Auth Proxy
If you supply the parameter --auth-proxy /path/to/program then rclone will use that
program to generate backends on the fly which then are used to authenticate incoming
requests. This uses a simple JSON based protocl with input on STDIN and output on STDOUT.
There is an example program bin/test_proxy.py
(https://github.com/rclone/rclone/blob/master/test_proxy.py) in the rclone source code.
The program’s job is to take a user and pass on the input and turn those into the config
for a backend on STDOUT in JSON format. This config will have any default parameters for
the backend added, but it won’t use configuration from environment variables or command
line options - it is the job of the proxy program to make a complete config.
This config generated must have this extra parameter - _root - root to use for the backend
And it may have this parameter - _obscure - comma separated strings for parameters to
obscure
For example the program might take this on STDIN
{
"user": "me",
"pass": "mypassword"
}
And return this on STDOUT
{
"type": "sftp",
"_root": "",
"_obscure": "pass",
"user": "me",
"pass": "mypassword",
"host": "sftp.example.com"
}
This would mean that an SFTP backend would be created on the fly for the user and pass
returned in the output to the host given. Note that since _obscure is set to pass, rclone
will obscure the pass parameter before creating the backend (which is required for sftp
backends).
The progam can manipulate the supplied user in any way, for example to make proxy to many
different sftp backends, you could make the user be user@example.com and then set the host
to example.com in the output and the user to user. For security you’d probably want to
restrict the host to a limited list.
Note that an internal cache is keyed on user so only use that for configuration, don’t use
pass. This also means that if a user’s password is changed the cache will need to expire
(which takes 5 mins) before it takes effect.
This can be used to build general purpose proxies to any kind of backend that rclone
supports.
rclone serve ftp remote:path [flags]
Options
--addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:2121")
--auth-proxy string A program to use to create the backend from the auth.
--dir-cache-time duration Time to cache directory entries for. (default 5m0s)
--dir-perms FileMode Directory permissions (default 0777)
--file-perms FileMode File permissions (default 0666)
--gid uint32 Override the gid field set by the filesystem. (default 1000)
-h, --help help for ftp
--no-checksum Don't compare checksums on up/download.
--no-modtime Don't read/write the modification time (can speed things up).
--no-seek Don't allow seeking in files.
--pass string Password for authentication. (empty value allow every password)
--passive-port string Passive port range to use. (default "30000-32000")
--poll-interval duration Time to wait between polling for changes. Must be smaller than dir-cache-time. Only on supported remotes. Set to 0 to disable. (default 1m0s)
--public-ip string Public IP address to advertise for passive connections.
--read-only Mount read-only.
--uid uint32 Override the uid field set by the filesystem. (default 1000)
--umask int Override the permission bits set by the filesystem. (default 2)
--user string User name for authentication. (default "anonymous")
--vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix Max total size of objects in the cache. (default off)
--vfs-cache-mode CacheMode Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off)
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s)
--vfs-case-insensitive If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match.
--vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix Read the source objects in chunks. (default 128M)
--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. 'off' is unlimited. (default off)
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone serve (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve/) - Serve a remote over a
protocol.
rclone serve http
Serve the remote over HTTP.
Synopsis
rclone serve http implements a basic web server to serve the remote over HTTP. This can
be viewed in a web browser or you can make a remote of type http read from it.
You can use the filter flags (eg –include, –exclude) to control what is served.
The server will log errors. Use -v to see access logs.
–bwlimit will be respected for file transfers. Use –stats to control the stats printing.
Server options
Use –addr to specify which IP address and port the server should listen on, eg –addr
1.2.3.4:8000 or –addr :8080 to listen to all IPs. By default it only listens on
localhost. You can use port :0 to let the OS choose an available port.
If you set –addr to listen on a public or LAN accessible IP address then using
Authentication is advised - see the next section for info.
–server-read-timeout and –server-write-timeout can be used to control the timeouts on the
server. Note that this is the total time for a transfer.
–max-header-bytes controls the maximum number of bytes the server will accept in the HTTP
header.
–baseurl controls the URL prefix that rclone serves from. By default rclone will serve
from the root. If you used –baseurl “/rclone” then rclone would serve from a URL starting
with “/rclone/”. This is useful if you wish to proxy rclone serve. Rclone automatically
inserts leading and trailing “/” on –baseurl, so –baseurl “rclone”, –baseurl “/rclone” and
–baseurl “/rclone/” are all treated identically.
Authentication
By default this will serve files without needing a login.
You can either use an htpasswd file which can take lots of users, or set a single username
and password with the –user and –pass flags.
Use –htpasswd /path/to/htpasswd to provide an htpasswd file. This is in standard apache
format and supports MD5, SHA1 and BCrypt for basic authentication. Bcrypt is recommended.
To create an htpasswd file:
touch htpasswd
htpasswd -B htpasswd user
htpasswd -B htpasswd anotherUser
The password file can be updated while rclone is running.
Use –realm to set the authentication realm.
SSL/TLS
By default this will serve over http. If you want you can serve over https. You will
need to supply the –cert and –key flags. If you wish to do client side certificate
validation then you will need to supply –client-ca also.
–cert should be a either a PEM encoded certificate or a concatenation of that with the CA
certificate. –key should be the PEM encoded private key and –client-ca should be the PEM
encoded client certificate authority certificate.
Directory Cache
Using the --dir-cache-time flag, you can set how long a directory should be considered up
to date and not refreshed from the backend. Changes made locally in the mount may appear
immediately or invalidate the cache. However, changes done on the remote will only be
picked up once the cache expires.
Alternatively, you can send a SIGHUP signal to rclone for it to flush all directory
caches, regardless of how old they are. Assuming only one rclone instance is running, you
can reset the cache like this:
kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)
If you configure rclone with a remote control (/rc) then you can use rclone rc to flush
the whole directory cache:
rclone rc vfs/forget
Or individual files or directories:
rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir
File Buffering
The --buffer-size flag determines the amount of memory, that will be used to buffer data
in advance.
Each open file descriptor will try to keep the specified amount of data in memory at all
times. The buffered data is bound to one file descriptor and won’t be shared between
multiple open file descriptors of the same file.
This flag is a upper limit for the used memory per file descriptor. The buffer will only
use memory for data that is downloaded but not not yet read. If the buffer is empty, only
a small amount of memory will be used. The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering
can be up to --buffer-size * open files.
File Caching
These flags control the VFS file caching options. The VFS layer is used by rclone mount
to make a cloud storage system work more like a normal file system.
You’ll need to enable VFS caching if you want, for example, to read and write
simultaneously to a file. See below for more details.
Note that the VFS cache works in addition to the cache backend and you may find that you
need one or the other or both.
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching.
--vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-mode string Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default "off")
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s)
--vfs-cache-max-size int Max total size of objects in the cache. (default off)
If run with -vv rclone will print the location of the file cache. The files are stored in
the user cache file area which is OS dependent but can be controlled with --cache-dir or
setting the appropriate environment variable.
The cache has 4 different modes selected by --vfs-cache-mode. The higher the cache mode
the more compatible rclone becomes at the cost of using disk space.
Note that files are written back to the remote only when they are closed so if rclone is
quit or dies with open files then these won’t get written back to the remote. However
they will still be in the on disk cache.
If using –vfs-cache-max-size note that the cache may exceed this size for two reasons.
Firstly because it is only checked every –vfs-cache-poll-interval. Secondly because open
files cannot be evicted from the cache.
–vfs-cache-mode off
In this mode the cache will read directly from the remote and write directly to the remote
without caching anything on disk.
This will mean some operations are not possible
• Files can’t be opened for both read AND write
• Files opened for write can’t be seeked
• Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
• Files open for read with O_TRUNC will be opened write only
• Files open for write only will behave as if O_TRUNC was supplied
• Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored
• If an upload fails it can’t be retried
–vfs-cache-mode minimal
This is very similar to “off” except that files opened for read AND write will be buffered
to disks. This means that files opened for write will be a lot more compatible, but uses
the minimal disk space.
These operations are not possible
• Files opened for write only can’t be seeked
• Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
• Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC
• If an upload fails it can’t be retried
–vfs-cache-mode writes
In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from the remote, write
only and read/write files are buffered to disk first.
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
If an upload fails it will be retried up to –low-level-retries times.
–vfs-cache-mode full
In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk. When a file is opened
for read it will be downloaded in its entirety first.
This may be appropriate for your needs, or you may prefer to look at the cache backend
which does a much more sophisticated job of caching, including caching directory
hierarchies and chunks of files.
In this mode, unlike the others, when a file is written to the disk, it will be kept on
the disk after it is written to the remote. It will be purged on a schedule according to
--vfs-cache-max-age.
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to –low-level-retries times.
rclone serve http remote:path [flags]
Options
--addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:8080")
--baseurl string Prefix for URLs - leave blank for root.
--cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
--client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
--dir-cache-time duration Time to cache directory entries for. (default 5m0s)
--dir-perms FileMode Directory permissions (default 0777)
--file-perms FileMode File permissions (default 0666)
--gid uint32 Override the gid field set by the filesystem. (default 1000)
-h, --help help for http
--htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
--key string SSL PEM Private key
--max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
--no-checksum Don't compare checksums on up/download.
--no-modtime Don't read/write the modification time (can speed things up).
--no-seek Don't allow seeking in files.
--pass string Password for authentication.
--poll-interval duration Time to wait between polling for changes. Must be smaller than dir-cache-time. Only on supported remotes. Set to 0 to disable. (default 1m0s)
--read-only Mount read-only.
--realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
--server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
--server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
--uid uint32 Override the uid field set by the filesystem. (default 1000)
--umask int Override the permission bits set by the filesystem. (default 2)
--user string User name for authentication.
--vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix Max total size of objects in the cache. (default off)
--vfs-cache-mode CacheMode Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off)
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s)
--vfs-case-insensitive If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match.
--vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix Read the source objects in chunks. (default 128M)
--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. 'off' is unlimited. (default off)
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone serve (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve/) - Serve a remote over a
protocol.
rclone serve restic
Serve the remote for restic’s REST API.
Synopsis
rclone serve restic implements restic’s REST backend API over HTTP. This allows restic to
use rclone as a data storage mechanism for cloud providers that restic does not support
directly.
Restic (https://restic.net/) is a command line program for doing backups.
The server will log errors. Use -v to see access logs.
–bwlimit will be respected for file transfers. Use –stats to control the stats printing.
Setting up rclone for use by restic
First set up a remote for your chosen cloud provider (/docs/#configure).
Once you have set up the remote, check it is working with, for example “rclone lsd
remote:”. You may have called the remote something other than “remote:” - just substitute
whatever you called it in the following instructions.
Now start the rclone restic server
rclone serve restic -v remote:backup
Where you can replace “backup” in the above by whatever path in the remote you wish to
use.
By default this will serve on “localhost:8080” you can change this with use of the “–addr”
flag.
You might wish to start this server on boot.
Setting up restic to use rclone
Now you can follow the restic instructions
(http://restic.readthedocs.io/en/latest/030_preparing_a_new_repo.html#rest-server) on
setting up restic.
Note that you will need restic 0.8.2 or later to interoperate with rclone.
For the example above you will want to use “http://localhost:8080/” as the URL for the
REST server.
For example:
$ export RESTIC_REPOSITORY=rest:http://localhost:8080/
$ export RESTIC_PASSWORD=yourpassword
$ restic init
created restic backend 8b1a4b56ae at rest:http://localhost:8080/
Please note that knowledge of your password is required to access
the repository. Losing your password means that your data is
irrecoverably lost.
$ restic backup /path/to/files/to/backup
scan [/path/to/files/to/backup]
scanned 189 directories, 312 files in 0:00
[0:00] 100.00% 38.128 MiB / 38.128 MiB 501 / 501 items 0 errors ETA 0:00
duration: 0:00
snapshot 45c8fdd8 saved
Multiple repositories
Note that you can use the endpoint to host multiple repositories. Do this by adding a
directory name or path after the URL. Note that these must end with /. Eg
$ export RESTIC_REPOSITORY=rest:http://localhost:8080/user1repo/
# backup user1 stuff
$ export RESTIC_REPOSITORY=rest:http://localhost:8080/user2repo/
# backup user2 stuff
Private repositories
The “–private-repos” flag can be used to limit users to repositories starting with a path
of “//”.
Server options
Use –addr to specify which IP address and port the server should listen on, eg –addr
1.2.3.4:8000 or –addr :8080 to listen to all IPs. By default it only listens on
localhost. You can use port :0 to let the OS choose an available port.
If you set –addr to listen on a public or LAN accessible IP address then using
Authentication is advised - see the next section for info.
–server-read-timeout and –server-write-timeout can be used to control the timeouts on the
server. Note that this is the total time for a transfer.
–max-header-bytes controls the maximum number of bytes the server will accept in the HTTP
header.
–baseurl controls the URL prefix that rclone serves from. By default rclone will serve
from the root. If you used –baseurl “/rclone” then rclone would serve from a URL starting
with “/rclone/”. This is useful if you wish to proxy rclone serve. Rclone automatically
inserts leading and trailing “/” on –baseurl, so –baseurl “rclone”, –baseurl “/rclone” and
–baseurl “/rclone/” are all treated identically.
Authentication
By default this will serve files without needing a login.
You can either use an htpasswd file which can take lots of users, or set a single username
and password with the –user and –pass flags.
Use –htpasswd /path/to/htpasswd to provide an htpasswd file. This is in standard apache
format and supports MD5, SHA1 and BCrypt for basic authentication. Bcrypt is recommended.
To create an htpasswd file:
touch htpasswd
htpasswd -B htpasswd user
htpasswd -B htpasswd anotherUser
The password file can be updated while rclone is running.
Use –realm to set the authentication realm.
SSL/TLS
By default this will serve over http. If you want you can serve over https. You will
need to supply the –cert and –key flags. If you wish to do client side certificate
validation then you will need to supply –client-ca also.
–cert should be a either a PEM encoded certificate or a concatenation of that with the CA
certificate. –key should be the PEM encoded private key and –client-ca should be the PEM
encoded client certificate authority certificate.
rclone serve restic remote:path [flags]
Options
--addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:8080")
--append-only disallow deletion of repository data
--baseurl string Prefix for URLs - leave blank for root.
--cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
--client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
-h, --help help for restic
--htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
--key string SSL PEM Private key
--max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
--pass string Password for authentication.
--private-repos users can only access their private repo
--realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
--server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
--server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
--stdio run an HTTP2 server on stdin/stdout
--user string User name for authentication.
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone serve (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve/) - Serve a remote over a
protocol.
rclone serve sftp
Serve the remote over SFTP.
Synopsis
rclone serve sftp implements an SFTP server to serve the remote over SFTP. This can be
used with an SFTP client or you can make a remote of type sftp to use with it.
You can use the filter flags (eg –include, –exclude) to control what is served.
The server will log errors. Use -v to see access logs.
–bwlimit will be respected for file transfers. Use –stats to control the stats printing.
You must provide some means of authentication, either with –user/–pass, an authorized keys
file (specify location with –authorized-keys - the default is the same as ssh) or set the
–no-auth flag for no authentication when logging in.
Note that this also implements a small number of shell commands so that it can provide
md5sum/sha1sum/df information for the rclone sftp backend. This means that is can support
SHA1SUMs, MD5SUMs and the about command when paired with the rclone sftp backend.
If you don’t supply a –key then rclone will generate one and cache it for later use.
By default the server binds to localhost:2022 - if you want it to be reachable externally
then supply “–addr :2022” for example.
Note that the default of “–vfs-cache-mode off” is fine for the rclone sftp backend, but it
may not be with other SFTP clients.
Directory Cache
Using the --dir-cache-time flag, you can set how long a directory should be considered up
to date and not refreshed from the backend. Changes made locally in the mount may appear
immediately or invalidate the cache. However, changes done on the remote will only be
picked up once the cache expires.
Alternatively, you can send a SIGHUP signal to rclone for it to flush all directory
caches, regardless of how old they are. Assuming only one rclone instance is running, you
can reset the cache like this:
kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)
If you configure rclone with a remote control (/rc) then you can use rclone rc to flush
the whole directory cache:
rclone rc vfs/forget
Or individual files or directories:
rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir
File Buffering
The --buffer-size flag determines the amount of memory, that will be used to buffer data
in advance.
Each open file descriptor will try to keep the specified amount of data in memory at all
times. The buffered data is bound to one file descriptor and won’t be shared between
multiple open file descriptors of the same file.
This flag is a upper limit for the used memory per file descriptor. The buffer will only
use memory for data that is downloaded but not not yet read. If the buffer is empty, only
a small amount of memory will be used. The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering
can be up to --buffer-size * open files.
File Caching
These flags control the VFS file caching options. The VFS layer is used by rclone mount
to make a cloud storage system work more like a normal file system.
You’ll need to enable VFS caching if you want, for example, to read and write
simultaneously to a file. See below for more details.
Note that the VFS cache works in addition to the cache backend and you may find that you
need one or the other or both.
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching.
--vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-mode string Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default "off")
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s)
--vfs-cache-max-size int Max total size of objects in the cache. (default off)
If run with -vv rclone will print the location of the file cache. The files are stored in
the user cache file area which is OS dependent but can be controlled with --cache-dir or
setting the appropriate environment variable.
The cache has 4 different modes selected by --vfs-cache-mode. The higher the cache mode
the more compatible rclone becomes at the cost of using disk space.
Note that files are written back to the remote only when they are closed so if rclone is
quit or dies with open files then these won’t get written back to the remote. However
they will still be in the on disk cache.
If using –vfs-cache-max-size note that the cache may exceed this size for two reasons.
Firstly because it is only checked every –vfs-cache-poll-interval. Secondly because open
files cannot be evicted from the cache.
–vfs-cache-mode off
In this mode the cache will read directly from the remote and write directly to the remote
without caching anything on disk.
This will mean some operations are not possible
• Files can’t be opened for both read AND write
• Files opened for write can’t be seeked
• Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
• Files open for read with O_TRUNC will be opened write only
• Files open for write only will behave as if O_TRUNC was supplied
• Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored
• If an upload fails it can’t be retried
–vfs-cache-mode minimal
This is very similar to “off” except that files opened for read AND write will be buffered
to disks. This means that files opened for write will be a lot more compatible, but uses
the minimal disk space.
These operations are not possible
• Files opened for write only can’t be seeked
• Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
• Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC
• If an upload fails it can’t be retried
–vfs-cache-mode writes
In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from the remote, write
only and read/write files are buffered to disk first.
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
If an upload fails it will be retried up to –low-level-retries times.
–vfs-cache-mode full
In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk. When a file is opened
for read it will be downloaded in its entirety first.
This may be appropriate for your needs, or you may prefer to look at the cache backend
which does a much more sophisticated job of caching, including caching directory
hierarchies and chunks of files.
In this mode, unlike the others, when a file is written to the disk, it will be kept on
the disk after it is written to the remote. It will be purged on a schedule according to
--vfs-cache-max-age.
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to –low-level-retries times.
Auth Proxy
If you supply the parameter --auth-proxy /path/to/program then rclone will use that
program to generate backends on the fly which then are used to authenticate incoming
requests. This uses a simple JSON based protocl with input on STDIN and output on STDOUT.
There is an example program bin/test_proxy.py
(https://github.com/rclone/rclone/blob/master/test_proxy.py) in the rclone source code.
The program’s job is to take a user and pass on the input and turn those into the config
for a backend on STDOUT in JSON format. This config will have any default parameters for
the backend added, but it won’t use configuration from environment variables or command
line options - it is the job of the proxy program to make a complete config.
This config generated must have this extra parameter - _root - root to use for the backend
And it may have this parameter - _obscure - comma separated strings for parameters to
obscure
For example the program might take this on STDIN
{
"user": "me",
"pass": "mypassword"
}
And return this on STDOUT
{
"type": "sftp",
"_root": "",
"_obscure": "pass",
"user": "me",
"pass": "mypassword",
"host": "sftp.example.com"
}
This would mean that an SFTP backend would be created on the fly for the user and pass
returned in the output to the host given. Note that since _obscure is set to pass, rclone
will obscure the pass parameter before creating the backend (which is required for sftp
backends).
The progam can manipulate the supplied user in any way, for example to make proxy to many
different sftp backends, you could make the user be user@example.com and then set the host
to example.com in the output and the user to user. For security you’d probably want to
restrict the host to a limited list.
Note that an internal cache is keyed on user so only use that for configuration, don’t use
pass. This also means that if a user’s password is changed the cache will need to expire
(which takes 5 mins) before it takes effect.
This can be used to build general purpose proxies to any kind of backend that rclone
supports.
rclone serve sftp remote:path [flags]
Options
--addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:2022")
--auth-proxy string A program to use to create the backend from the auth.
--authorized-keys string Authorized keys file (default "~/.ssh/authorized_keys")
--dir-cache-time duration Time to cache directory entries for. (default 5m0s)
--dir-perms FileMode Directory permissions (default 0777)
--file-perms FileMode File permissions (default 0666)
--gid uint32 Override the gid field set by the filesystem. (default 1000)
-h, --help help for sftp
--key string SSH private key file (leave blank to auto generate)
--no-auth Allow connections with no authentication if set.
--no-checksum Don't compare checksums on up/download.
--no-modtime Don't read/write the modification time (can speed things up).
--no-seek Don't allow seeking in files.
--pass string Password for authentication.
--poll-interval duration Time to wait between polling for changes. Must be smaller than dir-cache-time. Only on supported remotes. Set to 0 to disable. (default 1m0s)
--read-only Mount read-only.
--uid uint32 Override the uid field set by the filesystem. (default 1000)
--umask int Override the permission bits set by the filesystem. (default 2)
--user string User name for authentication.
--vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix Max total size of objects in the cache. (default off)
--vfs-cache-mode CacheMode Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off)
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s)
--vfs-case-insensitive If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match.
--vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix Read the source objects in chunks. (default 128M)
--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. 'off' is unlimited. (default off)
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone serve (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve/) - Serve a remote over a
protocol.
rclone serve webdav
Serve remote:path over webdav.
Synopsis
rclone serve webdav implements a basic webdav server to serve the remote over HTTP via the
webdav protocol. This can be viewed with a webdav client, through a web browser, or you
can make a remote of type webdav to read and write it.
Webdav options
–etag-hash
This controls the ETag header. Without this flag the ETag will be based on the ModTime
and Size of the object.
If this flag is set to “auto” then rclone will choose the first supported hash on the
backend or you can use a named hash such as “MD5” or “SHA-1”.
Use “rclone hashsum” to see the full list.
Server options
Use –addr to specify which IP address and port the server should listen on, eg –addr
1.2.3.4:8000 or –addr :8080 to listen to all IPs. By default it only listens on
localhost. You can use port :0 to let the OS choose an available port.
If you set –addr to listen on a public or LAN accessible IP address then using
Authentication is advised - see the next section for info.
–server-read-timeout and –server-write-timeout can be used to control the timeouts on the
server. Note that this is the total time for a transfer.
–max-header-bytes controls the maximum number of bytes the server will accept in the HTTP
header.
–baseurl controls the URL prefix that rclone serves from. By default rclone will serve
from the root. If you used –baseurl “/rclone” then rclone would serve from a URL starting
with “/rclone/”. This is useful if you wish to proxy rclone serve. Rclone automatically
inserts leading and trailing “/” on –baseurl, so –baseurl “rclone”, –baseurl “/rclone” and
–baseurl “/rclone/” are all treated identically.
Authentication
By default this will serve files without needing a login.
You can either use an htpasswd file which can take lots of users, or set a single username
and password with the –user and –pass flags.
Use –htpasswd /path/to/htpasswd to provide an htpasswd file. This is in standard apache
format and supports MD5, SHA1 and BCrypt for basic authentication. Bcrypt is recommended.
To create an htpasswd file:
touch htpasswd
htpasswd -B htpasswd user
htpasswd -B htpasswd anotherUser
The password file can be updated while rclone is running.
Use –realm to set the authentication realm.
SSL/TLS
By default this will serve over http. If you want you can serve over https. You will
need to supply the –cert and –key flags. If you wish to do client side certificate
validation then you will need to supply –client-ca also.
–cert should be a either a PEM encoded certificate or a concatenation of that with the CA
certificate. –key should be the PEM encoded private key and –client-ca should be the PEM
encoded client certificate authority certificate.
Directory Cache
Using the --dir-cache-time flag, you can set how long a directory should be considered up
to date and not refreshed from the backend. Changes made locally in the mount may appear
immediately or invalidate the cache. However, changes done on the remote will only be
picked up once the cache expires.
Alternatively, you can send a SIGHUP signal to rclone for it to flush all directory
caches, regardless of how old they are. Assuming only one rclone instance is running, you
can reset the cache like this:
kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)
If you configure rclone with a remote control (/rc) then you can use rclone rc to flush
the whole directory cache:
rclone rc vfs/forget
Or individual files or directories:
rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir
File Buffering
The --buffer-size flag determines the amount of memory, that will be used to buffer data
in advance.
Each open file descriptor will try to keep the specified amount of data in memory at all
times. The buffered data is bound to one file descriptor and won’t be shared between
multiple open file descriptors of the same file.
This flag is a upper limit for the used memory per file descriptor. The buffer will only
use memory for data that is downloaded but not not yet read. If the buffer is empty, only
a small amount of memory will be used. The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering
can be up to --buffer-size * open files.
File Caching
These flags control the VFS file caching options. The VFS layer is used by rclone mount
to make a cloud storage system work more like a normal file system.
You’ll need to enable VFS caching if you want, for example, to read and write
simultaneously to a file. See below for more details.
Note that the VFS cache works in addition to the cache backend and you may find that you
need one or the other or both.
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching.
--vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-mode string Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default "off")
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s)
--vfs-cache-max-size int Max total size of objects in the cache. (default off)
If run with -vv rclone will print the location of the file cache. The files are stored in
the user cache file area which is OS dependent but can be controlled with --cache-dir or
setting the appropriate environment variable.
The cache has 4 different modes selected by --vfs-cache-mode. The higher the cache mode
the more compatible rclone becomes at the cost of using disk space.
Note that files are written back to the remote only when they are closed so if rclone is
quit or dies with open files then these won’t get written back to the remote. However
they will still be in the on disk cache.
If using –vfs-cache-max-size note that the cache may exceed this size for two reasons.
Firstly because it is only checked every –vfs-cache-poll-interval. Secondly because open
files cannot be evicted from the cache.
–vfs-cache-mode off
In this mode the cache will read directly from the remote and write directly to the remote
without caching anything on disk.
This will mean some operations are not possible
• Files can’t be opened for both read AND write
• Files opened for write can’t be seeked
• Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
• Files open for read with O_TRUNC will be opened write only
• Files open for write only will behave as if O_TRUNC was supplied
• Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored
• If an upload fails it can’t be retried
–vfs-cache-mode minimal
This is very similar to “off” except that files opened for read AND write will be buffered
to disks. This means that files opened for write will be a lot more compatible, but uses
the minimal disk space.
These operations are not possible
• Files opened for write only can’t be seeked
• Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
• Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC
• If an upload fails it can’t be retried
–vfs-cache-mode writes
In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from the remote, write
only and read/write files are buffered to disk first.
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
If an upload fails it will be retried up to –low-level-retries times.
–vfs-cache-mode full
In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk. When a file is opened
for read it will be downloaded in its entirety first.
This may be appropriate for your needs, or you may prefer to look at the cache backend
which does a much more sophisticated job of caching, including caching directory
hierarchies and chunks of files.
In this mode, unlike the others, when a file is written to the disk, it will be kept on
the disk after it is written to the remote. It will be purged on a schedule according to
--vfs-cache-max-age.
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to –low-level-retries times.
Auth Proxy
If you supply the parameter --auth-proxy /path/to/program then rclone will use that
program to generate backends on the fly which then are used to authenticate incoming
requests. This uses a simple JSON based protocl with input on STDIN and output on STDOUT.
There is an example program bin/test_proxy.py
(https://github.com/rclone/rclone/blob/master/test_proxy.py) in the rclone source code.
The program’s job is to take a user and pass on the input and turn those into the config
for a backend on STDOUT in JSON format. This config will have any default parameters for
the backend added, but it won’t use configuration from environment variables or command
line options - it is the job of the proxy program to make a complete config.
This config generated must have this extra parameter - _root - root to use for the backend
And it may have this parameter - _obscure - comma separated strings for parameters to
obscure
For example the program might take this on STDIN
{
"user": "me",
"pass": "mypassword"
}
And return this on STDOUT
{
"type": "sftp",
"_root": "",
"_obscure": "pass",
"user": "me",
"pass": "mypassword",
"host": "sftp.example.com"
}
This would mean that an SFTP backend would be created on the fly for the user and pass
returned in the output to the host given. Note that since _obscure is set to pass, rclone
will obscure the pass parameter before creating the backend (which is required for sftp
backends).
The progam can manipulate the supplied user in any way, for example to make proxy to many
different sftp backends, you could make the user be user@example.com and then set the host
to example.com in the output and the user to user. For security you’d probably want to
restrict the host to a limited list.
Note that an internal cache is keyed on user so only use that for configuration, don’t use
pass. This also means that if a user’s password is changed the cache will need to expire
(which takes 5 mins) before it takes effect.
This can be used to build general purpose proxies to any kind of backend that rclone
supports.
rclone serve webdav remote:path [flags]
Options
--addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:8080")
--auth-proxy string A program to use to create the backend from the auth.
--baseurl string Prefix for URLs - leave blank for root.
--cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
--client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
--dir-cache-time duration Time to cache directory entries for. (default 5m0s)
--dir-perms FileMode Directory permissions (default 0777)
--disable-dir-list Disable HTML directory list on GET request for a directory
--etag-hash string Which hash to use for the ETag, or auto or blank for off
--file-perms FileMode File permissions (default 0666)
--gid uint32 Override the gid field set by the filesystem. (default 1000)
-h, --help help for webdav
--htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
--key string SSL PEM Private key
--max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
--no-checksum Don't compare checksums on up/download.
--no-modtime Don't read/write the modification time (can speed things up).
--no-seek Don't allow seeking in files.
--pass string Password for authentication.
--poll-interval duration Time to wait between polling for changes. Must be smaller than dir-cache-time. Only on supported remotes. Set to 0 to disable. (default 1m0s)
--read-only Mount read-only.
--realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
--server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
--server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
--uid uint32 Override the uid field set by the filesystem. (default 1000)
--umask int Override the permission bits set by the filesystem. (default 2)
--user string User name for authentication.
--vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix Max total size of objects in the cache. (default off)
--vfs-cache-mode CacheMode Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off)
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s)
--vfs-case-insensitive If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match.
--vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix Read the source objects in chunks. (default 128M)
--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. 'off' is unlimited. (default off)
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone serve (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve/) - Serve a remote over a
protocol.
rclone settier
Changes storage class/tier of objects in remote.
Synopsis
rclone settier changes storage tier or class at remote if supported. Few cloud storage
services provides different storage classes on objects, for example AWS S3 and Glacier,
Azure Blob storage - Hot, Cool and Archive, Google Cloud Storage, Regional Storage,
Nearline, Coldline etc.
Note that, certain tier changes make objects not available to access immediately. For
example tiering to archive in azure blob storage makes objects in frozen state, user can
restore by setting tier to Hot/Cool, similarly S3 to Glacier makes object
inaccessible.true
You can use it to tier single object
rclone settier Cool remote:path/file
Or use rclone filters to set tier on only specific files
rclone --include "*.txt" settier Hot remote:path/dir
Or just provide remote directory and all files in directory will be tiered
rclone settier tier remote:path/dir
rclone settier tier remote:path [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for settier
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone commands, flags and
backends.
rclone touch
Create new file or change file modification time.
Synopsis
Create new file or change file modification time.
rclone touch remote:path [flags]
Options
-h, --help help for touch
-C, --no-create Do not create the file if it does not exist.
-t, --timestamp string Change the modification times to the specified time instead of the current time of day. The argument is of the form 'YYMMDD' (ex. 17.10.30) or 'YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS' (ex. 2006-01-02T15:04:05)
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone commands, flags and
backends.
rclone tree
List the contents of the remote in a tree like fashion.
Synopsis
rclone tree lists the contents of a remote in a similar way to the unix tree command.
For example
$ rclone tree remote:path
/
├── file1
├── file2
├── file3
└── subdir
├── file4
└── file5
1 directories, 5 files
You can use any of the filtering options with the tree command (eg –include and –exclude).
You can also use –fast-list.
The tree command has many options for controlling the listing which are compatible with
the tree command. Note that not all of them have short options as they conflict with
rclone’s short options.
rclone tree remote:path [flags]
Options
-a, --all All files are listed (list . files too).
-C, --color Turn colorization on always.
-d, --dirs-only List directories only.
--dirsfirst List directories before files (-U disables).
--full-path Print the full path prefix for each file.
-h, --help help for tree
--human Print the size in a more human readable way.
--level int Descend only level directories deep.
-D, --modtime Print the date of last modification.
-i, --noindent Don't print indentation lines.
--noreport Turn off file/directory count at end of tree listing.
-o, --output string Output to file instead of stdout.
-p, --protections Print the protections for each file.
-Q, --quote Quote filenames with double quotes.
-s, --size Print the size in bytes of each file.
--sort string Select sort: name,version,size,mtime,ctime.
--sort-ctime Sort files by last status change time.
-t, --sort-modtime Sort files by last modification time.
-r, --sort-reverse Reverse the order of the sort.
-U, --unsorted Leave files unsorted.
--version Sort files alphanumerically by version.
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
SEE ALSO
• rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone commands, flags and
backends.
Copying single files
rclone normally syncs or copies directories. However, if the source remote points to a
file, rclone will just copy that file. The destination remote must point to a directory -
rclone will give the error Failed to create file system for "remote:file": is a file not a
directory if it isn’t.
For example, suppose you have a remote with a file in called test.jpg, then you could copy
just that file like this
rclone copy remote:test.jpg /tmp/download
The file test.jpg will be placed inside /tmp/download.
This is equivalent to specifying
rclone copy --files-from /tmp/files remote: /tmp/download
Where /tmp/files contains the single line
test.jpg
It is recommended to use copy when copying individual files, not sync. They have pretty
much the same effect but copy will use a lot less memory.
Syntax of remote paths
The syntax of the paths passed to the rclone command are as follows.
/path/to/dir
This refers to the local file system.
On Windows only \ may be used instead of / in local paths only, non local paths must use
/.
These paths needn’t start with a leading / - if they don’t then they will be relative to
the current directory.
remote:path/to/dir
This refers to a directory path/to/dir on remote: as defined in the config file
(configured with rclone config).
remote:/path/to/dir
On most backends this is refers to the same directory as remote:path/to/dir and that
format should be preferred. On a very small number of remotes (FTP, SFTP, Dropbox for
business) this will refer to a different directory. On these, paths without a leading /
will refer to your “home” directory and paths with a leading / will refer to the root.
:backend:path/to/dir
This is an advanced form for creating remotes on the fly. backend should be the name or
prefix of a backend (the type in the config file) and all the configuration for the
backend should be provided on the command line (or in environment variables).
Here are some examples:
rclone lsd --http-url https://pub.rclone.org :http:
To list all the directories in the root of https://pub.rclone.org/.
rclone lsf --http-url https://example.com :http:path/to/dir
To list files and directories in https://example.com/path/to/dir/
rclone copy --http-url https://example.com :http:path/to/dir /tmp/dir
To copy files and directories in https://example.com/path/to/dir to /tmp/dir.
rclone copy --sftp-host example.com :sftp:path/to/dir /tmp/dir
To copy files and directories from example.com in the relative directory path/to/dir to
/tmp/dir using sftp.
Quoting and the shell
When you are typing commands to your computer you are using something called the command
line shell. This interprets various characters in an OS specific way.
Here are some gotchas which may help users unfamiliar with the shell rules
Linux / OSX
If your names have spaces or shell metacharacters (eg *, ?, $, ', " etc) then you must
quote them. Use single quotes ' by default.
rclone copy 'Important files?' remote:backup
If you want to send a ' you will need to use ", eg
rclone copy "O'Reilly Reviews" remote:backup
The rules for quoting metacharacters are complicated and if you want the full details
you’ll have to consult the manual page for your shell.
Windows
If your names have spaces in you need to put them in ", eg
rclone copy "E:\folder name\folder name\folder name" remote:backup
If you are using the root directory on its own then don’t quote it (see #464
(https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/464) for why), eg
rclone copy E:\ remote:backup
Copying files or directories with : in the names
rclone uses : to mark a remote name. This is, however, a valid filename component in
non-Windows OSes. The remote name parser will only search for a : up to the first / so if
you need to act on a file or directory like this then use the full path starting with a /,
or use ./ as a current directory prefix.
So to sync a directory called sync:me to a remote called remote: use
rclone sync ./sync:me remote:path
or
rclone sync /full/path/to/sync:me remote:path
Server Side Copy
Most remotes (but not all - see the overview (/overview/#optional-features)) support
server side copy.
This means if you want to copy one folder to another then rclone won’t download all the
files and re-upload them; it will instruct the server to copy them in place.
Eg
rclone copy s3:oldbucket s3:newbucket
Will copy the contents of oldbucket to newbucket without downloading and re-uploading.
Remotes which don’t support server side copy will download and re-upload in this case.
Server side copies are used with sync and copy and will be identified in the log when
using the -v flag. The move command may also use them if remote doesn’t support server
side move directly. This is done by issuing a server side copy then a delete which is
much quicker than a download and re-upload.
Server side copies will only be attempted if the remote names are the same.
This can be used when scripting to make aged backups efficiently, eg
rclone sync remote:current-backup remote:previous-backup
rclone sync /path/to/files remote:current-backup
Options
Rclone has a number of options to control its behaviour.
Options that take parameters can have the values passed in two ways, --option=value or
--option value. However boolean (true/false) options behave slightly differently to the
other options in that --boolean sets the option to true and the absence of the flag sets
it to false. It is also possible to specify --boolean=false or --boolean=true. Note that
--boolean false is not valid - this is parsed as --boolean and the false is parsed as an
extra command line argument for rclone.
Options which use TIME use the go time parser. A duration string is a possibly signed
sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as
“300ms”, “-1.5h” or “2h45m”. Valid time units are “ns”, “us” (or “µs”), “ms”, “s”, “m”,
“h”.
Options which use SIZE use kByte by default. However, a suffix of b for bytes, k for
kBytes, M for MBytes, G for GBytes, T for TBytes and P for PBytes may be used. These are
the binary units, eg 1, 2**10, 2**20, 2**30 respectively.
–backup-dir=DIR
When using sync, copy or move any files which would have been overwritten or deleted are
moved in their original hierarchy into this directory.
If --suffix is set, then the moved files will have the suffix added to them. If there is
a file with the same path (after the suffix has been added) in DIR, then it will be
overwritten.
The remote in use must support server side move or copy and you must use the same remote
as the destination of the sync. The backup directory must not overlap the destination
directory.
For example
rclone sync /path/to/local remote:current --backup-dir remote:old
will sync /path/to/local to remote:current, but for any files which would have been
updated or deleted will be stored in remote:old.
If running rclone from a script you might want to use today’s date as the directory name
passed to --backup-dir to store the old files, or you might want to pass --suffix with
today’s date.
See --compare-dest and --copy-dest.
–bind string
Local address to bind to for outgoing connections. This can be an IPv4 address (1.2.3.4),
an IPv6 address (1234::789A) or host name. If the host name doesn’t resolve or resolves
to more than one IP address it will give an error.
–bwlimit=BANDWIDTH_SPEC
This option controls the bandwidth limit. Limits can be specified in two ways: As a
single limit, or as a timetable.
Single limits last for the duration of the session. To use a single limit, specify the
desired bandwidth in kBytes/s, or use a suffix b|k|M|G. The default is 0 which means to
not limit bandwidth.
For example, to limit bandwidth usage to 10 MBytes/s use --bwlimit 10M
It is also possible to specify a “timetable” of limits, which will cause certain limits to
be applied at certain times. To specify a timetable, format your entries as
“WEEKDAY-HH:MM,BANDWIDTH WEEKDAY-HH:MM,BANDWIDTH...” where: WEEKDAY is optional element.
It could be written as whole world or only using 3 first characters. HH:MM is an hour
from 00:00 to 23:59.
An example of a typical timetable to avoid link saturation during daytime working hours
could be:
--bwlimit "08:00,512 12:00,10M 13:00,512 18:00,30M 23:00,off"
In this example, the transfer bandwidth will be every day set to 512kBytes/sec at 8am. At
noon, it will raise to 10Mbytes/s, and drop back to 512kBytes/sec at 1pm. At 6pm, the
bandwidth limit will be set to 30MBytes/s, and at 11pm it will be completely disabled
(full speed). Anything between 11pm and 8am will remain unlimited.
An example of timetable with WEEKDAY could be:
--bwlimit "Mon-00:00,512 Fri-23:59,10M Sat-10:00,1M Sun-20:00,off"
It mean that, the transfer bandwidth will be set to 512kBytes/sec on Monday. It will
raise to 10Mbytes/s before the end of Friday. At 10:00 on Sunday it will be set to
1Mbyte/s. From 20:00 at Sunday will be unlimited.
Timeslots without weekday are extended to whole week. So this one example:
--bwlimit "Mon-00:00,512 12:00,1M Sun-20:00,off"
Is equal to this:
--bwlimit "Mon-00:00,512Mon-12:00,1M Tue-12:00,1M Wed-12:00,1M Thu-12:00,1M Fri-12:00,1M
Sat-12:00,1M Sun-12:00,1M Sun-20:00,off"
Bandwidth limits only apply to the data transfer. They don’t apply to the bandwidth of
the directory listings etc.
Note that the units are Bytes/s, not Bits/s. Typically connections are measured in Bits/s
- to convert divide by 8. For example, let’s say you have a 10 Mbit/s connection and you
wish rclone to use half of it - 5 Mbit/s. This is 5/8 = 0.625MByte/s so you would use a
--bwlimit 0.625M parameter for rclone.
On Unix systems (Linux, MacOS, ...) the bandwidth limiter can be toggled by sending a
SIGUSR2 signal to rclone. This allows to remove the limitations of a long running rclone
transfer and to restore it back to the value specified with --bwlimit quickly when needed.
Assuming there is only one rclone instance running, you can toggle the limiter like this:
kill -SIGUSR2 $(pidof rclone)
If you configure rclone with a remote control (/rc) then you can use change the bwlimit
dynamically:
rclone rc core/bwlimit rate=1M
–buffer-size=SIZE
Use this sized buffer to speed up file transfers. Each --transfer will use this much
memory for buffering.
When using mount or cmount each open file descriptor will use this much memory for
buffering. See the mount (/commands/rclone_mount/#file-buffering) documentation for more
details.
Set to 0 to disable the buffering for the minimum memory usage.
Note that the memory allocation of the buffers is influenced by the –use-mmap flag.
–checkers=N
The number of checkers to run in parallel. Checkers do the equality checking of files
during a sync. For some storage systems (eg S3, Swift, Dropbox) this can take a
significant amount of time so they are run in parallel.
The default is to run 8 checkers in parallel.
-c, –checksum
Normally rclone will look at modification time and size of files to see if they are equal.
If you set this flag then rclone will check the file hash and size to determine if files
are equal.
This is useful when the remote doesn’t support setting modified time and a more accurate
sync is desired than just checking the file size.
This is very useful when transferring between remotes which store the same hash type on
the object, eg Drive and Swift. For details of which remotes support which hash type see
the table in the overview section (https://rclone.org/overview/).
Eg rclone --checksum sync s3:/bucket swift:/bucket would run much quicker than without the
--checksum flag.
When using this flag, rclone won’t update mtimes of remote files if they are incorrect as
it would normally.
–compare-dest=DIR
When using sync, copy or move DIR is checked in addition to the destination for files. If
a file identical to the source is found that file is NOT copied from source. This is
useful to copy just files that have changed since the last backup.
You must use the same remote as the destination of the sync. The compare directory must
not overlap the destination directory.
See --copy-dest and --backup-dir.
–config=CONFIG_FILE
Specify the location of the rclone config file.
Normally the config file is in your home directory as a file called
.config/rclone/rclone.conf (or .rclone.conf if created with an older version). If
$XDG_CONFIG_HOME is set it will be at $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/rclone/rclone.conf.
If there is a file rclone.conf in the same directory as the rclone executable it will be
preferred. This file must be created manually for Rclone to use it, it will never be
created automatically.
If you run rclone config file you will see where the default location is for you.
Use this flag to override the config location, eg rclone --config=".myconfig" .config.
–contimeout=TIME
Set the connection timeout. This should be in go time format which looks like 5s for 5
seconds, 10m for 10 minutes, or 3h30m.
The connection timeout is the amount of time rclone will wait for a connection to go
through to a remote object storage system. It is 1m by default.
–copy-dest=DIR
When using sync, copy or move DIR is checked in addition to the destination for files. If
a file identical to the source is found that file is server side copied from DIR to the
destination. This is useful for incremental backup.
The remote in use must support server side copy and you must use the same remote as the
destination of the sync. The compare directory must not overlap the destination
directory.
See --compare-dest and --backup-dir.
–dedupe-mode MODE
Mode to run dedupe command in. One of interactive, skip, first, newest, oldest, rename.
The default is interactive. See the dedupe command for more information as to what these
options mean.
–disable FEATURE,FEATURE,...
This disables a comma separated list of optional features. For example to disable server
side move and server side copy use:
--disable move,copy
The features can be put in in any case.
To see a list of which features can be disabled use:
--disable help
See the overview features (/overview/#features) and optional features
(/overview/#optional-features) to get an idea of which feature does what.
This flag can be useful for debugging and in exceptional circumstances (eg Google Drive
limiting the total volume of Server Side Copies to 100GB/day).
-n, –dry-run
Do a trial run with no permanent changes. Use this to see what rclone would do without
actually doing it. Useful when setting up the sync command which deletes files in the
destination.
–ignore-case-sync
Using this option will cause rclone to ignore the case of the files when synchronizing so
files will not be copied/synced when the existing filenames are the same, even if the
casing is different.
–ignore-checksum
Normally rclone will check that the checksums of transferred files match, and give an
error “corrupted on transfer” if they don’t.
You can use this option to skip that check. You should only use it if you have had the
“corrupted on transfer” error message and you are sure you might want to transfer
potentially corrupted data.
–ignore-existing
Using this option will make rclone unconditionally skip all files that exist on the
destination, no matter the content of these files.
While this isn’t a generally recommended option, it can be useful in cases where your
files change due to encryption. However, it cannot correct partial transfers in case a
transfer was interrupted.
–ignore-size
Normally rclone will look at modification time and size of files to see if they are equal.
If you set this flag then rclone will check only the modification time. If --checksum is
set then it only checks the checksum.
It will also cause rclone to skip verifying the sizes are the same after transfer.
This can be useful for transferring files to and from OneDrive which occasionally
misreports the size of image files (see #399 (https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/399)
for more info).
-I, –ignore-times
Using this option will cause rclone to unconditionally upload all files regardless of the
state of files on the destination.
Normally rclone would skip any files that have the same modification time and are the same
size (or have the same checksum if using --checksum).
–immutable
Treat source and destination files as immutable and disallow modification.
With this option set, files will be created and deleted as requested, but existing files
will never be updated. If an existing file does not match between the source and
destination, rclone will give the error Source and destination exist but do not match:
immutable file modified.
Note that only commands which transfer files (e.g. sync, copy, move) are affected by this
behavior, and only modification is disallowed. Files may still be deleted explicitly
(e.g. delete, purge) or implicitly (e.g. sync, move). Use copy --immutable if it is
desired to avoid deletion as well as modification.
This can be useful as an additional layer of protection for immutable or append-only data
sets (notably backup archives), where modification implies corruption and should not be
propagated.
–leave-root
During rmdirs it will not remove root directory, even if it’s empty.
–log-file=FILE
Log all of rclone’s output to FILE. This is not active by default. This can be useful
for tracking down problems with syncs in combination with the -v flag. See the Logging
section for more info.
Note that if you are using the logrotate program to manage rclone’s logs, then you should
use the copytruncate option as rclone doesn’t have a signal to rotate logs.
–log-format LIST
Comma separated list of log format options. date, time, microseconds, longfile,
shortfile, UTC. The default is “date,time”.
–log-level LEVEL
This sets the log level for rclone. The default log level is NOTICE.
DEBUG is equivalent to -vv. It outputs lots of debug info - useful for bug reports and
really finding out what rclone is doing.
INFO is equivalent to -v. It outputs information about each transfer and prints stats
once a minute by default.
NOTICE is the default log level if no logging flags are supplied. It outputs very little
when things are working normally. It outputs warnings and significant events.
ERROR is equivalent to -q. It only outputs error messages.
–use-json-log
This switches the log format to JSON for rclone. The fields of json log are level, msg,
source, time.
–low-level-retries NUMBER
This controls the number of low level retries rclone does.
A low level retry is used to retry a failing operation - typically one HTTP request. This
might be uploading a chunk of a big file for example. You will see low level retries in
the log with the -v flag.
This shouldn’t need to be changed from the default in normal operations. However, if you
get a lot of low level retries you may wish to reduce the value so rclone moves on to a
high level retry (see the --retries flag) quicker.
Disable low level retries with --low-level-retries 1.
–max-backlog=N
This is the maximum allowable backlog of files in a sync/copy/move queued for being
checked or transferred.
This can be set arbitrarily large. It will only use memory when the queue is in use.
Note that it will use in the order of N kB of memory when the backlog is in use.
Setting this large allows rclone to calculate how many files are pending more accurately
and give a more accurate estimated finish time.
Setting this small will make rclone more synchronous to the listings of the remote which
may be desirable.
–max-delete=N
This tells rclone not to delete more than N files. If that limit is exceeded then a fatal
error will be generated and rclone will stop the operation in progress.
–max-depth=N
This modifies the recursion depth for all the commands except purge.
So if you do rclone --max-depth 1 ls remote:path you will see only the files in the top
level directory. Using --max-depth 2 means you will see all the files in first two
directory levels and so on.
For historical reasons the lsd command defaults to using a --max-depth of 1 - you can
override this with the command line flag.
You can use this command to disable recursion (with --max-depth 1).
Note that if you use this with sync and --delete-excluded the files not recursed through
are considered excluded and will be deleted on the destination. Test first with --dry-run
if you are not sure what will happen.
–max-transfer=SIZE
Rclone will stop transferring when it has reached the size specified. Defaults to off.
When the limit is reached all transfers will stop immediately.
Rclone will exit with exit code 8 if the transfer limit is reached.
–modify-window=TIME
When checking whether a file has been modified, this is the maximum allowed time
difference that a file can have and still be considered equivalent.
The default is 1ns unless this is overridden by a remote. For example OS X only stores
modification times to the nearest second so if you are reading and writing to an OS X
filing system this will be 1s by default.
This command line flag allows you to override that computed default.
–multi-thread-cutoff=SIZE
When downloading files to the local backend above this size, rclone will use multiple
threads to download the file. (default 250M)
Rclone preallocates the file (using fallocate(FALLOC_FL_KEEP_SIZE) on unix or
NTSetInformationFile on Windows both of which takes no time) then each thread writes
directly into the file at the correct place. This means that rclone won’t create
fragmented or sparse files and there won’t be any assembly time at the end of the
transfer.
The number of threads used to dowload is controlled by --multi-thread-streams.
Use -vv if you wish to see info about the threads.
This will work with the sync/copy/move commands and friends copyto/moveto. Multi thread
downloads will be used with rclone mount and rclone serve if --vfs-cache-mode is set to
writes or above.
NB that this only works for a local destination but will work with any source.
NB that multi thread copies are disabled for local to local copies as they are faster
without unless --multi-thread-streams is set explicitly.
–multi-thread-streams=N
When using multi thread downloads (see above --multi-thread-cutoff) this sets the maximum
number of streams to use. Set to 0 to disable multi thread downloads. (Default 4)
Exactly how many streams rclone uses for the download depends on the size of the file. To
calculate the number of download streams Rclone divides the size of the file by the
--multi-thread-cutoff and rounds up, up to the maximum set with --multi-thread-streams.
So if --multi-thread-cutoff 250MB and --multi-thread-streams 4 are in effect (the
defaults):
• 0MB.250MB files will be downloaded with 1 stream
• 250MB..500MB files will be downloaded with 2 streams
• 500MB..750MB files will be downloaded with 3 streams
• 750MB+ files will be downloaded with 4 streams
–no-gzip-encoding
Don’t set Accept-Encoding: gzip. This means that rclone won’t ask the server for
compressed files automatically. Useful if you’ve set the server to return files with
Content-Encoding: gzip but you uploaded compressed files.
There is no need to set this in normal operation, and doing so will decrease the network
transfer efficiency of rclone.
–no-traverse
The --no-traverse flag controls whether the destination file system is traversed when
using the copy or move commands. --no-traverse is not compatible with sync and will be
ignored if you supply it with sync.
If you are only copying a small number of files (or are filtering most of the files)
and/or have a large number of files on the destination then --no-traverse will stop rclone
listing the destination and save time.
However, if you are copying a large number of files, especially if you are doing a copy
where lots of the files under consideration haven’t changed and won’t need copying then
you shouldn’t use --no-traverse.
See rclone copy (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_copy/) for an example of how to use
it.
–no-update-modtime
When using this flag, rclone won’t update modification times of remote files if they are
incorrect as it would normally.
This can be used if the remote is being synced with another tool also (eg the Google Drive
client).
-P, –progress
This flag makes rclone update the stats in a static block in the terminal providing a
realtime overview of the transfer.
Any log messages will scroll above the static block. Log messages will push the static
block down to the bottom of the terminal where it will stay.
Normally this is updated every 500mS but this period can be overridden with the --stats
flag.
This can be used with the --stats-one-line flag for a simpler display.
Note: On Windows untilthis bug (https://github.com/Azure/go-ansiterm/issues/26) is fixed
all non-ASCII characters will be replaced with . when --progress is in use.
-q, –quiet
Normally rclone outputs stats and a completion message. If you set this flag it will make
as little output as possible.
–retries int
Retry the entire sync if it fails this many times it fails (default 3).
Some remotes can be unreliable and a few retries help pick up the files which didn’t get
transferred because of errors.
Disable retries with --retries 1.
–retries-sleep=TIME
This sets the interval between each retry specified by --retries
The default is 0. Use 0 to disable.
–size-only
Normally rclone will look at modification time and size of files to see if they are equal.
If you set this flag then rclone will check only the size.
This can be useful transferring files from Dropbox which have been modified by the desktop
sync client which doesn’t set checksums of modification times in the same way as rclone.
–stats=TIME
Commands which transfer data (sync, copy, copyto, move, moveto) will print data transfer
stats at regular intervals to show their progress.
This sets the interval.
The default is 1m. Use 0 to disable.
If you set the stats interval then all commands can show stats. This can be useful when
running other commands, check or mount for example.
Stats are logged at INFO level by default which means they won’t show at default log level
NOTICE. Use --stats-log-level NOTICE or -v to make them show. See the Logging section
for more info on log levels.
Note that on macOS you can send a SIGINFO (which is normally ctrl-T in the terminal) to
make the stats print immediately.
–stats-file-name-length integer
By default, the --stats output will truncate file names and paths longer than 40
characters. This is equivalent to providing --stats-file-name-length 40. Use
--stats-file-name-length 0 to disable any truncation of file names printed by stats.
–stats-log-level string
Log level to show --stats output at. This can be DEBUG, INFO, NOTICE, or ERROR. The
default is INFO. This means at the default level of logging which is NOTICE the stats
won’t show - if you want them to then use --stats-log-level NOTICE. See the Logging
section for more info on log levels.
–stats-one-line
When this is specified, rclone condenses the stats into a single line showing the most
important stats only.
–stats-one-line-date
When this is specified, rclone enables the single-line stats and prepends the display with
a date string. The default is 2006/01/02 15:04:05 -
–stats-one-line-date-format
When this is specified, rclone enables the single-line stats and prepends the display with
a user-supplied date string. The date string MUST be enclosed in quotes. Follow golang
specs (https://golang.org/pkg/time/#Time.Format) for date formatting syntax.
–stats-unit=bits|bytes
By default, data transfer rates will be printed in bytes/second.
This option allows the data rate to be printed in bits/second.
Data transfer volume will still be reported in bytes.
The rate is reported as a binary unit, not SI unit. So 1 Mbit/s equals 1,048,576 bits/s
and not 1,000,000 bits/s.
The default is bytes.
–suffix=SUFFIX
When using sync, copy or move any files which would have been overwritten or deleted will
have the suffix added to them. If there is a file with the same path (after the suffix
has been added), then it will be overwritten.
The remote in use must support server side move or copy and you must use the same remote
as the destination of the sync.
This is for use with files to add the suffix in the current directory or with
--backup-dir. See --backup-dir for more info.
For example
rclone sync /path/to/local/file remote:current --suffix .bak
will sync /path/to/local to remote:current, but for any files which would have been
updated or deleted have .bak added.
–suffix-keep-extension
When using --suffix, setting this causes rclone put the SUFFIX before the extension of the
files that it backs up rather than after.
So let’s say we had --suffix -2019-01-01, without the flag file.txt would be backed up to
file.txt-2019-01-01 and with the flag it would be backed up to file-2019-01-01.txt. This
can be helpful to make sure the suffixed files can still be opened.
–syslog
On capable OSes (not Windows or Plan9) send all log output to syslog.
This can be useful for running rclone in a script or rclone mount.
–syslog-facility string
If using --syslog this sets the syslog facility (eg KERN, USER). See man syslog for a
list of possible facilities. The default facility is DAEMON.
–tpslimit float
Limit HTTP transactions per second to this. Default is 0 which is used to mean unlimited
transactions per second.
For example to limit rclone to 10 HTTP transactions per second use --tpslimit 10, or to 1
transaction every 2 seconds use --tpslimit 0.5.
Use this when the number of transactions per second from rclone is causing a problem with
the cloud storage provider (eg getting you banned or rate limited).
This can be very useful for rclone mount to control the behaviour of applications using
it.
See also --tpslimit-burst.
–tpslimit-burst int
Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
Normally --tpslimit will do exactly the number of transaction per second specified.
However if you supply --tps-burst then rclone can save up some transactions from when it
was idle giving a burst of up to the parameter supplied.
For example if you provide --tpslimit-burst 10 then if rclone has been idle for more than
10*--tpslimit then it can do 10 transactions very quickly before they are limited again.
This may be used to increase performance of --tpslimit without changing the long term
average number of transactions per second.
–track-renames
By default, rclone doesn’t keep track of renamed files, so if you rename a file locally
then sync it to a remote, rclone will delete the old file on the remote and upload a new
copy.
If you use this flag, and the remote supports server side copy or server side move, and
the source and destination have a compatible hash, then this will track renames during
sync operations and perform renaming server-side.
Files will be matched by size and hash - if both match then a rename will be considered.
If the destination does not support server-side copy or move, rclone will fall back to the
default behaviour and log an error level message to the console. Note: Encrypted
destinations are not supported by --track-renames.
Note that --track-renames is incompatible with --no-traverse and that it uses extra memory
to keep track of all the rename candidates.
Note also that --track-renames is incompatible with --delete-before and will select
--delete-after instead of --delete-during.
–delete-(before,during,after)
This option allows you to specify when files on your destination are deleted when you sync
folders.
Specifying the value --delete-before will delete all files present on the destination, but
not on the source before starting the transfer of any new or updated files. This uses two
passes through the file systems, one for the deletions and one for the copies.
Specifying --delete-during will delete files while checking and uploading files. This is
the fastest option and uses the least memory.
Specifying --delete-after (the default value) will delay deletion of files until all
new/updated files have been successfully transferred. The files to be deleted are
collected in the copy pass then deleted after the copy pass has completed successfully.
The files to be deleted are held in memory so this mode may use more memory. This is the
safest mode as it will only delete files if there have been no errors subsequent to that.
If there have been errors before the deletions start then you will get the message not
deleting files as there were IO errors.
–fast-list
When doing anything which involves a directory listing (eg sync, copy, ls - in fact nearly
every command), rclone normally lists a directory and processes it before using more
directory lists to process any subdirectories. This can be parallelised and works very
quickly using the least amount of memory.
However, some remotes have a way of listing all files beneath a directory in one (or a
small number) of transactions. These tend to be the bucket based remotes (eg S3, B2, GCS,
Swift, Hubic).
If you use the --fast-list flag then rclone will use this method for listing directories.
This will have the following consequences for the listing:
• It will use fewer transactions (important if you pay for them)
• It will use more memory. Rclone has to load the whole listing into memory.
• It may be faster because it uses fewer transactions
• It may be slower because it can’t be parallelized
rclone should always give identical results with and without --fast-list.
If you pay for transactions and can fit your entire sync listing into memory then
--fast-list is recommended. If you have a very big sync to do then don’t use --fast-list
otherwise you will run out of memory.
If you use --fast-list on a remote which doesn’t support it, then rclone will just ignore
it.
–timeout=TIME
This sets the IO idle timeout. If a transfer has started but then becomes idle for this
long it is considered broken and disconnected.
The default is 5m. Set to 0 to disable.
–transfers=N
The number of file transfers to run in parallel. It can sometimes be useful to set this
to a smaller number if the remote is giving a lot of timeouts or bigger if you have lots
of bandwidth and a fast remote.
The default is to run 4 file transfers in parallel.
-u, –update
This forces rclone to skip any files which exist on the destination and have a modified
time that is newer than the source file.
This can be useful when transferring to a remote which doesn’t support mod times directly
(or when using --use-server-modtime to avoid extra API calls) as it is more accurate than
a --size-only check and faster than using --checksum.
If an existing destination file has a modification time equal (within the computed modify
window precision) to the source file’s, it will be updated if the sizes are different. If
--checksum is set then rclone will update the destination if the checksums differ too.
If an existing destination file is older than the source file then it will be updated if
the size or checksum differs from the source file.
On remotes which don’t support mod time directly (or when using --use-server-modtime) the
time checked will be the uploaded time. This means that if uploading to one of these
remotes, rclone will skip any files which exist on the destination and have an uploaded
time that is newer than the modification time of the source file.
–use-mmap
If this flag is set then rclone will use anonymous memory allocated by mmap on Unix based
platforms and VirtualAlloc on Windows for its transfer buffers (size controlled by
--buffer-size). Memory allocated like this does not go on the Go heap and can be returned
to the OS immediately when it is finished with.
If this flag is not set then rclone will allocate and free the buffers using the Go memory
allocator which may use more memory as memory pages are returned less aggressively to the
OS.
It is possible this does not work well on all platforms so it is disabled by default; in
the future it may be enabled by default.
–use-server-modtime
Some object-store backends (e.g, Swift, S3) do not preserve file modification times
(modtime). On these backends, rclone stores the original modtime as additional metadata
on the object. By default it will make an API call to retrieve the metadata when the
modtime is needed by an operation.
Use this flag to disable the extra API call and rely instead on the server’s modified
time. In cases such as a local to remote sync using --update, knowing the local file is
newer than the time it was last uploaded to the remote is sufficient. In those cases,
this flag can speed up the process and reduce the number of API calls necessary.
Using this flag on a sync operation without also using --update would cause all files
modified at any time other than the last upload time to be uploaded again, which is
probably not what you want.
-v, -vv, –verbose
With -v rclone will tell you about each file that is transferred and a small number of
significant events.
With -vv rclone will become very verbose telling you about every file it considers and
transfers. Please send bug reports with a log with this setting.
-V, –version
Prints the version number
SSL/TLS options
The outoing SSL/TLS connections rclone makes can be controlled with these options. For
example this can be very useful with the HTTP or WebDAV backends. Rclone HTTP servers
have their own set of configuration for SSL/TLS which you can find in their documentation.
–ca-cert string
This loads the PEM encoded certificate authority certificate and uses it to verify the
certificates of the servers rclone connects to.
If you have generated certificates signed with a local CA then you will need this flag to
connect to servers using those certificates.
–client-cert string
This loads the PEM encoded client side certificate.
This is used for mutual TLS authentication
(https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mutual_authentication).
The --client-key flag is required too when using this.
–client-key string
This loads the PEM encoded client side private key used for mutual TLS authentication.
Used in conjunction with --client-cert.
–no-check-certificate=true/false
--no-check-certificate controls whether a client verifies the server’s certificate chain
and host name. If --no-check-certificate is true, TLS accepts any certificate presented
by the server and any host name in that certificate. In this mode, TLS is susceptible to
man-in-the-middle attacks.
This option defaults to false.
This should be used only for testing.
Configuration Encryption
Your configuration file contains information for logging in to your cloud services. This
means that you should keep your .rclone.conf file in a secure location.
If you are in an environment where that isn’t possible, you can add a password to your
configuration. This means that you will have to enter the password every time you start
rclone.
To add a password to your rclone configuration, execute rclone config.
>rclone config
Current remotes:
e) Edit existing remote
n) New remote
d) Delete remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
e/n/d/s/q>
Go into s, Set configuration password:
e/n/d/s/q> s
Your configuration is not encrypted.
If you add a password, you will protect your login information to cloud services.
a) Add Password
q) Quit to main menu
a/q> a
Enter NEW configuration password:
password:
Confirm NEW password:
password:
Password set
Your configuration is encrypted.
c) Change Password
u) Unencrypt configuration
q) Quit to main menu
c/u/q>
Your configuration is now encrypted, and every time you start rclone you will now be asked
for the password. In the same menu, you can change the password or completely remove
encryption from your configuration.
There is no way to recover the configuration if you lose your password.
rclone uses nacl secretbox (https://godoc.org/golang.org/x/crypto/nacl/secretbox) which in
turn uses XSalsa20 and Poly1305 to encrypt and authenticate your configuration with
secret-key cryptography. The password is SHA-256 hashed, which produces the key for
secretbox. The hashed password is not stored.
While this provides very good security, we do not recommend storing your encrypted rclone
configuration in public if it contains sensitive information, maybe except if you use a
very strong password.
If it is safe in your environment, you can set the RCLONE_CONFIG_PASS environment variable
to contain your password, in which case it will be used for decrypting the configuration.
You can set this for a session from a script. For unix like systems save this to a file
called set-rclone-password:
#!/bin/echo Source this file don't run it
read -s RCLONE_CONFIG_PASS
export RCLONE_CONFIG_PASS
Then source the file when you want to use it. From the shell you would do source
set-rclone-password. It will then ask you for the password and set it in the environment
variable.
If you are running rclone inside a script, you might want to disable password prompts. To
do that, pass the parameter --ask-password=false to rclone. This will make rclone fail
instead of asking for a password if RCLONE_CONFIG_PASS doesn’t contain a valid password.
Developer options
These options are useful when developing or debugging rclone. There are also some more
remote specific options which aren’t documented here which are used for testing. These
start with remote name eg --drive-test-option - see the docs for the remote in question.
–cpuprofile=FILE
Write CPU profile to file. This can be analysed with go tool pprof.
–dump flag,flag,flag
The --dump flag takes a comma separated list of flags to dump info about. These are:
–dump headers
Dump HTTP headers with Authorization: lines removed. May still contain sensitive info.
Can be very verbose. Useful for debugging only.
Use --dump auth if you do want the Authorization: headers.
–dump bodies
Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info. Can be very verbose. Useful
for debugging only.
Note that the bodies are buffered in memory so don’t use this for enormous files.
–dump requests
Like --dump bodies but dumps the request bodies and the response headers. Useful for
debugging download problems.
–dump responses
Like --dump bodies but dumps the response bodies and the request headers. Useful for
debugging upload problems.
–dump auth
Dump HTTP headers - will contain sensitive info such as Authorization: headers - use
--dump headers to dump without Authorization: headers. Can be very verbose. Useful for
debugging only.
–dump filters
Dump the filters to the output. Useful to see exactly what include and exclude options
are filtering on.
–dump goroutines
This dumps a list of the running go-routines at the end of the command to standard output.
–dump openfiles
This dumps a list of the open files at the end of the command. It uses the lsof command
to do that so you’ll need that installed to use it.
–memprofile=FILE
Write memory profile to file. This can be analysed with go tool pprof.
Filtering
For the filtering options
• --delete-excluded
• --filter
• --filter-from
• --exclude
• --exclude-from
• --include
• --include-from
• --files-from
• --min-size
• --max-size
• --min-age
• --max-age
• --dump filters
See the filtering section (https://rclone.org/filtering/).
Remote control
For the remote control options and for instructions on how to remote control rclone
• --rc
• and anything starting with --rc-
See the remote control section (https://rclone.org/rc/).
Logging
rclone has 4 levels of logging, ERROR, NOTICE, INFO and DEBUG.
By default, rclone logs to standard error. This means you can redirect standard error and
still see the normal output of rclone commands (eg rclone ls).
By default, rclone will produce Error and Notice level messages.
If you use the -q flag, rclone will only produce Error messages.
If you use the -v flag, rclone will produce Error, Notice and Info messages.
If you use the -vv flag, rclone will produce Error, Notice, Info and Debug messages.
You can also control the log levels with the --log-level flag.
If you use the --log-file=FILE option, rclone will redirect Error, Info and Debug messages
along with standard error to FILE.
If you use the --syslog flag then rclone will log to syslog and the --syslog-facility
control which facility it uses.
Rclone prefixes all log messages with their level in capitals, eg INFO which makes it easy
to grep the log file for different kinds of information.
Exit Code
If any errors occur during the command execution, rclone will exit with a non-zero exit
code. This allows scripts to detect when rclone operations have failed.
During the startup phase, rclone will exit immediately if an error is detected in the
configuration. There will always be a log message immediately before exiting.
When rclone is running it will accumulate errors as it goes along, and only exit with a
non-zero exit code if (after retries) there were still failed transfers. For every error
counted there will be a high priority log message (visible with -q) showing the message
and which file caused the problem. A high priority message is also shown when starting a
retry so the user can see that any previous error messages may not be valid after the
retry. If rclone has done a retry it will log a high priority message if the retry was
successful.
List of exit codes
• 0 - success
• 1 - Syntax or usage error
• 2 - Error not otherwise categorised
• 3 - Directory not found
• 4 - File not found
• 5 - Temporary error (one that more retries might fix) (Retry errors)
• 6 - Less serious errors (like 461 errors from dropbox) (NoRetry errors)
• 7 - Fatal error (one that more retries won’t fix, like account suspended) (Fatal errors)
• 8 - Transfer exceeded - limit set by –max-transfer reached
Environment Variables
Rclone can be configured entirely using environment variables. These can be used to set
defaults for options or config file entries.
Options
Every option in rclone can have its default set by environment variable.
To find the name of the environment variable, first, take the long option name, strip the
leading --, change - to _, make upper case and prepend RCLONE_.
For example, to always set --stats 5s, set the environment variable RCLONE_STATS=5s. If
you set stats on the command line this will override the environment variable setting.
Or to always use the trash in drive --drive-use-trash, set RCLONE_DRIVE_USE_TRASH=true.
The same parser is used for the options and the environment variables so they take exactly
the same form.
Config file
You can set defaults for values in the config file on an individual remote basis. If you
want to use this feature, you will need to discover the name of the config items that you
want. The easiest way is to run through rclone config by hand, then look in the config
file to see what the values are (the config file can be found by looking at the help for
--config in rclone help).
To find the name of the environment variable, you need to set, take RCLONE_CONFIG_ + name
of remote + _ + name of config file option and make it all uppercase.
For example, to configure an S3 remote named mys3: without a config file (using unix ways
of setting environment variables):
$ export RCLONE_CONFIG_MYS3_TYPE=s3
$ export RCLONE_CONFIG_MYS3_ACCESS_KEY_ID=XXX
$ export RCLONE_CONFIG_MYS3_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY=XXX
$ rclone lsd MYS3:
-1 2016-09-21 12:54:21 -1 my-bucket
$ rclone listremotes | grep mys3
mys3:
Note that if you want to create a remote using environment variables you must create the
..._TYPE variable as above.
Other environment variables
• RCLONE_CONFIG_PASS` set to contain your config file password (see Configuration
Encryption section)
• HTTP_PROXY, HTTPS_PROXY and NO_PROXY (or the lowercase versions thereof).
• HTTPS_PROXY takes precedence over HTTP_PROXY for https requests.
• The environment values may be either a complete URL or a “host[:port]” for, in which
case the “http” scheme is assumed.
Configuring rclone on a remote / headless machine
Some of the configurations (those involving oauth2) require an Internet connected web
browser.
If you are trying to set rclone up on a remote or headless box with no browser available
on it (eg a NAS or a server in a datacenter) then you will need to use an alternative
means of configuration. There are two ways of doing it, described below.
Configuring using rclone authorize
On the headless box
...
Remote config
Use auto config?
* Say Y if not sure
* Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> n
For this to work, you will need rclone available on a machine that has a web browser available.
Execute the following on your machine:
rclone authorize "amazon cloud drive"
Then paste the result below:
result>
Then on your main desktop machine
rclone authorize "amazon cloud drive"
If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
Log in and authorize rclone for access
Waiting for code...
Got code
Paste the following into your remote machine --->
SECRET_TOKEN
<---End paste
Then back to the headless box, paste in the code
result> SECRET_TOKEN
--------------------
[acd12]
client_id =
client_secret =
token = SECRET_TOKEN
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d>
Configuring by copying the config file
Rclone stores all of its config in a single configuration file. This can easily be copied
to configure a remote rclone.
So first configure rclone on your desktop machine
rclone config
to set up the config file.
Find the config file by running rclone config file, for example
$ rclone config file
Configuration file is stored at:
/home/user/.rclone.conf
Now transfer it to the remote box (scp, cut paste, ftp, sftp etc) and place it in the
correct place (use rclone config file on the remote box to find out where).
Filtering, includes and excludes
Rclone has a sophisticated set of include and exclude rules. Some of these are based on
patterns and some on other things like file size.
The filters are applied for the copy, sync, move, ls, lsl, md5sum, sha1sum, size, delete
and check operations. Note that purge does not obey the filters.
Each path as it passes through rclone is matched against the include and exclude rules
like --include, --exclude, --include-from, --exclude-from, --filter, or --filter-from.
The simplest way to try them out is using the ls command, or --dry-run together with -v.
Patterns
The patterns used to match files for inclusion or exclusion are based on “file globs” as
used by the unix shell.
If the pattern starts with a / then it only matches at the top level of the directory
tree, relative to the root of the remote (not necessarily the root of the local drive).
If it doesn’t start with / then it is matched starting at the end of the path, but it will
only match a complete path element:
file.jpg - matches "file.jpg"
- matches "directory/file.jpg"
- doesn't match "afile.jpg"
- doesn't match "directory/afile.jpg"
/file.jpg - matches "file.jpg" in the root directory of the remote
- doesn't match "afile.jpg"
- doesn't match "directory/file.jpg"
Important Note that you must use / in patterns and not \ even if running on Windows.
A * matches anything but not a /.
*.jpg - matches "file.jpg"
- matches "directory/file.jpg"
- doesn't match "file.jpg/something"
Use ** to match anything, including slashes (/).
dir/** - matches "dir/file.jpg"
- matches "dir/dir1/dir2/file.jpg"
- doesn't match "directory/file.jpg"
- doesn't match "adir/file.jpg"
A ? matches any character except a slash /.
l?ss - matches "less"
- matches "lass"
- doesn't match "floss"
A [ and ] together make a character class, such as [a-z] or [aeiou] or [[:alpha:]]. See
the go regexp docs (https://golang.org/pkg/regexp/syntax/) for more info on these.
h[ae]llo - matches "hello"
- matches "hallo"
- doesn't match "hullo"
A { and } define a choice between elements. It should contain a comma separated list of
patterns, any of which might match. These patterns can contain wildcards.
{one,two}_potato - matches "one_potato"
- matches "two_potato"
- doesn't match "three_potato"
- doesn't match "_potato"
Special characters can be escaped with a \ before them.
\*.jpg - matches "*.jpg"
\\.jpg - matches "\.jpg"
\[one\].jpg - matches "[one].jpg"
Patterns are case sensitive unless the --ignore-case flag is used.
Without --ignore-case (default)
potato - matches "potato"
- doesn't match "POTATO"
With --ignore-case
potato - matches "potato"
- matches "POTATO"
Note also that rclone filter globs can only be used in one of the filter command line
flags, not in the specification of the remote, so rclone copy "remote:dir*.jpg"
/path/to/dir won’t work - what is required is rclone --include "*.jpg" copy remote:dir
/path/to/dir
Directories
Rclone keeps track of directories that could match any file patterns.
Eg if you add the include rule
/a/*.jpg
Rclone will synthesize the directory include rule
/a/
If you put any rules which end in / then it will only match directories.
Directory matches are only used to optimise directory access patterns - you must still
match the files that you want to match. Directory matches won’t optimise anything on
bucket based remotes (eg s3, swift, google compute storage, b2) which don’t have a concept
of directory.
Differences between rsync and rclone patterns
Rclone implements bash style {a,b,c} glob matching which rsync doesn’t.
Rclone always does a wildcard match so \ must always escape a \.
How the rules are used
Rclone maintains a combined list of include rules and exclude rules.
Each file is matched in order, starting from the top, against the rule in the list until
it finds a match. The file is then included or excluded according to the rule type.
If the matcher fails to find a match after testing against all the entries in the list
then the path is included.
For example given the following rules, + being include, - being exclude,
- secret*.jpg
+ *.jpg
+ *.png
+ file2.avi
- *
This would include
• file1.jpg
• file3.png
• file2.avi
This would exclude
• secret17.jpg
• non *.jpg and *.png
A similar process is done on directory entries before recursing into them. This only
works on remotes which have a concept of directory (Eg local, google drive, onedrive,
amazon drive) and not on bucket based remotes (eg s3, swift, google compute storage, b2).
Adding filtering rules
Filtering rules are added with the following command line flags.
Repeating options
You can repeat the following options to add more than one rule of that type.
• --include
• --include-from
• --exclude
• --exclude-from
• --filter
• --filter-from
Important You should not use --include* together with --exclude*. It may produce
different results than you expected. In that case try to use: --filter*.
Note that all the options of the same type are processed together in the order above,
regardless of what order they were placed on the command line.
So all --include options are processed first in the order they appeared on the command
line, then all --include-from options etc.
To mix up the order includes and excludes, the --filter flag can be used.
--exclude - Exclude files matching pattern
Add a single exclude rule with --exclude.
This flag can be repeated. See above for the order the flags are processed in.
Eg --exclude *.bak to exclude all bak files from the sync.
--exclude-from - Read exclude patterns from file
Add exclude rules from a file.
This flag can be repeated. See above for the order the flags are processed in.
Prepare a file like this exclude-file.txt
# a sample exclude rule file
*.bak
file2.jpg
Then use as --exclude-from exclude-file.txt. This will sync all files except those ending
in bak and file2.jpg.
This is useful if you have a lot of rules.
--include - Include files matching pattern
Add a single include rule with --include.
This flag can be repeated. See above for the order the flags are processed in.
Eg --include *.{png,jpg} to include all png and jpg files in the backup and no others.
This adds an implicit --exclude * at the very end of the filter list. This means you can
mix --include and --include-from with the other filters (eg --exclude) but you must
include all the files you want in the include statement. If this doesn’t provide enough
flexibility then you must use --filter-from.
--include-from - Read include patterns from file
Add include rules from a file.
This flag can be repeated. See above for the order the flags are processed in.
Prepare a file like this include-file.txt
# a sample include rule file
*.jpg
*.png
file2.avi
Then use as --include-from include-file.txt. This will sync all jpg, png files and
file2.avi.
This is useful if you have a lot of rules.
This adds an implicit --exclude * at the very end of the filter list. This means you can
mix --include and --include-from with the other filters (eg --exclude) but you must
include all the files you want in the include statement. If this doesn’t provide enough
flexibility then you must use --filter-from.
--filter - Add a file-filtering rule
This can be used to add a single include or exclude rule. Include rules start with + and
exclude rules start with -. A special rule called ! can be used to clear the existing
rules.
This flag can be repeated. See above for the order the flags are processed in.
Eg --filter "- *.bak" to exclude all bak files from the sync.
--filter-from - Read filtering patterns from a file
Add include/exclude rules from a file.
This flag can be repeated. See above for the order the flags are processed in.
Prepare a file like this filter-file.txt
# a sample filter rule file
- secret*.jpg
+ *.jpg
+ *.png
+ file2.avi
- /dir/Trash/**
+ /dir/**
# exclude everything else
- *
Then use as --filter-from filter-file.txt. The rules are processed in the order that they
are defined.
This example will include all jpg and png files, exclude any files matching secret*.jpg
and include file2.avi. It will also include everything in the directory dir at the root
of the sync, except dir/Trash which it will exclude. Everything else will be excluded
from the sync.
--files-from - Read list of source-file names
This reads a list of file names from the file passed in and only these files are
transferred. The filtering rules are ignored completely if you use this option.
Rclone will traverse the file system if you use --files-from, effectively using the files
in --files-from as a set of filters. Rclone will not error if any of the files are
missing.
If you use --no-traverse as well as --files-from then rclone will not traverse the
destination file system, it will find each file individually using approximately 1 API
call. This can be more efficient for small lists of files.
This option can be repeated to read from more than one file. These are read in the order
that they are placed on the command line.
Paths within the --files-from file will be interpreted as starting with the root specified
in the command. Leading / characters are ignored.
For example, suppose you had files-from.txt with this content:
# comment
file1.jpg
subdir/file2.jpg
You could then use it like this:
rclone copy --files-from files-from.txt /home/me/pics remote:pics
This will transfer these files only (if they exist)
/home/me/pics/file1.jpg → remote:pics/file1.jpg
/home/me/pics/subdir/file2.jpg → remote:pics/subdir/file2.jpg
To take a more complicated example, let’s say you had a few files you want to back up
regularly with these absolute paths:
/home/user1/important
/home/user1/dir/file
/home/user2/stuff
To copy these you’d find a common subdirectory - in this case /home and put the remaining
files in files-from.txt with or without leading /, eg
user1/important
user1/dir/file
user2/stuff
You could then copy these to a remote like this
rclone copy --files-from files-from.txt /home remote:backup
The 3 files will arrive in remote:backup with the paths as in the files-from.txt like
this:
/home/user1/important → remote:backup/user1/important
/home/user1/dir/file → remote:backup/user1/dir/file
/home/user2/stuff → remote:backup/user2/stuff
You could of course choose / as the root too in which case your files-from.txt might look
like this.
/home/user1/important
/home/user1/dir/file
/home/user2/stuff
And you would transfer it like this
rclone copy --files-from files-from.txt / remote:backup
In this case there will be an extra home directory on the remote:
/home/user1/important → remote:backup/home/user1/important
/home/user1/dir/file → remote:backup/home/user1/dir/file
/home/user2/stuff → remote:backup/home/user2/stuff
--min-size - Don’t transfer any file smaller than this
This option controls the minimum size file which will be transferred. This defaults to
kBytes but a suffix of k, M, or G can be used.
For example --min-size 50k means no files smaller than 50kByte will be transferred.
--max-size - Don’t transfer any file larger than this
This option controls the maximum size file which will be transferred. This defaults to
kBytes but a suffix of k, M, or G can be used.
For example --max-size 1G means no files larger than 1GByte will be transferred.
--max-age - Don’t transfer any file older than this
This option controls the maximum age of files to transfer. Give in seconds or with a
suffix of:
• ms - Milliseconds
• s - Seconds
• m - Minutes
• h - Hours
• d - Days
• w - Weeks
• M - Months
• y - Years
For example --max-age 2d means no files older than 2 days will be transferred.
--min-age - Don’t transfer any file younger than this
This option controls the minimum age of files to transfer. Give in seconds or with a
suffix (see --max-age for list of suffixes)
For example --min-age 2d means no files younger than 2 days will be transferred.
--delete-excluded - Delete files on dest excluded from sync
Important this flag is dangerous - use with --dry-run and -v first.
When doing rclone sync this will delete any files which are excluded from the sync on the
destination.
If for example you did a sync from A to B without the --min-size 50k flag
rclone sync A: B:
Then you repeated it like this with the --delete-excluded
rclone --min-size 50k --delete-excluded sync A: B:
This would delete all files on B which are less than 50 kBytes as these are now excluded
from the sync.
Always test first with --dry-run and -v before using this flag.
--dump filters - dump the filters to the output
This dumps the defined filters to the output as regular expressions.
Useful for debugging.
--ignore-case - make searches case insensitive
Normally filter patterns are case sensitive. If this flag is supplied then filter
patterns become case insensitive.
Normally a --include "file.txt" will not match a file called FILE.txt. However if you use
the --ignore-case flag then --include "file.txt" this will match a file called FILE.txt.
Quoting shell metacharacters
The examples above may not work verbatim in your shell as they have shell metacharacters
in them (eg *), and may require quoting.
Eg linux, OSX
• --include \*.jpg
• --include '*.jpg'
• --include='*.jpg'
In Windows the expansion is done by the command not the shell so this should work fine
• --include *.jpg
Exclude directory based on a file
It is possible to exclude a directory based on a file, which is present in this directory.
Filename should be specified using the --exclude-if-present flag. This flag has a
priority over the other filtering flags.
Imagine, you have the following directory structure:
dir1/file1
dir1/dir2/file2
dir1/dir2/dir3/file3
dir1/dir2/dir3/.ignore
You can exclude dir3 from sync by running the following command:
rclone sync --exclude-if-present .ignore dir1 remote:backup
Currently only one filename is supported, i.e. --exclude-if-present should not be used
multiple times.
GUI (Experimental)
Rclone can serve a web based GUI (graphical user interface). This is somewhat
experimental at the moment so things may be subject to change.
Run this command in a terminal and rclone will download and then display the GUI in a web
browser.
rclone rcd --rc-web-gui
This will produce logs like this and rclone needs to continue to run to serve the GUI:
2019/08/25 11:40:14 NOTICE: A new release for gui is present at https://github.com/rclone/rclone-webui-react/releases/download/v0.0.6/currentbuild.zip
2019/08/25 11:40:14 NOTICE: Downloading webgui binary. Please wait. [Size: 3813937, Path : /home/USER/.cache/rclone/webgui/v0.0.6.zip]
2019/08/25 11:40:16 NOTICE: Unzipping
2019/08/25 11:40:16 NOTICE: Serving remote control on http://127.0.0.1:5572/
This assumes you are running rclone locally on your machine. It is possible to separate
the rclone and the GUI - see below for details.
If you wish to update to the latest API version then you can add --rc-web-gui-update to
the command line.
Using the GUI
Once the GUI opens, you will be looking at the dashboard which has an overall overview.
On the left hand side you will see a series of view buttons you can click on:
• Dashboard - main overview
• Configs - examine and create new configurations
• Explorer - view, download and upload files to the cloud storage systems
• Backend - view or alter the backend config
• Log out
(More docs and walkthrough video to come!)
How it works
When you run the rclone rcd --rc-web-gui this is what happens
• Rclone starts but only runs the remote control API (“rc”).
• The API is bound to localhost with an auto generated username and password.
• If the API bundle is missing then rclone will download it.
• rclone will start serving the files from the API bundle over the same port as the API
• rclone will open the browser with a login_token so it can log straight in.
Advanced use
The rclone rcd may use any of the flags documented on the rc page
(https://rclone.org/rc/#supported-parameters).
The flag --rc-web-gui is shorthand for
• Download the web GUI if necessary
• Check we are using some authentication
• --rc-user gui
• --rc-pass <random password>
• --rc-serve
These flags can be overidden as desired.
See also the rclone rcd documentation (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_rcd/).
Example: Running a public GUI
For example the GUI could be served on a public port over SSL using an htpasswd file using
the following flags:
• --rc-web-gui
• --rc-addr :443
• --rc-htpasswd /path/to/htpasswd
• --rc-cert /path/to/ssl.crt
• --rc-key /path/to/ssl.key
Example: Running a GUI behind a proxy
If you want to run the GUI behind a proxy at /rclone you could use these flags:
• --rc-web-gui
• --rc-baseurl rclone
• --rc-htpasswd /path/to/htpasswd
Or instead of htpassword if you just want a single user and password:
• --rc-user me
• --rc-pass mypassword
Project
The GUI is being developed in the: rclone/rclone-webui-react respository
(https://github.com/rclone/rclone-webui-react).
Bug reports and contributions very welcome welcome :-)
If you have questions then please ask them on the rclone forum
(https://forum.rclone.org/).
Remote controlling rclone
If rclone is run with the --rc flag then it starts an http server which can be used to
remote control rclone.
If you just want to run a remote control then see the rcd command
(https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_rcd/).
NB this is experimental and everything here is subject to change!
Supported parameters
–rc
Flag to start the http server listen on remote requests
–rc-addr=IP
IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default “localhost:5572”)
–rc-cert=KEY
SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
–rc-client-ca=PATH
Client certificate authority to verify clients with
–rc-htpasswd=PATH
htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
–rc-key=PATH
SSL PEM Private key
–rc-max-header-bytes=VALUE
Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
–rc-user=VALUE
User name for authentication.
–rc-pass=VALUE
Password for authentication.
–rc-realm=VALUE
Realm for authentication (default “rclone”)
–rc-server-read-timeout=DURATION
Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
–rc-server-write-timeout=DURATION
Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
–rc-serve
Enable the serving of remote objects via the HTTP interface. This means objects will be
accessible at http://127.0.0.1:5572/ by default, so you can browse to
http://127.0.0.1:5572/ or http://127.0.0.1:5572/* to see a listing of the remotes.
Objects may be requested from remotes using this syntax
http://127.0.0.1:5572/[remote:path]/path/to/object
Default Off.
–rc-files /path/to/directory
Path to local files to serve on the HTTP server.
If this is set then rclone will serve the files in that directory. It will also open the
root in the web browser if specified. This is for implementing browser based GUIs for
rclone functions.
If --rc-user or --rc-pass is set then the URL that is opened will have the authorization
in the URL in the http://user:pass@localhost/ style.
Default Off.
–rc-web-gui
Set this flag to serve the default web gui on the same port as rclone.
Default Off.
–rc-allow-origin
Set the allowed Access-Control-Allow-Origin for rc requests.
Can be used with –rc-web-gui if the rclone is running on different IP than the web-gui.
Default is IP address on which rc is running.
–rc-web-fetch-url
Set the URL to fetch the rclone-web-gui files from.
Default https://api.github.com/repos/rclone/rclone-webui-react/releases/latest.
–rc-web-gui-update
Set this flag to Download / Force update rclone-webui-react from the rc-web-fetch-url.
Default Off.
–rc-job-expire-duration=DURATION
Expire finished async jobs older than DURATION (default 60s).
–rc-job-expire-interval=DURATION
Interval duration to check for expired async jobs (default 10s).
–rc-no-auth
By default rclone will require authorisation to have been set up on the rc interface in
order to use any methods which access any rclone remotes. Eg operations/list is denied as
it involved creating a remote as is sync/copy.
If this is set then no authorisation will be required on the server to use these methods.
The alternative is to use --rc-user and --rc-pass and use these credentials in the
request.
Default Off.
Accessing the remote control via the rclone rc command
Rclone itself implements the remote control protocol in its rclone rc command.
You can use it like this
$ rclone rc rc/noop param1=one param2=two
{
"param1": "one",
"param2": "two"
}
Run rclone rc on its own to see the help for the installed remote control commands.
rclone rc also supports a --json flag which can be used to send more complicated input
parameters.
$ rclone rc --json '{ "p1": [1,"2",null,4], "p2": { "a":1, "b":2 } }' rc/noop
{
"p1": [
1,
"2",
null,
4
],
"p2": {
"a": 1,
"b": 2
}
}
Special parameters
The rc interface supports some special parameters which apply to all commands. These
start with _ to show they are different.
Running asynchronous jobs with _async = true
Each rc call is classified as a job and it is assigned its own id. By default jobs are
executed immediately as they are created or synchronously.
If _async has a true value when supplied to an rc call then it will return immediately
with a job id and the task will be run in the background. The job/status call can be used
to get information of the background job. The job can be queried for up to 1 minute after
it has finished.
It is recommended that potentially long running jobs, eg sync/sync, sync/copy, sync/move,
operations/purge are run with the _async flag to avoid any potential problems with the
HTTP request and response timing out.
Starting a job with the _async flag:
$ rclone rc --json '{ "p1": [1,"2",null,4], "p2": { "a":1, "b":2 }, "_async": true }' rc/noop
{
"jobid": 2
}
Query the status to see if the job has finished. For more information on the meaning of
these return parameters see the job/status call.
$ rclone rc --json '{ "jobid":2 }' job/status
{
"duration": 0.000124163,
"endTime": "2018-10-27T11:38:07.911245881+01:00",
"error": "",
"finished": true,
"id": 2,
"output": {
"_async": true,
"p1": [
1,
"2",
null,
4
],
"p2": {
"a": 1,
"b": 2
}
},
"startTime": "2018-10-27T11:38:07.911121728+01:00",
"success": true
}
job/list can be used to show the running or recently completed jobs
$ rclone rc job/list
{
"jobids": [
2
]
}
Assigning operations to groups with _group =
Each rc call has it’s own stats group for tracking it’s metrics. By default grouping is
done by the composite group name from prefix job/ and id of the job like so job/1.
If _group has a value then stats for that request will be grouped under that value. This
allows caller to group stats under their own name.
Stats for specific group can be accessed by passing group to core/stats:
$ rclone rc --json '{ "group": "job/1" }' core/stats
{
"speed": 12345
...
}
Supported commands
cache/expire: Purge a remote from cache {#cache/expire}
Purge a remote from the cache backend. Supports either a directory or a file. Params: -
remote = path to remote (required) - withData = true/false to delete cached data (chunks)
as well (optional)
Eg
rclone rc cache/expire remote=path/to/sub/folder/
rclone rc cache/expire remote=/ withData=true
cache/fetch: Fetch file chunks {#cache/fetch}
Ensure the specified file chunks are cached on disk.
The chunks= parameter specifies the file chunks to check. It takes a comma separated list
of array slice indices. The slice indices are similar to Python slices: start[:end]
start is the 0 based chunk number from the beginning of the file to fetch inclusive. end
is 0 based chunk number from the beginning of the file to fetch exclusive. Both values
can be negative, in which case they count from the back of the file. The value “-5:”
represents the last 5 chunks of a file.
Some valid examples are: “:5,-5:” -> the first and last five chunks “0,-2” -> the first
and the second last chunk “0:10” -> the first ten chunks
Any parameter with a key that starts with “file” can be used to specify files to fetch, eg
rclone rc cache/fetch chunks=0 file=hello file2=home/goodbye
File names will automatically be encrypted when the a crypt remote is used on top of the
cache.
cache/stats: Get cache stats {#cache/stats}
Show statistics for the cache remote.
config/create: create the config for a remote. {#config/create}
This takes the following parameters
• name - name of remote
• parameters - a map of { “key”: “value” } pairs
• type - type of the new remote
See the config create command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_create/) command
for more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
config/delete: Delete a remote in the config file. {#config/delete}
Parameters:
• name - name of remote to delete
See the config delete command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_delete/) command
for more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
config/dump: Dumps the config file. {#config/dump}
Returns a JSON object: - key: value
Where keys are remote names and values are the config parameters.
See the config dump command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_dump/) command for
more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
config/get: Get a remote in the config file. {#config/get}
Parameters:
• name - name of remote to get
See the config dump command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_dump/) command for
more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
config/listremotes: Lists the remotes in the config file. {#config/listremotes}
Returns - remotes - array of remote names
See the listremotes command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_listremotes/) command for
more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
config/password: password the config for a remote. {#config/password}
This takes the following parameters
• name - name of remote
• parameters - a map of { “key”: “value” } pairs
See the config password command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_password/)
command for more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
config/providers: Shows how providers are configured in the config file. {#config/providers}
Returns a JSON object: - providers - array of objects
See the config providers command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_providers/)
command for more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
config/update: update the config for a remote. {#config/update}
This takes the following parameters
• name - name of remote
• parameters - a map of { “key”: “value” } pairs
See the config update command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_update/) command
for more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
core/bwlimit: Set the bandwidth limit. {#core/bwlimit}
This sets the bandwidth limit to that passed in.
Eg
rclone rc core/bwlimit rate=off
{
"bytesPerSecond": -1,
"rate": "off"
}
rclone rc core/bwlimit rate=1M
{
"bytesPerSecond": 1048576,
"rate": "1M"
}
If the rate parameter is not suppied then the bandwidth is queried
rclone rc core/bwlimit
{
"bytesPerSecond": 1048576,
"rate": "1M"
}
The format of the parameter is exactly the same as passed to –bwlimit except only one
bandwidth may be specified.
In either case “rate” is returned as a human readable string, and “bytesPerSecond” is
returned as a number.
core/gc: Runs a garbage collection. {#core/gc}
This tells the go runtime to do a garbage collection run. It isn’t necessary to call this
normally, but it can be useful for debugging memory problems.
core/group-list: Returns list of stats. {#core/group-list}
This returns list of stats groups currently in memory.
Returns the following values:
{
"groups": an array of group names:
[
"group1",
"group2",
...
]
}
core/memstats: Returns the memory statistics {#core/memstats}
This returns the memory statistics of the running program. What the values mean are
explained in the go docs: https://golang.org/pkg/runtime/#MemStats
The most interesting values for most people are:
• HeapAlloc: This is the amount of memory rclone is actually using
• HeapSys: This is the amount of memory rclone has obtained from the OS
• Sys: this is the total amount of memory requested from the OS
• It is virtual memory so may include unused memory
core/obscure: Obscures a string passed in. {#core/obscure}
Pass a clear string and rclone will obscure it for the config file: - clear - string
Returns - obscured - string
core/pid: Return PID of current process {#core/pid}
This returns PID of current process. Useful for stopping rclone process.
core/quit: Terminates the app. {#core/quit}
(optional) Pass an exit code to be used for terminating the app: - exitCode - int
core/stats: Returns stats about current transfers. {#core/stats}
This returns all available stats:
rclone rc core/stats
If group is not provided then summed up stats for all groups will be returned.
Parameters
• group - name of the stats group (string)
Returns the following values:
{
"speed": average speed in bytes/sec since start of the process,
"bytes": total transferred bytes since the start of the process,
"errors": number of errors,
"fatalError": whether there has been at least one FatalError,
"retryError": whether there has been at least one non-NoRetryError,
"checks": number of checked files,
"transfers": number of transferred files,
"deletes" : number of deleted files,
"elapsedTime": time in seconds since the start of the process,
"lastError": last occurred error,
"transferring": an array of currently active file transfers:
[
{
"bytes": total transferred bytes for this file,
"eta": estimated time in seconds until file transfer completion
"name": name of the file,
"percentage": progress of the file transfer in percent,
"speed": speed in bytes/sec,
"speedAvg": speed in bytes/sec as an exponentially weighted moving average,
"size": size of the file in bytes
}
],
"checking": an array of names of currently active file checks
[]
}
Values for “transferring”, “checking” and “lastError” are only assigned if data is
available. The value for “eta” is null if an eta cannot be determined.
core/stats-reset: Reset stats. {#core/stats-reset}
This clears counters and errors for all stats or specific stats group if group is
provided.
Parameters
• group - name of the stats group (string)
core/transferred: Returns stats about completed transfers. {#core/transferred}
This returns stats about completed transfers:
rclone rc core/transferred
If group is not provided then completed transfers for all groups will be returned.
Note only the last 100 completed transfers are returned.
Parameters
• group - name of the stats group (string)
Returns the following values:
{
"transferred": an array of completed transfers (including failed ones):
[
{
"name": name of the file,
"size": size of the file in bytes,
"bytes": total transferred bytes for this file,
"checked": if the transfer is only checked (skipped, deleted),
"timestamp": integer representing millisecond unix epoch,
"error": string description of the error (empty if successfull),
"jobid": id of the job that this transfer belongs to
}
]
}
core/version: Shows the current version of rclone and the go runtime. {#core/version}
This shows the current version of go and the go runtime
• version - rclone version, eg “v1.44”
• decomposed - version number as [major, minor, patch, subpatch]
• note patch and subpatch will be 999 for a git compiled version
• isGit - boolean - true if this was compiled from the git version
• os - OS in use as according to Go
• arch - cpu architecture in use according to Go
• goVersion - version of Go runtime in use
job/list: Lists the IDs of the running jobs {#job/list}
Parameters - None
Results
• jobids - array of integer job ids
job/status: Reads the status of the job ID {#job/status}
Parameters
• jobid - id of the job (integer)
Results
• finished - boolean
• duration - time in seconds that the job ran for
• endTime - time the job finished (eg “2018-10-26T18:50:20.528746884+01:00”)
• error - error from the job or empty string for no error
• finished - boolean whether the job has finished or not
• id - as passed in above
• startTime - time the job started (eg “2018-10-26T18:50:20.528336039+01:00”)
• success - boolean - true for success false otherwise
• output - output of the job as would have been returned if called synchronously
• progress - output of the progress related to the underlying job
job/stop: Stop the running job {#job/stop}
Parameters
• jobid - id of the job (integer)
operations/about: Return the space used on the remote {#operations/about}
This takes the following parameters
• fs - a remote name string eg “drive:”
The result is as returned from rclone about –json
See the about command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_size/) command for more
information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
operations/cleanup: Remove trashed files in the remote or path {#operations/cleanup}
This takes the following parameters
• fs - a remote name string eg “drive:”
See the cleanup command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_cleanup/) command for more
information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
operations/copyfile: Copy a file from source remote to destination remote
{#operations/copyfile}
This takes the following parameters
• srcFs - a remote name string eg “drive:” for the source
• srcRemote - a path within that remote eg “file.txt” for the source
• dstFs - a remote name string eg “drive2:” for the destination
• dstRemote - a path within that remote eg “file2.txt” for the destination
Authentication is required for this call.
operations/copyurl: Copy the URL to the object {#operations/copyurl}
This takes the following parameters
• fs - a remote name string eg “drive:”
• remote - a path within that remote eg “dir”
• url - string, URL to read from
• autoFilename - boolean, set to true to retrieve destination file name from url See the
copyurl command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_copyurl/) command for more
information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
operations/delete: Remove files in the path {#operations/delete}
This takes the following parameters
• fs - a remote name string eg “drive:”
See the delete command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_delete/) command for more
information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
operations/deletefile: Remove the single file pointed to {#operations/deletefile}
This takes the following parameters
• fs - a remote name string eg “drive:”
• remote - a path within that remote eg “dir”
See the deletefile command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_deletefile/) command for
more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
operations/fsinfo: Return information about the remote {#operations/fsinfo}
This takes the following parameters
• fs - a remote name string eg “drive:”
This returns info about the remote passed in;
{
// optional features and whether they are available or not
"Features": {
"About": true,
"BucketBased": false,
"CanHaveEmptyDirectories": true,
"CaseInsensitive": false,
"ChangeNotify": false,
"CleanUp": false,
"Copy": false,
"DirCacheFlush": false,
"DirMove": true,
"DuplicateFiles": false,
"GetTier": false,
"ListR": false,
"MergeDirs": false,
"Move": true,
"OpenWriterAt": true,
"PublicLink": false,
"Purge": true,
"PutStream": true,
"PutUnchecked": false,
"ReadMimeType": false,
"ServerSideAcrossConfigs": false,
"SetTier": false,
"SetWrapper": false,
"UnWrap": false,
"WrapFs": false,
"WriteMimeType": false
},
// Names of hashes available
"Hashes": [
"MD5",
"SHA-1",
"DropboxHash",
"QuickXorHash"
],
"Name": "local", // Name as created
"Precision": 1, // Precision of timestamps in ns
"Root": "/", // Path as created
"String": "Local file system at /" // how the remote will appear in logs
}
This command does not have a command line equivalent so use this instead:
rclone rc --loopback operations/fsinfo fs=remote:
operations/list: List the given remote and path in JSON format {#operations/list}
This takes the following parameters
• fs - a remote name string eg “drive:”
• remote - a path within that remote eg “dir”
• opt - a dictionary of options to control the listing (optional)
• recurse - If set recurse directories
• noModTime - If set return modification time
• showEncrypted - If set show decrypted names
• showOrigIDs - If set show the IDs for each item if known
• showHash - If set return a dictionary of hashes
The result is
• list
• This is an array of objects as described in the lsjson command
See the lsjson command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_lsjson/) for more information
on the above and examples.
Authentication is required for this call.
operations/mkdir: Make a destination directory or container {#operations/mkdir}
This takes the following parameters
• fs - a remote name string eg “drive:”
• remote - a path within that remote eg “dir”
See the mkdir command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_mkdir/) command for more
information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
operations/movefile: Move a file from source remote to destination remote
{#operations/movefile}
This takes the following parameters
• srcFs - a remote name string eg “drive:” for the source
• srcRemote - a path within that remote eg “file.txt” for the source
• dstFs - a remote name string eg “drive2:” for the destination
• dstRemote - a path within that remote eg “file2.txt” for the destination
Authentication is required for this call.
operations/publiclink: Create or retrieve a public link to the given file or folder.
{#operations/publiclink}
This takes the following parameters
• fs - a remote name string eg “drive:”
• remote - a path within that remote eg “dir”
Returns
• url - URL of the resource
See the link command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_link/) command for more
information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
operations/purge: Remove a directory or container and all of its contents {#operations/purge}
This takes the following parameters
• fs - a remote name string eg “drive:”
• remote - a path within that remote eg “dir”
See the purge command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_purge/) command for more
information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
operations/rmdir: Remove an empty directory or container {#operations/rmdir}
This takes the following parameters
• fs - a remote name string eg “drive:”
• remote - a path within that remote eg “dir”
See the rmdir command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_rmdir/) command for more
information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
operations/rmdirs: Remove all the empty directories in the path {#operations/rmdirs}
This takes the following parameters
• fs - a remote name string eg “drive:”
• remote - a path within that remote eg “dir”
• leaveRoot - boolean, set to true not to delete the root
See the rmdirs command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_rmdirs/) command for more
information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
operations/size: Count the number of bytes and files in remote {#operations/size}
This takes the following parameters
• fs - a remote name string eg “drive:path/to/dir”
Returns
• count - number of files
• bytes - number of bytes in those files
See the size command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_size/) command for more
information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
options/blocks: List all the option blocks {#options/blocks}
Returns - options - a list of the options block names
options/get: Get all the options {#options/get}
Returns an object where keys are option block names and values are an object with the
current option values in.
This shows the internal names of the option within rclone which should map to the external
options very easily with a few exceptions.
options/set: Set an option {#options/set}
Parameters
• option block name containing an object with
• key: value
Repeated as often as required.
Only supply the options you wish to change. If an option is unknown it will be silently
ignored. Not all options will have an effect when changed like this.
For example:
This sets DEBUG level logs (-vv)
rclone rc options/set --json '{"main": {"LogLevel": 8}}'
And this sets INFO level logs (-v)
rclone rc options/set --json '{"main": {"LogLevel": 7}}'
And this sets NOTICE level logs (normal without -v)
rclone rc options/set --json '{"main": {"LogLevel": 6}}'
rc/error: This returns an error {#rc/error}
This returns an error with the input as part of its error string. Useful for testing
error handling.
rc/list: List all the registered remote control commands {#rc/list}
This lists all the registered remote control commands as a JSON map in the commands
response.
rc/noop: Echo the input to the output parameters {#rc/noop}
This echoes the input parameters to the output parameters for testing purposes. It can be
used to check that rclone is still alive and to check that parameter passing is working
properly.
rc/noopauth: Echo the input to the output parameters requiring auth {#rc/noopauth}
This echoes the input parameters to the output parameters for testing purposes. It can be
used to check that rclone is still alive and to check that parameter passing is working
properly.
Authentication is required for this call.
sync/copy: copy a directory from source remote to destination remote {#sync/copy}
This takes the following parameters
• srcFs - a remote name string eg “drive:src” for the source
• dstFs - a remote name string eg “drive:dst” for the destination
See the copy command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_copy/) command for more
information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
sync/move: move a directory from source remote to destination remote {#sync/move}
This takes the following parameters
• srcFs - a remote name string eg “drive:src” for the source
• dstFs - a remote name string eg “drive:dst” for the destination
• deleteEmptySrcDirs - delete empty src directories if set
See the move command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_move/) command for more
information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
sync/sync: sync a directory from source remote to destination remote {#sync/sync}
This takes the following parameters
• srcFs - a remote name string eg “drive:src” for the source
• dstFs - a remote name string eg “drive:dst” for the destination
See the sync command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_sync/) command for more
information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
vfs/forget: Forget files or directories in the directory cache. {#vfs/forget}
This forgets the paths in the directory cache causing them to be re-read from the remote
when needed.
If no paths are passed in then it will forget all the paths in the directory cache.
rclone rc vfs/forget
Otherwise pass files or dirs in as file=path or dir=path. Any parameter key starting with
file will forget that file and any starting with dir will forget that dir, eg
rclone rc vfs/forget file=hello file2=goodbye dir=home/junk
vfs/poll-interval: Get the status or update the value of the poll-interval option.
{#vfs/poll-interval}
Without any parameter given this returns the current status of the poll-interval setting.
When the interval=duration parameter is set, the poll-interval value is updated and the
polling function is notified. Setting interval=0 disables poll-interval.
rclone rc vfs/poll-interval interval=5m
The timeout=duration parameter can be used to specify a time to wait for the current poll
function to apply the new value. If timeout is less or equal 0, which is the default,
wait indefinitely.
The new poll-interval value will only be active when the timeout is not reached.
If poll-interval is updated or disabled temporarily, some changes might not get picked up
by the polling function, depending on the used remote.
vfs/refresh: Refresh the directory cache. {#vfs/refresh}
This reads the directories for the specified paths and freshens the directory cache.
If no paths are passed in then it will refresh the root directory.
rclone rc vfs/refresh
Otherwise pass directories in as dir=path. Any parameter key starting with dir will
refresh that directory, eg
rclone rc vfs/refresh dir=home/junk dir2=data/misc
If the parameter recursive=true is given the whole directory tree will get refreshed.
This refresh will use –fast-list if enabled.
Accessing the remote control via HTTP
Rclone implements a simple HTTP based protocol.
Each endpoint takes an JSON object and returns a JSON object or an error. The JSON
objects are essentially a map of string names to values.
All calls must made using POST.
The input objects can be supplied using URL parameters, POST parameters or by supplying
“Content-Type: application/json” and a JSON blob in the body. There are examples of these
below using curl.
The response will be a JSON blob in the body of the response. This is formatted to be
reasonably human readable.
Error returns
If an error occurs then there will be an HTTP error status (eg 500) and the body of the
response will contain a JSON encoded error object, eg
{
"error": "Expecting string value for key \"remote\" (was float64)",
"input": {
"fs": "/tmp",
"remote": 3
},
"status": 400
"path": "operations/rmdir",
}
The keys in the error response are - error - error string - input - the input parameters
to the call - status - the HTTP status code - path - the path of the call
CORS
The sever implements basic CORS support and allows all origins for that. The response to
a preflight OPTIONS request will echo the requested “Access-Control-Request-Headers” back.
Using POST with URL parameters only
curl -X POST 'http://localhost:5572/rc/noop?potato=1&sausage=2'
Response
{
"potato": "1",
"sausage": "2"
}
Here is what an error response looks like:
curl -X POST 'http://localhost:5572/rc/error?potato=1&sausage=2'
{
"error": "arbitrary error on input map[potato:1 sausage:2]",
"input": {
"potato": "1",
"sausage": "2"
}
}
Note that curl doesn’t return errors to the shell unless you use the -f option
$ curl -f -X POST 'http://localhost:5572/rc/error?potato=1&sausage=2'
curl: (22) The requested URL returned error: 400 Bad Request
$ echo $?
22
Using POST with a form
curl --data "potato=1" --data "sausage=2" http://localhost:5572/rc/noop
Response
{
"potato": "1",
"sausage": "2"
}
Note that you can combine these with URL parameters too with the POST parameters taking
precedence.
curl --data "potato=1" --data "sausage=2" "http://localhost:5572/rc/noop?rutabaga=3&sausage=4"
Response
{
"potato": "1",
"rutabaga": "3",
"sausage": "4"
}
Using POST with a JSON blob
curl -H "Content-Type: application/json" -X POST -d '{"potato":2,"sausage":1}' http://localhost:5572/rc/noop
response
{
"password": "xyz",
"username": "xyz"
}
This can be combined with URL parameters too if required. The JSON blob takes precedence.
curl -H "Content-Type: application/json" -X POST -d '{"potato":2,"sausage":1}' 'http://localhost:5572/rc/noop?rutabaga=3&potato=4'
{
"potato": 2,
"rutabaga": "3",
"sausage": 1
}
Debugging rclone with pprof
If you use the --rc flag this will also enable the use of the go profiling tools on the
same port.
To use these, first install go (https://golang.org/doc/install).
Debugging memory use
To profile rclone’s memory use you can run:
go tool pprof -web http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/heap
This should open a page in your browser showing what is using what memory.
You can also use the -text flag to produce a textual summary
$ go tool pprof -text http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/heap
Showing nodes accounting for 1537.03kB, 100% of 1537.03kB total
flat flat% sum% cum cum%
1024.03kB 66.62% 66.62% 1024.03kB 66.62% github.com/rclone/rclone/vendor/golang.org/x/net/http2/hpack.addDecoderNode
513kB 33.38% 100% 513kB 33.38% net/http.newBufioWriterSize
0 0% 100% 1024.03kB 66.62% github.com/rclone/rclone/cmd/all.init
0 0% 100% 1024.03kB 66.62% github.com/rclone/rclone/cmd/serve.init
0 0% 100% 1024.03kB 66.62% github.com/rclone/rclone/cmd/serve/restic.init
0 0% 100% 1024.03kB 66.62% github.com/rclone/rclone/vendor/golang.org/x/net/http2.init
0 0% 100% 1024.03kB 66.62% github.com/rclone/rclone/vendor/golang.org/x/net/http2/hpack.init
0 0% 100% 1024.03kB 66.62% github.com/rclone/rclone/vendor/golang.org/x/net/http2/hpack.init.0
0 0% 100% 1024.03kB 66.62% main.init
0 0% 100% 513kB 33.38% net/http.(*conn).readRequest
0 0% 100% 513kB 33.38% net/http.(*conn).serve
0 0% 100% 1024.03kB 66.62% runtime.main
Debugging go routine leaks
Memory leaks are most often caused by go routine leaks keeping memory alive which should
have been garbage collected.
See all active go routines using
curl http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/goroutine?debug=1
Or go to http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/goroutine?debug=1 in your browser.
Other profiles to look at
You can see a summary of profiles available at http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/
Here is how to use some of them:
• Memory: go tool pprof http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/heap
• Go routines: curl http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/goroutine?debug=1
• 30-second CPU profile: go tool pprof http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/profile
• 5-second execution trace: wget http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/trace?seconds=5
See the net/http/pprof docs (https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/pprof/) for more info on how
to use the profiling and for a general overview see the Go team’s blog post on profiling
go programs (https://blog.golang.org/profiling-go-programs).
The profiling hook is zero overhead unless it is used
(https://stackoverflow.com/q/26545159/164234).
Overview of cloud storage systems
Each cloud storage system is slightly different. Rclone attempts to provide a unified
interface to them, but some underlying differences show through.
Features
Here is an overview of the major features of each cloud storage system.
Name Hash ModTime Case Duplicate MIME Type
Insensitive Files
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1Fichier Whirlpool No No Yes R
Amazon Drive MD5 No Yes No R
Amazon S3 MD5 Yes No No R/W
Backblaze B2 SHA1 Yes No No R/W
Box SHA1 Yes Yes No -
Citrix MD5 Yes Yes No -
ShareFile
Dropbox DBHASH † Yes Yes No -
FTP - No No No -
Google Cloud MD5 Yes No No R/W
Storage
Google Drive MD5 Yes No Yes R/W
Google Photos - No No Yes R
HTTP - No No No R
Hubic MD5 Yes No No R/W
Jottacloud MD5 Yes Yes No R/W
Koofr MD5 No Yes No -
Mail.ru Cloud Mailru ‡‡‡ Yes Yes No -
Mega - No No Yes -
Microsoft MD5 Yes No No R/W
Azure Blob
Storage
Microsoft SHA1 ‡‡ Yes Yes No R
OneDrive
OpenDrive MD5 Yes Yes No -
Openstack MD5 Yes No No R/W
Swift
pCloud MD5, SHA1 Yes No No W
premiumize.me - No Yes No R
put.io CRC-32 Yes No Yes R
QingStor MD5 No No No R/W
SFTP MD5, SHA1 ‡ Yes Depends No -
WebDAV MD5, SHA1 †† Yes ††† Depends No -
Yandex Disk MD5 Yes No No R/W
The local All Yes Depends No -
filesystem
Hash
The cloud storage system supports various hash types of the objects. The hashes are used
when transferring data as an integrity check and can be specifically used with the
--checksum flag in syncs and in the check command.
To use the verify checksums when transferring between cloud storage systems they must
support a common hash type.
† Note that Dropbox supports its own custom hash
(https://www.dropbox.com/developers/reference/content-hash). This is an SHA256 sum of all
the 4MB block SHA256s.
‡ SFTP supports checksums if the same login has shell access and md5sum or sha1sum as well
as echo are in the remote’s PATH.
†† WebDAV supports hashes when used with Owncloud and Nextcloud only.
††† WebDAV supports modtimes when used with Owncloud and Nextcloud only.
‡‡ Microsoft OneDrive Personal supports SHA1 hashes, whereas OneDrive for business and
SharePoint server support Microsoft’s own QuickXorHash (https://docs.microsoft.com/en-
us/onedrive/developer/code-snippets/quickxorhash).
‡‡‡ Mail.ru uses its own modified SHA1 hash
ModTime
The cloud storage system supports setting modification times on objects. If it does then
this enables a using the modification times as part of the sync. If not then only the
size will be checked by default, though the MD5SUM can be checked with the --checksum
flag.
All cloud storage systems support some kind of date on the object and these will be set
when transferring from the cloud storage system.
Case Insensitive
If a cloud storage systems is case sensitive then it is possible to have two files which
differ only in case, eg file.txt and FILE.txt. If a cloud storage system is case
insensitive then that isn’t possible.
This can cause problems when syncing between a case insensitive system and a case
sensitive system. The symptom of this is that no matter how many times you run the sync
it never completes fully.
The local filesystem and SFTP may or may not be case sensitive depending on OS.
• Windows - usually case insensitive, though case is preserved
• OSX - usually case insensitive, though it is possible to format case sensitive
• Linux - usually case sensitive, but there are case insensitive file systems (eg FAT
formatted USB keys)
Most of the time this doesn’t cause any problems as people tend to avoid files whose name
differs only by case even on case sensitive systems.
Duplicate files
If a cloud storage system allows duplicate files then it can have two objects with the
same name.
This confuses rclone greatly when syncing - use the rclone dedupe command to rename or
remove duplicates.
Restricted filenames
Some cloud storage systems might have restrictions on the characters that are usable in
file or directory names. When rclone detects such a name during a file upload, it will
transparently replace the restricted characters with similar looking Unicode characters.
This process is designed to avoid ambiguous file names as much as possible and allow to
move files between many cloud storage systems transparently.
The name shown by rclone to the user or during log output will only contain a minimal set
of replaced characters to ensure correct formatting and not necessarily the actual name
used on the cloud storage.
This transformation is reversed when downloading a file or parsing rclone arguments. For
example, when uploading a file named my file?.txt to Onedrive will be displayed as my
file?.txt on the console, but stored as my file？.txt (the ? gets replaced by the similar
looking ？ character) to Onedrive. The reverse transformation allows to read a
fileunusual/name.txt from Google Drive, by passing the name unusual／name.txt (the / needs
to be replaced by the similar looking ／ character) on the command line.
Default restricted characters
The table below shows the characters that are replaced by default.
When a replacement character is found in a filename, this character will be escaped with
the ‛ character to avoid ambiguous file names. (e.g. a file named ␀.txt would shown as
‛␀.txt)
Each cloud storage backend can use a different set of characters, which will be specified
in the documentation for each backend.
Character Value Replacement
────────────────────────────────
NUL 0x00 ␀
SOH 0x01 ␁
STX 0x02 ␂
ETX 0x03 ␃
EOT 0x04 ␄
ENQ 0x05 ␅
ACK 0x06 ␆
BEL 0x07 ␇
BS 0x08 ␈
HT 0x09 ␉
LF 0x0A ␊
VT 0x0B ␋
FF 0x0C ␌
CR 0x0D ␍
SO 0x0E ␎
SI 0x0F ␏
DLE 0x10 ␐
DC1 0x11 ␑
DC2 0x12 ␒
DC3 0x13 ␓
DC4 0x14 ␔
NAK 0x15 ␕
SYN 0x16 ␖
ETB 0x17 ␗
CAN 0x18 ␘
EM 0x19 ␙
SUB 0x1A ␚
ESC 0x1B ␛
FS 0x1C ␜
GS 0x1D ␝
RS 0x1E ␞
US 0x1F ␟
/ 0x2F ／
DEL 0x7F ␡
The default encoding will also encode these file names as they are problematic with many
cloud storage systems.
File name Replacement
────────────────────────
. ．
.. ．．
Invalid UTF-8 bytes
Some backends only support a sequence of well formed UTF-8 bytes as file or directory
names.
In this case all invalid UTF-8 bytes will be replaced with a quoted representation of the
byte value to allow uploading a file to such a backend. For example, the invalid byte
0xFE will be encoded as ‛FE.
A common source of invalid UTF-8 bytes are local filesystems, that store names in a
different encoding than UTF-8 or UTF-16, like latin1. See the local filenames
(/local/#filenames) section for details.
MIME Type
MIME types (also known as media types) classify types of documents using a simple text
classification, eg text/html or application/pdf.
Some cloud storage systems support reading (R) the MIME type of objects and some support
writing (W) the MIME type of objects.
The MIME type can be important if you are serving files directly to HTTP from the storage
system.
If you are copying from a remote which supports reading (R) to a remote which supports
writing (W) then rclone will preserve the MIME types. Otherwise they will be guessed from
the extension, or the remote itself may assign the MIME type.
Optional Features
All the remotes support a basic set of features, but there are some optional features
supported by some remotes used to make some operations more efficient.
Name Purge Copy Move DirMove CleanUp ListR StreamUpload LinkSharing About EmptyDir
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1Fichier No No No No No No No No No Yes
Amazon Yes No Yes Yes No #575 No No No #2178 No Yes
Drive (https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/575) (https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178)
Amazon No Yes No No No Yes Yes No #2178 No No
S3 (https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178)
Backblaze No Yes No No Yes Yes Yes Yes No No
B2
Box Yes Yes Yes Yes No #575 No Yes Yes No Yes
(https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/575)
Citrix Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Yes No No Yes
ShareFile
Dropbox Yes Yes Yes Yes No #575 No Yes Yes Yes Yes
(https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/575)
FTP No No Yes Yes No No Yes No #2178 No Yes
(https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178)
Google Yes Yes No No No Yes Yes No #2178 No No
Cloud (https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178)
Storage
Google Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Drive
Google No No No No No No No No No No
Photos
HTTP No No No No No No No No #2178 No Yes
(https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178)
Hubic Yes † Yes No No No Yes Yes No #2178 Yes No
(https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178)
Jottacloud Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Yes Yes Yes
Mail.ru Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Yes Yes Yes
Cloud
Mega Yes No Yes Yes Yes No No No #2178 Yes Yes
(https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178)
Microsoft Yes Yes No No No Yes No No #2178 No No
Azure Blob (https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178)
Storage
Microsoft Yes Yes Yes Yes No #575 No No Yes Yes Yes
OneDrive (https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/575)
OpenDrive Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No No Yes
Openstack Yes † Yes No No No Yes Yes No #2178 Yes No
Swift (https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178)
pCloud Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No #2178 Yes Yes
(https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178)
premiumize.me Yes No Yes Yes No No No Yes Yes Yes
put.io Yes No Yes Yes Yes No Yes No #2178 Yes Yes
(https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178)
QingStor No Yes No No No Yes No No #2178 No No
(https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178)
SFTP No No Yes Yes No No Yes No #2178 Yes Yes
(https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178)
WebDAV Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Yes ‡ No #2178 Yes Yes
(https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178)
Yandex Disk Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes
The local Yes No Yes Yes No No Yes No Yes Yes
filesystem
Purge
This deletes a directory quicker than just deleting all the files in the directory.
† Note Swift and Hubic implement this in order to delete directory markers but they don’t
actually have a quicker way of deleting files other than deleting them individually.
‡ StreamUpload is not supported with Nextcloud
Copy
Used when copying an object to and from the same remote. This known as a server side copy
so you can copy a file without downloading it and uploading it again. It is used if you
use rclone copy or rclone move if the remote doesn’t support Move directly.
If the server doesn’t support Copy directly then for copy operations the file is
downloaded then re-uploaded.
Move
Used when moving/renaming an object on the same remote. This is known as a server side
move of a file. This is used in rclone move if the server doesn’t support DirMove.
If the server isn’t capable of Move then rclone simulates it with Copy then delete. If
the server doesn’t support Copy then rclone will download the file and re-upload it.
DirMove
This is used to implement rclone move to move a directory if possible. If it isn’t then
it will use Move on each file (which falls back to Copy then download and upload - see
Move section).
CleanUp
This is used for emptying the trash for a remote by rclone cleanup.
If the server can’t do CleanUp then rclone cleanup will return an error.
ListR
The remote supports a recursive list to list all the contents beneath a directory quickly.
This enables the --fast-list flag to work. See the rclone docs (/docs/#fast-list) for
more details.
StreamUpload
Some remotes allow files to be uploaded without knowing the file size in advance. This
allows certain operations to work without spooling the file to local disk first,
e.g. rclone rcat.
LinkSharing
Sets the necessary permissions on a file or folder and prints a link that allows others to
access them, even if they don’t have an account on the particular cloud provider.
About
This is used to fetch quota information from the remote, like bytes used/free/quota and
bytes used in the trash.
This is also used to return the space used, available for rclone mount.
If the server can’t do About then rclone about will return an error.
EmptyDir
The remote supports empty directories. See Limitations (/bugs/#limitations) for details.
Most Object/Bucket based remotes do not support this.
Global Flags
This describes the global flags available to every rclone command split into two groups,
non backend and backend flags.
Non Backend Flags
These flags are available for every command.
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
--buffer-size SizeSuffix In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
--ca-cert string CA certificate used to verify servers
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone")
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
-c, --checksum Skip based on checksum (if available) & size, not mod-time & size
--client-cert string Client SSL certificate (PEM) for mutual TLS auth
--client-key string Client SSL private key (PEM) for mutual TLS auth
--compare-dest string use DIR to server side copy flies from.
--config string Config file. (default "$HOME/.config/rclone/rclone.conf")
--contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
--copy-dest string Compare dest to DIR also.
--cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file
--delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transferring (default)
--delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transferring
--delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
--delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync
--disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list.
-n, --dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes
--dump DumpFlags List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
--dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
--dump-headers Dump HTTP headers - may contain sensitive info
--exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern
--exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file
--exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present
--fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
--files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file
-f, --filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule
--filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file
--ignore-case Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
--ignore-case-sync Ignore case when synchronizing
--ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums.
--ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors
--ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination
--ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
-I, --ignore-times Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
--immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
--include stringArray Include files matching pattern
--include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file
--log-file string Log everything to this file
--log-format string Comma separated list of log format options (default "date,time")
--log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
--low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
--max-age Duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
--max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
--max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
--max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
--max-size SizeSuffix Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
--max-stats-groups int Maximum number of stats groups to keep in memory. On max oldest is discarded. (default 1000)
--max-transfer SizeSuffix Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
--memprofile string Write memory profile to file
--min-age Duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
--min-size SizeSuffix Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
--modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
--multi-thread-cutoff SizeSuffix Use multi-thread downloads for files above this size. (default 250M)
--multi-thread-streams int Max number of streams to use for multi-thread downloads. (default 4)
--no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
--no-gzip-encoding Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
--no-traverse Don't traverse destination file system on copy.
--no-update-modtime Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
-P, --progress Show progress during transfer.
-q, --quiet Print as little stuff as possible
--rc Enable the remote control server.
--rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
--rc-allow-origin string Set the allowed origin for CORS.
--rc-baseurl string Prefix for URLs - leave blank for root.
--rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
--rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
--rc-files string Path to local files to serve on the HTTP server.
--rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
--rc-job-expire-duration duration expire finished async jobs older than this value (default 1m0s)
--rc-job-expire-interval duration interval to check for expired async jobs (default 10s)
--rc-key string SSL PEM Private key
--rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
--rc-no-auth Don't require auth for certain methods.
--rc-pass string Password for authentication.
--rc-realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
--rc-serve Enable the serving of remote objects.
--rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
--rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
--rc-user string User name for authentication.
--rc-web-fetch-url string URL to fetch the releases for webgui. (default "https://api.github.com/repos/rclone/rclone-webui-react/releases/latest")
--rc-web-gui Launch WebGUI on localhost
--rc-web-gui-update Update / Force update to latest version of web gui
--retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
--retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
--size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
--stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
--stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 45)
--stats-log-level string Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
--stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line.
--stats-one-line-date Enables --stats-one-line and add current date/time prefix.
--stats-one-line-date-format string Enables --stats-one-line-date and uses custom formatted date. Enclose date string in double quotes ("). See https://golang.org/pkg/time/#Time.Format
--stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
--streaming-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
--suffix string Suffix to add to changed files.
--suffix-keep-extension Preserve the extension when using --suffix.
--syslog Use Syslog for logging
--syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
--timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
--tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
--tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
--track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
--transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
-u, --update Skip files that are newer on the destination.
--use-cookies Enable session cookiejar.
--use-json-log Use json log format.
--use-mmap Use mmap allocator (see docs).
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.50.2")
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
Backend Flags
These flags are available for every command. They control the backends and may be set in
the config file.
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob: hot, cool or archive.
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use SAS URL or Emulator)
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size (<= 100MB). (default 4M)
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use SAS URL or Emulator)
--azureblob-list-chunk int Size of blob list. (default 5000)
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (<= 256MB). (default 256M)
--azureblob-use-emulator Uses local storage emulator if provided as 'true' (leave blank if using real azure storage endpoint)
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
--b2-disable-checksum Disable checksums for large (> upload cutoff) files
--b2-download-auth-duration Duration Time before the authorization token will expire in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d. (default 1w)
--b2-download-url string Custom endpoint for downloads.
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
--b2-key string Application Key
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 200M)
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
--box-box-config-file string Box App config.json location
--box-box-sub-type string (default "user")
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (>= 50MB). (default 50M)
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration How often should the cache perform cleanups of the chunk storage. (default 1m0s)
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming.
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk (partial file data). (default 5M)
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The total size that the chunks can take up on the local disk. (default 10G)
--cache-db-path string Directory to store file structure metadata DB. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
--cache-db-purge Clear all the cached data for this remote on start.
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
--cache-info-age Duration How long to cache file structure information (directory listings, file size, times etc). (default 6h0m0s)
--cache-plex-insecure string Skip all certificate verifications when connecting to the Plex server
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage. (default 10)
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS (-1 to disable) (default -1)
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded.
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks. (default 4)
--cache-writes Cache file data on writes through the FS
--chunker-chunk-size SizeSuffix Files larger than chunk size will be split in chunks. (default 2G)
--chunker-fail-hard Choose how chunker should handle files with missing or invalid chunks.
--chunker-hash-type string Choose how chunker handles hash sums. All modes but "none" require metadata. (default "md5")
--chunker-meta-format string Format of the metadata object or "none". By default "simplejson". (default "simplejson")
--chunker-name-format string String format of chunk file names. (default "*.rclone_chunk.###")
--chunker-remote string Remote to chunk/unchunk.
--chunker-start-from int Minimum valid chunk number. Usually 0 or 1. (default 1)
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption.
--crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
--crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
--crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
--drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
--drive-allow-import-name-change Allow the filetype to change when uploading Google docs (e.g. file.doc to file.docx). This will confuse sync and reupload every time.
--drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.,
--drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
--drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
--drive-disable-http2 Disable drive using http2 (default true)
--drive-export-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
--drive-formats string Deprecated: see export_formats
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account.
--drive-import-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for uploading Google docs.
--drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision of each file forever.
--drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
--drive-pacer-burst int Number of API calls to allow without sleeping. (default 100)
--drive-pacer-min-sleep Duration Minimum time to sleep between API calls. (default 100ms)
--drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
--drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
--drive-server-side-across-configs Allow server side operations (eg copy) to work across different drive configs.
--drive-service-account-credentials string Service Account Credentials JSON blob
--drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me.
--drive-size-as-quota Show storage quota usage for file size.
--drive-skip-checksum-gphotos Skip MD5 checksum on Google photos and videos only.
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings.
--drive-team-drive string ID of the Team Drive
--drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash.
--drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
--drive-use-created-date Use file created date instead of modified date.,
--drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
--drive-v2-download-min-size SizeSuffix If Object's are greater, use drive v2 API to download. (default off)
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. (< 150M). (default 48M)
--dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id
--dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret
--dropbox-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a business account.
--fichier-api-key string Your API Key, get it from https://1fichier.com/console/params.pl
--fichier-shared-folder string If you want to download a shared folder, add this parameter
--ftp-concurrency int Maximum number of FTP simultaneous connections, 0 for unlimited
--ftp-disable-epsv Disable using EPSV even if server advertises support
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
--ftp-no-check-certificate Do not verify the TLS certificate of the server
--ftp-pass string FTP password
--ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
--ftp-tls Use FTP over TLS (Implicit)
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, $USER
--gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets.
--gcs-bucket-policy-only Access checks should use bucket-level IAM policies.
--gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id
--gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets.
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects.
--gcs-project-number string Project number.
--gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path
--gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
--gphotos-client-id string Google Application Client Id
--gphotos-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret
--gphotos-read-only Set to make the Google Photos backend read only.
--gphotos-read-size Set to read the size of media items.
--http-headers CommaSepList Set HTTP headers for all transactions
--http-no-head Don't use HEAD requests to find file sizes in dir listing
--http-no-slash Set this if the site doesn't end directories with /
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
--hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id
--hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret
--hubic-no-chunk Don't chunk files during streaming upload.
--jottacloud-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
--jottacloud-unlink Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
--jottacloud-upload-resume-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this can be resumed if the upload fail's. (default 10M)
--koofr-endpoint string The Koofr API endpoint to use (default "https://app.koofr.net")
--koofr-mountid string Mount ID of the mount to use. If omitted, the primary mount is used.
--koofr-password string Your Koofr password for rclone (generate one at https://app.koofr.net/app/admin/preferences/password)
--koofr-setmtime Does the backend support setting modification time. Set this to false if you use a mount ID that points to a Dropbox or Amazon Drive backend. (default true)
--koofr-user string Your Koofr user name
-l, --links Translate symlinks to/from regular files with a '.rclonelink' extension
--local-case-insensitive Force the filesystem to report itself as case insensitive
--local-case-sensitive Force the filesystem to report itself as case sensitive.
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
--local-no-unicode-normalization Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames (Deprecated)
--local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
--mailru-check-hash What should copy do if file checksum is mismatched or invalid (default true)
--mailru-pass string Password
--mailru-speedup-enable Skip full upload if there is another file with same data hash. (default true)
--mailru-speedup-file-patterns string Comma separated list of file name patterns eligible for speedup (put by hash). (default "*.mkv,*.avi,*.mp4,*.mp3,*.zip,*.gz,*.rar,*.pdf")
--mailru-speedup-max-disk SizeSuffix This option allows you to disable speedup (put by hash) for large files (default 3G)
--mailru-speedup-max-memory SizeSuffix Files larger than the size given below will always be hashed on disk. (default 32M)
--mailru-user string User name (usually email)
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega.
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
--mega-pass string Password.
--mega-user string User name
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k (327,680 bytes). (default 10M)
--onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id
--onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret
--onedrive-drive-id string The ID of the drive to use
--onedrive-drive-type string The type of the drive ( personal | business | documentLibrary )
--onedrive-expose-onenote-files Set to make OneNote files show up in directory listings.
--opendrive-password string Password.
--opendrive-username string Username
--pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id
--pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
--qingstor-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 4M)
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connection retries. (default 3)
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
--qingstor-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 1)
--qingstor-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
--qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to.
--s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID.
--s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.
--s3-bucket-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets.
--s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 5M)
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API.
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
--s3-leave-parts-on-error If true avoid calling abort upload on a failure, leaving all successfully uploaded parts on S3 for manual recovery.
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
--s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider.
--s3-region string Region to connect to.
--s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password)
--s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
--s3-session-token string An AWS session token
--s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
--s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3.
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 4)
--s3-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
--s3-use-accelerate-endpoint If true use the AWS S3 accelerated endpoint.
--s3-v2-auth If true use v2 authentication.
--sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
--sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
--sftp-host string SSH host to connect to
--sftp-key-file string Path to PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank or set key-use-agent to use ssh-agent.
--sftp-key-file-pass string The passphrase to decrypt the PEM-encoded private key file.
--sftp-key-use-agent When set forces the usage of the ssh-agent.
--sftp-md5sum-command string The command used to read md5 hashes. Leave blank for autodetect.
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection.
--sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
--sftp-sha1sum-command string The command used to read sha1 hashes. Leave blank for autodetect.
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of insecure ciphers and key exchange methods.
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
--sharefile-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 64M)
--sharefile-endpoint string Endpoint for API calls.
--sharefile-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
--sharefile-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 128M)
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
--swift-application-credential-id string Application Credential ID (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_ID)
--swift-application-credential-name string Application Credential Name (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_NAME)
--swift-application-credential-secret string Application Credential Secret (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_SECRET)
--swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
--swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
--swift-no-chunk Don't chunk files during streaming upload.
--swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
--swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container
--swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
--swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
--swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
--union-remotes string List of space separated remotes.
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
--webdav-bearer-token-command string Command to run to get a bearer token
--webdav-pass string Password.
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
--webdav-user string User name
--webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
--yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id
--yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret
--yandex-unlink Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
1Fichier
This is a backend for the 1ficher (https://1fichier.com) cloud storage service. Note that
a Premium subscription is required to use the API.
Paths are specified as remote:path
Paths may be as deep as required, eg remote:directory/subdirectory.
The initial setup for 1Fichier involves getting the API key from the website which you
need to do in your browser.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called remote. First run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / 1Fichier
\ "fichier"
[snip]
Storage> fichier
** See help for fichier backend at: https://rclone.org/fichier/ **
Your API Key, get it from https://1fichier.com/console/params.pl
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
api_key> example_key
Edit advanced config? (y/n)
y) Yes
n) No
y/n>
Remote config
--------------------
[remote]
type = fichier
api_key = example_key
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
Once configured you can then use rclone like this,
List directories in top level of your 1Fichier account
rclone lsd remote:
List all the files in your 1Fichier account
rclone ls remote:
To copy a local directory to a 1Fichier directory called backup
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
Modified time and hashes
1Fichier does not support modification times. It supports the Whirlpool hash algorithm.
Duplicated files
1Fichier can have two files with exactly the same name and path (unlike a normal file
system).
Duplicated files cause problems with the syncing and you will see messages in the log
about duplicates.
Restricted filename characters
In addition to the default restricted characters set (/overview/#restricted-characters)
the following characters are also replaced:
Character Value Replacement
────────────────────────────────
\ 0x5C ＼
< 0x3C ＜
> 0x3E ＞
" 0x22 ＂
$ 0x24 ＄
` 0x60 ｀
’ 0x27 ＇
File names can also not start or end with the following characters. These only get
replaced if they are first or last character in the name:
Character Value Replacement
────────────────────────────────
SP 0x20 ␠
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be replaced (/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can’t be used
in JSON strings.
Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to fichier (1Fichier).
–fichier-api-key
Your API Key, get it from https://1fichier.com/console/params.pl
• Config: api_key
• Env Var: RCLONE_FICHIER_API_KEY
• Type: string
• Default: ""
Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to fichier (1Fichier).
–fichier-shared-folder
If you want to download a shared folder, add this parameter
• Config: shared_folder
• Env Var: RCLONE_FICHIER_SHARED_FOLDER
• Type: string
• Default: ""
Alias
The alias remote provides a new name for another remote.
Paths may be as deep as required or a local path, eg remote:directory/subdirectory or
/directory/subdirectory.
During the initial setup with rclone config you will specify the target remote. The
target remote can either be a local path or another remote.
Subfolders can be used in target remote. Assume a alias remote named backup with the
target mydrive:private/backup. Invoking rclone mkdir backup:desktop is exactly the same
as invoking rclone mkdir mydrive:private/backup/desktop.
There will be no special handling of paths containing .. segments. Invoking rclone mkdir
backup:../desktop is exactly the same as invoking rclone mkdir
mydrive:private/backup/../desktop. The empty path is not allowed as a remote. To alias
the current directory use . instead.
Here is an example of how to make a alias called remote for local folder. First run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Alias for an existing remote
\ "alias"
[snip]
Storage> alias
Remote or path to alias.
Can be "myremote:path/to/dir", "myremote:bucket", "myremote:" or "/local/path".
remote> /mnt/storage/backup
Remote config
--------------------
[remote]
remote = /mnt/storage/backup
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
Current remotes:
Name Type
==== ====
remote alias
e) Edit existing remote
n) New remote
d) Delete remote
r) Rename remote
c) Copy remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
e/n/d/r/c/s/q> q
Once configured you can then use rclone like this,
List directories in top level in /mnt/storage/backup
rclone lsd remote:
List all the files in /mnt/storage/backup
rclone ls remote:
Copy another local directory to the alias directory called source
rclone copy /home/source remote:source
Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to alias (Alias for an existing remote).
–alias-remote
Remote or path to alias. Can be “myremote:path/to/dir”, “myremote:bucket”, “myremote:” or
“/local/path”.
• Config: remote
• Env Var: RCLONE_ALIAS_REMOTE
• Type: string
• Default: ""
Amazon Drive
Amazon Drive, formerly known as Amazon Cloud Drive, is a cloud storage service run by
Amazon for consumers.
Status
Important: rclone supports Amazon Drive only if you have your own set of API keys.
Unfortunately the Amazon Drive developer program (https://developer.amazon.com/amazon-
drive) is now closed to new entries so if you don’t already have your own set of keys you
will not be able to use rclone with Amazon Drive.
For the history on why rclone no longer has a set of Amazon Drive API keys see the forum
(https://forum.rclone.org/t/rclone-has-been-banned-from-amazon-drive/2314).
If you happen to know anyone who works at Amazon then please ask them to re-instate rclone
into the Amazon Drive developer program - thanks!
Setup
The initial setup for Amazon Drive involves getting a token from Amazon which you need to
do in your browser. rclone config walks you through it.
The configuration process for Amazon Drive may involve using an oauth proxy
(https://github.com/ncw/oauthproxy). This is used to keep the Amazon credentials out of
the source code. The proxy runs in Google’s very secure App Engine environment and
doesn’t store any credentials which pass through it.
Since rclone doesn’t currently have its own Amazon Drive credentials so you will either
need to have your own client_id and client_secret with Amazon Drive, or use a a third
party ouath proxy in which case you will need to enter client_id, client_secret, auth_url
and token_url.
Note also if you are not using Amazon’s auth_url and token_url, (ie you filled in
something for those) then if setting up on a remote machine you can only use the copying
the config method of configuration (https://rclone.org/remote_setup/#configuring-by-
copying-the-config-file) - rclone authorize will not work.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called remote. First run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
r) Rename remote
c) Copy remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/r/c/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Amazon Drive
\ "amazon cloud drive"
[snip]
Storage> amazon cloud drive
Amazon Application Client Id - required.
client_id> your client ID goes here
Amazon Application Client Secret - required.
client_secret> your client secret goes here
Auth server URL - leave blank to use Amazon's.
auth_url> Optional auth URL
Token server url - leave blank to use Amazon's.
token_url> Optional token URL
Remote config
Make sure your Redirect URL is set to "http://127.0.0.1:53682/" in your custom config.
Use auto config?
* Say Y if not sure
* Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> y
If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
Log in and authorize rclone for access
Waiting for code...
Got code
--------------------
[remote]
client_id = your client ID goes here
client_secret = your client secret goes here
auth_url = Optional auth URL
token_url = Optional token URL
token = {"access_token":"xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx","token_type":"bearer","refresh_token":"xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx","expiry":"2015-09-06T16:07:39.658438471+01:00"}
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
See the remote setup docs (https://rclone.org/remote_setup/) for how to set it up on a
machine with no Internet browser available.
Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the token as returned
from Amazon. This only runs from the moment it opens your browser to the moment you get
back the verification code. This is on http://127.0.0.1:53682/ and this it may require
you to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host firewall.
Once configured you can then use rclone like this,
List directories in top level of your Amazon Drive
rclone lsd remote:
List all the files in your Amazon Drive
rclone ls remote:
To copy a local directory to an Amazon Drive directory called backup
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
Modified time and MD5SUMs
Amazon Drive doesn’t allow modification times to be changed via the API so these won’t be
accurate or used for syncing.
It does store MD5SUMs so for a more accurate sync, you can use the --checksum flag.
Restricted filename characters
Character Value Replacement
────────────────────────────────
NUL 0x00 ␀
/ 0x2F ／
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be replaced (/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can’t be used
in JSON strings.
Deleting files
Any files you delete with rclone will end up in the trash. Amazon don’t provide an API to
permanently delete files, nor to empty the trash, so you will have to do that with one of
Amazon’s apps or via the Amazon Drive website. As of November 17, 2016, files are
automatically deleted by Amazon from the trash after 30 days.
Using with non .com Amazon accounts
Let’s say you usually use amazon.co.uk. When you authenticate with rclone it will take
you to an amazon.com page to log in. Your amazon.co.uk email and password should work
here just fine.
Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to amazon cloud drive (Amazon Drive).
–acd-client-id
Amazon Application Client ID.
• Config: client_id
• Env Var: RCLONE_ACD_CLIENT_ID
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–acd-client-secret
Amazon Application Client Secret.
• Config: client_secret
• Env Var: RCLONE_ACD_CLIENT_SECRET
• Type: string
• Default: ""
Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to amazon cloud drive (Amazon Drive).
–acd-auth-url
Auth server URL. Leave blank to use Amazon’s.
• Config: auth_url
• Env Var: RCLONE_ACD_AUTH_URL
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–acd-token-url
Token server url. leave blank to use Amazon’s.
• Config: token_url
• Env Var: RCLONE_ACD_TOKEN_URL
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–acd-checkpoint
Checkpoint for internal polling (debug).
• Config: checkpoint
• Env Var: RCLONE_ACD_CHECKPOINT
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–acd-upload-wait-per-gb
Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears.
Sometimes Amazon Drive gives an error when a file has been fully uploaded but the file
appears anyway after a little while. This happens sometimes for files over 1GB in size
and nearly every time for files bigger than 10GB. This parameter controls the time rclone
waits for the file to appear.
The default value for this parameter is 3 minutes per GB, so by default it will wait 3
minutes for every GB uploaded to see if the file appears.
You can disable this feature by setting it to 0. This may cause conflict errors as rclone
retries the failed upload but the file will most likely appear correctly eventually.
These values were determined empirically by observing lots of uploads of big files for a
range of file sizes.
Upload with the “-v” flag to see more info about what rclone is doing in this situation.
• Config: upload_wait_per_gb
• Env Var: RCLONE_ACD_UPLOAD_WAIT_PER_GB
• Type: Duration
• Default: 3m0s
–acd-templink-threshold
Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink.
Files this size or more will be downloaded via their “tempLink”. This is to work around a
problem with Amazon Drive which blocks downloads of files bigger than about 10GB. The
default for this is 9GB which shouldn’t need to be changed.
To download files above this threshold, rclone requests a “tempLink” which downloads the
file through a temporary URL directly from the underlying S3 storage.
• Config: templink_threshold
• Env Var: RCLONE_ACD_TEMPLINK_THRESHOLD
• Type: SizeSuffix
• Default: 9G
Limitations
Note that Amazon Drive is case insensitive so you can’t have a file called “Hello.doc” and
one called “hello.doc”.
Amazon Drive has rate limiting so you may notice errors in the sync (429 errors). rclone
will automatically retry the sync up to 3 times by default (see --retries flag) which
should hopefully work around this problem.
Amazon Drive has an internal limit of file sizes that can be uploaded to the service.
This limit is not officially published, but all files larger than this will fail.
At the time of writing (Jan 2016) is in the area of 50GB per file. This means that larger
files are likely to fail.
Unfortunately there is no way for rclone to see that this failure is because of file size,
so it will retry the operation, as any other failure. To avoid this problem, use
--max-size 50000M option to limit the maximum size of uploaded files. Note that
--max-size does not split files into segments, it only ignores files over this size.
Amazon S3 Storage Providers
The S3 backend can be used with a number of different providers:
• AWS S3
• Alibaba Cloud (Aliyun) Object Storage System (OSS)
• Ceph
• DigitalOcean Spaces
• Dreamhost
• IBM COS S3
• Minio
• Wasabi
Paths are specified as remote:bucket (or remote: for the lsd command.) You may put
subdirectories in too, eg remote:bucket/path/to/dir.
Once you have made a remote (see the provider specific section above) you can use it like
this:
See all buckets
rclone lsd remote:
Make a new bucket
rclone mkdir remote:bucket
List the contents of a bucket
rclone ls remote:bucket
Sync /home/local/directory to the remote bucket, deleting any excess files in the bucket.
rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:bucket
AWS S3
Here is an example of making an s3 configuration. First run
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process.
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Amazon S3 Compliant Storage Providers (AWS, Ceph, Dreamhost, IBM COS, Minio)
\ "s3"
[snip]
Storage> s3
Choose your S3 provider.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Amazon Web Services (AWS) S3
\ "AWS"
2 / Ceph Object Storage
\ "Ceph"
3 / Digital Ocean Spaces
\ "DigitalOcean"
4 / Dreamhost DreamObjects
\ "Dreamhost"
5 / IBM COS S3
\ "IBMCOS"
6 / Minio Object Storage
\ "Minio"
7 / Wasabi Object Storage
\ "Wasabi"
8 / Any other S3 compatible provider
\ "Other"
provider> 1
Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars). Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Enter AWS credentials in the next step
\ "false"
2 / Get AWS credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM)
\ "true"
env_auth> 1
AWS Access Key ID - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
access_key_id> XXX
AWS Secret Access Key (password) - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
secret_access_key> YYY
Region to connect to.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
/ The default endpoint - a good choice if you are unsure.
1 | US Region, Northern Virginia or Pacific Northwest.
| Leave location constraint empty.
\ "us-east-1"
/ US East (Ohio) Region
2 | Needs location constraint us-east-2.
\ "us-east-2"
/ US West (Oregon) Region
3 | Needs location constraint us-west-2.
\ "us-west-2"
/ US West (Northern California) Region
4 | Needs location constraint us-west-1.
\ "us-west-1"
/ Canada (Central) Region
5 | Needs location constraint ca-central-1.
\ "ca-central-1"
/ EU (Ireland) Region
6 | Needs location constraint EU or eu-west-1.
\ "eu-west-1"
/ EU (London) Region
7 | Needs location constraint eu-west-2.
\ "eu-west-2"
/ EU (Frankfurt) Region
8 | Needs location constraint eu-central-1.
\ "eu-central-1"
/ Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region
9 | Needs location constraint ap-southeast-1.
\ "ap-southeast-1"
/ Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region
10 | Needs location constraint ap-southeast-2.
\ "ap-southeast-2"
/ Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region
11 | Needs location constraint ap-northeast-1.
\ "ap-northeast-1"
/ Asia Pacific (Seoul)
12 | Needs location constraint ap-northeast-2.
\ "ap-northeast-2"
/ Asia Pacific (Mumbai)
13 | Needs location constraint ap-south-1.
\ "ap-south-1"
/ South America (Sao Paulo) Region
14 | Needs location constraint sa-east-1.
\ "sa-east-1"
region> 1
Endpoint for S3 API.
Leave blank if using AWS to use the default endpoint for the region.
endpoint>
Location constraint - must be set to match the Region. Used when creating buckets only.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Empty for US Region, Northern Virginia or Pacific Northwest.
\ ""
2 / US East (Ohio) Region.
\ "us-east-2"
3 / US West (Oregon) Region.
\ "us-west-2"
4 / US West (Northern California) Region.
\ "us-west-1"
5 / Canada (Central) Region.
\ "ca-central-1"
6 / EU (Ireland) Region.
\ "eu-west-1"
7 / EU (London) Region.
\ "eu-west-2"
8 / EU Region.
\ "EU"
9 / Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region.
\ "ap-southeast-1"
10 / Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region.
\ "ap-southeast-2"
11 / Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region.
\ "ap-northeast-1"
12 / Asia Pacific (Seoul)
\ "ap-northeast-2"
13 / Asia Pacific (Mumbai)
\ "ap-south-1"
14 / South America (Sao Paulo) Region.
\ "sa-east-1"
location_constraint> 1
Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
For more info visit https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#canned-acl
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. No one else has access rights (default).
\ "private"
2 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ access.
\ "public-read"
/ Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ and WRITE access.
3 | Granting this on a bucket is generally not recommended.
\ "public-read-write"
4 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AuthenticatedUsers group gets READ access.
\ "authenticated-read"
/ Object owner gets FULL_CONTROL. Bucket owner gets READ access.
5 | If you specify this canned ACL when creating a bucket, Amazon S3 ignores it.
\ "bucket-owner-read"
/ Both the object owner and the bucket owner get FULL_CONTROL over the object.
6 | If you specify this canned ACL when creating a bucket, Amazon S3 ignores it.
\ "bucket-owner-full-control"
acl> 1
The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / None
\ ""
2 / AES256
\ "AES256"
server_side_encryption> 1
The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Default
\ ""
2 / Standard storage class
\ "STANDARD"
3 / Reduced redundancy storage class
\ "REDUCED_REDUNDANCY"
4 / Standard Infrequent Access storage class
\ "STANDARD_IA"
5 / One Zone Infrequent Access storage class
\ "ONEZONE_IA"
6 / Glacier storage class
\ "GLACIER"
7 / Glacier Deep Archive storage class
\ "DEEP_ARCHIVE"
8 / Intelligent-Tiering storage class
\ "INTELLIGENT_TIERING"
storage_class> 1
Remote config
--------------------
[remote]
type = s3
provider = AWS
env_auth = false
access_key_id = XXX
secret_access_key = YYY
region = us-east-1
endpoint =
location_constraint =
acl = private
server_side_encryption =
storage_class =
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d>
–fast-list
This remote supports --fast-list which allows you to use fewer transactions in exchange
for more memory. See the rclone docs (/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
–update and –use-server-modtime
As noted below, the modified time is stored on metadata on the object. It is used by
default for all operations that require checking the time a file was last updated. It
allows rclone to treat the remote more like a true filesystem, but it is inefficient
because it requires an extra API call to retrieve the metadata.
For many operations, the time the object was last uploaded to the remote is sufficient to
determine if it is “dirty”. By using --update along with --use-server-modtime, you can
avoid the extra API call and simply upload files whose local modtime is newer than the
time it was last uploaded.
Modified time
The modified time is stored as metadata on the object as X-Amz-Meta-Mtime as floating
point since the epoch accurate to 1 ns.
If the modification time needs to be updated rclone will attempt to perform a server side
copy to update the modification if the object can be copied in a single part.
In the case the object is larger than 5Gb or is in Glacier or Glacier Deep Archive storage
the object will be uploaded rather than copied.
Restricted filename characters
S3 allows any valid UTF-8 string as a key.
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will be replaced (/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can’t be used in
XML.
The following characters are replaced since these are problematic when dealing with the
REST API:
Character Value Replacement
────────────────────────────────
NUL 0x00 ␀
/ 0x2F ／
The encoding will also encode these file names as they don’t seem to work with the SDK
properly:
File name Replacement
────────────────────────
. ．
.. ．．
Multipart uploads
rclone supports multipart uploads with S3 which means that it can upload files bigger than
5GB.
Note that files uploaded both with multipart upload and through crypt remotes do not have
MD5 sums.
rclone switches from single part uploads to multipart uploads at the point specified by
--s3-upload-cutoff. This can be a maximum of 5GB and a minimum of 0 (ie always upload
multipart files).
The chunk sizes used in the multipart upload are specified by --s3-chunk-size and the
number of chunks uploaded concurrently is specified by --s3-upload-concurrency.
Multipart uploads will use --transfers * --s3-upload-concurrency * --s3-chunk-size extra
memory. Single part uploads to not use extra memory.
Single part transfers can be faster than multipart transfers or slower depending on your
latency from S3 - the more latency, the more likely single part transfers will be faster.
Increasing --s3-upload-concurrency will increase throughput (8 would be a sensible value)
and increasing --s3-chunk-size also increases throughput (16M would be sensible).
Increasing either of these will use more memory. The default values are high enough to
gain most of the possible performance without using too much memory.
Buckets and Regions
With Amazon S3 you can list buckets (rclone lsd) using any region, but you can only access
the content of a bucket from the region it was created in. If you attempt to access a
bucket from the wrong region, you will get an error, incorrect region, the bucket is not
in 'XXX' region.
Authentication
There are a number of ways to supply rclone with a set of AWS credentials, with and
without using the environment.
The different authentication methods are tried in this order:
• Directly in the rclone configuration file (env_auth = false in the config file):
• access_key_id and secret_access_key are required.
• session_token can be optionally set when using AWS STS.
• Runtime configuration (env_auth = true in the config file):
• Export the following environment variables before running rclone:
• Access Key ID: AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID or AWS_ACCESS_KEY
• Secret Access Key: AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY or AWS_SECRET_KEY
• Session Token: AWS_SESSION_TOKEN (optional)
• Or, use a named profile (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/userguide/cli-
multiple-profiles.html):
• Profile files are standard files used by AWS CLI tools
• By default it will use the profile in your home directory (eg ~/.aws/credentials on
unix based systems) file and the “default” profile, to change set these environment
variables:
• AWS_SHARED_CREDENTIALS_FILE to control which file.
• AWS_PROFILE to control which profile to use.
• Or, run rclone in an ECS task with an IAM role (AWS only).
• Or, run rclone on an EC2 instance with an IAM role (AWS only).
If none of these option actually end up providing rclone with AWS credentials then S3
interaction will be non-authenticated (see below).
S3 Permissions
When using the sync subcommand of rclone the following minimum permissions are required to
be available on the bucket being written to:
• ListBucket
• DeleteObject
• GetObject
• PutObject
• PutObjectACL
When using the lsd subcommand, the ListAllMyBuckets permission is required.
Example policy:
{
"Version": "2012-10-17",
"Statement": [
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Principal": {
"AWS": "arn:aws:iam::USER_SID:user/USER_NAME"
},
"Action": [
"s3:ListBucket",
"s3:DeleteObject",
"s3:GetObject",
"s3:PutObject",
"s3:PutObjectAcl"
],
"Resource": [
"arn:aws:s3:::BUCKET_NAME/*",
"arn:aws:s3:::BUCKET_NAME"
]
},
{
"Effect": "Allow",
"Action": "s3:ListAllMyBuckets",
"Resource": "arn:aws:s3:::*"
}
]
}
Notes on above:
1. This is a policy that can be used when creating bucket. It assumes that USER_NAME has
been created.
2. The Resource entry must include both resource ARNs, as one implies the bucket and the
other implies the bucket’s objects.
For reference, here’s an Ansible script
(https://gist.github.com/ebridges/ebfc9042dd7c756cd101cfa807b7ae2b) that will generate one
or more buckets that will work with rclone sync.
Key Management System (KMS)
If you are using server side encryption with KMS then you will find you can’t transfer
small objects. As a work-around you can use the --ignore-checksum flag.
A proper fix is being worked on in issue #1824
(https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/1824).
Glacier and Glacier Deep Archive
You can upload objects using the glacier storage class or transition them to glacier using
a lifecycle policy (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/user-guide/create-
lifecycle.html). The bucket can still be synced or copied into normally, but if rclone
tries to access data from the glacier storage class you will see an error like below.
2017/09/11 19:07:43 Failed to sync: failed to open source object: Object in GLACIER, restore first: path/to/file
In this case you need to restore (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/user-
guide/restore-archived-objects.html) the object(s) in question before using rclone.
Note that rclone only speaks the S3 API it does not speak the Glacier Vault API, so rclone
cannot directly access Glacier Vaults.
Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to s3 (Amazon S3 Compliant Storage Provider (AWS,
Alibaba, Ceph, Digital Ocean, Dreamhost, IBM COS, Minio, etc)).
–s3-provider
Choose your S3 provider.
• Config: provider
• Env Var: RCLONE_S3_PROVIDER
• Type: string
• Default: ""
• Examples:
• “AWS”
• Amazon Web Services (AWS) S3
• “Alibaba”
• Alibaba Cloud Object Storage System (OSS) formerly Aliyun
• “Ceph”
• Ceph Object Storage
• “DigitalOcean”
• Digital Ocean Spaces
• “Dreamhost”
• Dreamhost DreamObjects
• “IBMCOS”
• IBM COS S3
• “Minio”
• Minio Object Storage
• “Netease”
• Netease Object Storage (NOS)
• “Wasabi”
• Wasabi Object Storage
• “Other”
• Any other S3 compatible provider
–s3-env-auth
Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env
vars). Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
• Config: env_auth
• Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ENV_AUTH
• Type: bool
• Default: false
• Examples:
• “false”
• Enter AWS credentials in the next step
• “true”
• Get AWS credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM)
–s3-access-key-id
AWS Access Key ID. Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
• Config: access_key_id
• Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ACCESS_KEY_ID
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–s3-secret-access-key
AWS Secret Access Key (password) Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
• Config: secret_access_key
• Env Var: RCLONE_S3_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–s3-region
Region to connect to.
• Config: region
• Env Var: RCLONE_S3_REGION
• Type: string
• Default: ""
• Examples:
• “us-east-1”
• The default endpoint - a good choice if you are unsure.
• US Region, Northern Virginia or Pacific Northwest.
• Leave location constraint empty.
• “us-east-2”
• US East (Ohio) Region
• Needs location constraint us-east-2.
• “us-west-2”
• US West (Oregon) Region
• Needs location constraint us-west-2.
• “us-west-1”
• US West (Northern California) Region
• Needs location constraint us-west-1.
• “ca-central-1”
• Canada (Central) Region
• Needs location constraint ca-central-1.
• “eu-west-1”
• EU (Ireland) Region
• Needs location constraint EU or eu-west-1.
• “eu-west-2”
• EU (London) Region
• Needs location constraint eu-west-2.
• “eu-north-1”
• EU (Stockholm) Region
• Needs location constraint eu-north-1.
• “eu-central-1”
• EU (Frankfurt) Region
• Needs location constraint eu-central-1.
• “ap-southeast-1”
• Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region
• Needs location constraint ap-southeast-1.
• “ap-southeast-2”
• Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region
• Needs location constraint ap-southeast-2.
• “ap-northeast-1”
• Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region
• Needs location constraint ap-northeast-1.
• “ap-northeast-2”
• Asia Pacific (Seoul)
• Needs location constraint ap-northeast-2.
• “ap-south-1”
• Asia Pacific (Mumbai)
• Needs location constraint ap-south-1.
• “sa-east-1”
• South America (Sao Paulo) Region
• Needs location constraint sa-east-1.
–s3-region
Region to connect to. Leave blank if you are using an S3 clone and you don’t have a
region.
• Config: region
• Env Var: RCLONE_S3_REGION
• Type: string
• Default: ""
• Examples:
• ""
• Use this if unsure. Will use v4 signatures and an empty region.
• “other-v2-signature”
• Use this only if v4 signatures don’t work, eg pre Jewel/v10 CEPH.
–s3-endpoint
Endpoint for S3 API. Leave blank if using AWS to use the default endpoint for the region.
• Config: endpoint
• Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ENDPOINT
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–s3-endpoint
Endpoint for IBM COS S3 API. Specify if using an IBM COS On Premise.
• Config: endpoint
• Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ENDPOINT
• Type: string
• Default: ""
• Examples:
• “s3-api.us-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net”
• US Cross Region Endpoint
• “s3-api.dal.us-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net”
• US Cross Region Dallas Endpoint
• “s3-api.wdc-us-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net”
• US Cross Region Washington DC Endpoint
• “s3-api.sjc-us-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net”
• US Cross Region San Jose Endpoint
• “s3-api.us-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com”
• US Cross Region Private Endpoint
• “s3-api.dal-us-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com”
• US Cross Region Dallas Private Endpoint
• “s3-api.wdc-us-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com”
• US Cross Region Washington DC Private Endpoint
• “s3-api.sjc-us-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com”
• US Cross Region San Jose Private Endpoint
• “s3.us-east.objectstorage.softlayer.net”
• US Region East Endpoint
• “s3.us-east.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com”
• US Region East Private Endpoint
• “s3.us-south.objectstorage.softlayer.net”
• US Region South Endpoint
• “s3.us-south.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com”
• US Region South Private Endpoint
• “s3.eu-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net”
• EU Cross Region Endpoint
• “s3.fra-eu-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net”
• EU Cross Region Frankfurt Endpoint
• “s3.mil-eu-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net”
• EU Cross Region Milan Endpoint
• “s3.ams-eu-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net”
• EU Cross Region Amsterdam Endpoint
• “s3.eu-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com”
• EU Cross Region Private Endpoint
• “s3.fra-eu-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com”
• EU Cross Region Frankfurt Private Endpoint
• “s3.mil-eu-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com”
• EU Cross Region Milan Private Endpoint
• “s3.ams-eu-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com”
• EU Cross Region Amsterdam Private Endpoint
• “s3.eu-gb.objectstorage.softlayer.net”
• Great Britain Endpoint
• “s3.eu-gb.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com”
• Great Britain Private Endpoint
• “s3.ap-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net”
• APAC Cross Regional Endpoint
• “s3.tok-ap-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net”
• APAC Cross Regional Tokyo Endpoint
• “s3.hkg-ap-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net”
• APAC Cross Regional HongKong Endpoint
• “s3.seo-ap-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net”
• APAC Cross Regional Seoul Endpoint
• “s3.ap-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com”
• APAC Cross Regional Private Endpoint
• “s3.tok-ap-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com”
• APAC Cross Regional Tokyo Private Endpoint
• “s3.hkg-ap-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com”
• APAC Cross Regional HongKong Private Endpoint
• “s3.seo-ap-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com”
• APAC Cross Regional Seoul Private Endpoint
• “s3.mel01.objectstorage.softlayer.net”
• Melbourne Single Site Endpoint
• “s3.mel01.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com”
• Melbourne Single Site Private Endpoint
• “s3.tor01.objectstorage.softlayer.net”
• Toronto Single Site Endpoint
• “s3.tor01.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com”
• Toronto Single Site Private Endpoint
–s3-endpoint
Endpoint for OSS API.
• Config: endpoint
• Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ENDPOINT
• Type: string
• Default: ""
• Examples:
• “oss-cn-hangzhou.aliyuncs.com”
• East China 1 (Hangzhou)
• “oss-cn-shanghai.aliyuncs.com”
• East China 2 (Shanghai)
• “oss-cn-qingdao.aliyuncs.com”
• North China 1 (Qingdao)
• “oss-cn-beijing.aliyuncs.com”
• North China 2 (Beijing)
• “oss-cn-zhangjiakou.aliyuncs.com”
• North China 3 (Zhangjiakou)
• “oss-cn-huhehaote.aliyuncs.com”
• North China 5 (Huhehaote)
• “oss-cn-shenzhen.aliyuncs.com”
• South China 1 (Shenzhen)
• “oss-cn-hongkong.aliyuncs.com”
• Hong Kong (Hong Kong)
• “oss-us-west-1.aliyuncs.com”
• US West 1 (Silicon Valley)
• “oss-us-east-1.aliyuncs.com”
• US East 1 (Virginia)
• “oss-ap-southeast-1.aliyuncs.com”
• Southeast Asia Southeast 1 (Singapore)
• “oss-ap-southeast-2.aliyuncs.com”
• Asia Pacific Southeast 2 (Sydney)
• “oss-ap-southeast-3.aliyuncs.com”
• Southeast Asia Southeast 3 (Kuala Lumpur)
• “oss-ap-southeast-5.aliyuncs.com”
• Asia Pacific Southeast 5 (Jakarta)
• “oss-ap-northeast-1.aliyuncs.com”
• Asia Pacific Northeast 1 (Japan)
• “oss-ap-south-1.aliyuncs.com”
• Asia Pacific South 1 (Mumbai)
• “oss-eu-central-1.aliyuncs.com”
• Central Europe 1 (Frankfurt)
• “oss-eu-west-1.aliyuncs.com”
• West Europe (London)
• “oss-me-east-1.aliyuncs.com”
• Middle East 1 (Dubai)
–s3-endpoint
Endpoint for S3 API. Required when using an S3 clone.
• Config: endpoint
• Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ENDPOINT
• Type: string
• Default: ""
• Examples:
• “objects-us-east-1.dream.io”
• Dream Objects endpoint
• “nyc3.digitaloceanspaces.com”
• Digital Ocean Spaces New York 3
• “ams3.digitaloceanspaces.com”
• Digital Ocean Spaces Amsterdam 3
• “sgp1.digitaloceanspaces.com”
• Digital Ocean Spaces Singapore 1
• “s3.wasabisys.com”
• Wasabi US East endpoint
• “s3.us-west-1.wasabisys.com”
• Wasabi US West endpoint
• “s3.eu-central-1.wasabisys.com”
• Wasabi EU Central endpoint
–s3-location-constraint
Location constraint - must be set to match the Region. Used when creating buckets only.
• Config: location_constraint
• Env Var: RCLONE_S3_LOCATION_CONSTRAINT
• Type: string
• Default: ""
• Examples:
• ""
• Empty for US Region, Northern Virginia or Pacific Northwest.
• “us-east-2”
• US East (Ohio) Region.
• “us-west-2”
• US West (Oregon) Region.
• “us-west-1”
• US West (Northern California) Region.
• “ca-central-1”
• Canada (Central) Region.
• “eu-west-1”
• EU (Ireland) Region.
• “eu-west-2”
• EU (London) Region.
• “eu-north-1”
• EU (Stockholm) Region.
• “EU”
• EU Region.
• “ap-southeast-1”
• Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region.
• “ap-southeast-2”
• Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region.
• “ap-northeast-1”
• Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region.
• “ap-northeast-2”
• Asia Pacific (Seoul)
• “ap-south-1”
• Asia Pacific (Mumbai)
• “sa-east-1”
• South America (Sao Paulo) Region.
–s3-location-constraint
Location constraint - must match endpoint when using IBM Cloud Public. For on-prem COS,
do not make a selection from this list, hit enter
• Config: location_constraint
• Env Var: RCLONE_S3_LOCATION_CONSTRAINT
• Type: string
• Default: ""
• Examples:
• “us-standard”
• US Cross Region Standard
• “us-vault”
• US Cross Region Vault
• “us-cold”
• US Cross Region Cold
• “us-flex”
• US Cross Region Flex
• “us-east-standard”
• US East Region Standard
• “us-east-vault”
• US East Region Vault
• “us-east-cold”
• US East Region Cold
• “us-east-flex”
• US East Region Flex
• “us-south-standard”
• US South Region Standard
• “us-south-vault”
• US South Region Vault
• “us-south-cold”
• US South Region Cold
• “us-south-flex”
• US South Region Flex
• “eu-standard”
• EU Cross Region Standard
• “eu-vault”
• EU Cross Region Vault
• “eu-cold”
• EU Cross Region Cold
• “eu-flex”
• EU Cross Region Flex
• “eu-gb-standard”
• Great Britain Standard
• “eu-gb-vault”
• Great Britain Vault
• “eu-gb-cold”
• Great Britain Cold
• “eu-gb-flex”
• Great Britain Flex
• “ap-standard”
• APAC Standard
• “ap-vault”
• APAC Vault
• “ap-cold”
• APAC Cold
• “ap-flex”
• APAC Flex
• “mel01-standard”
• Melbourne Standard
• “mel01-vault”
• Melbourne Vault
• “mel01-cold”
• Melbourne Cold
• “mel01-flex”
• Melbourne Flex
• “tor01-standard”
• Toronto Standard
• “tor01-vault”
• Toronto Vault
• “tor01-cold”
• Toronto Cold
• “tor01-flex”
• Toronto Flex
–s3-location-constraint
Location constraint - must be set to match the Region. Leave blank if not sure. Used
when creating buckets only.
• Config: location_constraint
• Env Var: RCLONE_S3_LOCATION_CONSTRAINT
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–s3-acl
Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.
This ACL is used for creating objects and if bucket_acl isn’t set, for creating buckets
too.
For more info visit
https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#canned-acl
Note that this ACL is applied when server side copying objects as S3 doesn’t copy the ACL
from the source but rather writes a fresh one.
• Config: acl
• Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ACL
• Type: string
• Default: ""
• Examples:
• “private”
• Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. No one else has access rights (default).
• “public-read”
• Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ access.
• “public-read-write”
• Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ and WRITE access.
• Granting this on a bucket is generally not recommended.
• “authenticated-read”
• Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AuthenticatedUsers group gets READ access.
• “bucket-owner-read”
• Object owner gets FULL_CONTROL. Bucket owner gets READ access.
• If you specify this canned ACL when creating a bucket, Amazon S3 ignores it.
• “bucket-owner-full-control”
• Both the object owner and the bucket owner get FULL_CONTROL over the object.
• If you specify this canned ACL when creating a bucket, Amazon S3 ignores it.
• “private”
• Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. No one else has access rights (default). This acl is
available on IBM Cloud (Infra), IBM Cloud (Storage), On-Premise COS
• “public-read”
• Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ access. This acl is
available on IBM Cloud (Infra), IBM Cloud (Storage), On-Premise IBM COS
• “public-read-write”
• Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ and WRITE access. This acl
is available on IBM Cloud (Infra), On-Premise IBM COS
• “authenticated-read”
• Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AuthenticatedUsers group gets READ access. Not
supported on Buckets. This acl is available on IBM Cloud (Infra) and On-Premise IBM
COS
–s3-server-side-encryption
The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
• Config: server_side_encryption
• Env Var: RCLONE_S3_SERVER_SIDE_ENCRYPTION
• Type: string
• Default: ""
• Examples:
• ""
• None
• “AES256”
• AES256
• “aws:kms”
• aws:kms
–s3-sse-kms-key-id
If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
• Config: sse_kms_key_id
• Env Var: RCLONE_S3_SSE_KMS_KEY_ID
• Type: string
• Default: ""
• Examples:
• ""
• None
• "arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:*"
• arn:aws:kms:*
–s3-storage-class
The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3.
• Config: storage_class
• Env Var: RCLONE_S3_STORAGE_CLASS
• Type: string
• Default: ""
• Examples:
• ""
• Default
• “STANDARD”
• Standard storage class
• “REDUCED_REDUNDANCY”
• Reduced redundancy storage class
• “STANDARD_IA”
• Standard Infrequent Access storage class
• “ONEZONE_IA”
• One Zone Infrequent Access storage class
• “GLACIER”
• Glacier storage class
• “DEEP_ARCHIVE”
• Glacier Deep Archive storage class
• “INTELLIGENT_TIERING”
• Intelligent-Tiering storage class
–s3-storage-class
The storage class to use when storing new objects in OSS.
• Config: storage_class
• Env Var: RCLONE_S3_STORAGE_CLASS
• Type: string
• Default: ""
• Examples:
• ""
• Default
• “STANDARD”
• Standard storage class
• “GLACIER”
• Archive storage mode.
• “STANDARD_IA”
• Infrequent access storage mode.
Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to s3 (Amazon S3 Compliant Storage Provider (AWS,
Alibaba, Ceph, Digital Ocean, Dreamhost, IBM COS, Minio, etc)).
–s3-bucket-acl
Canned ACL used when creating buckets.
For more info visit
https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#canned-acl
Note that this ACL is applied when only when creating buckets. If it isn’t set then “acl”
is used instead.
• Config: bucket_acl
• Env Var: RCLONE_S3_BUCKET_ACL
• Type: string
• Default: ""
• Examples:
• “private”
• Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. No one else has access rights (default).
• “public-read”
• Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ access.
• “public-read-write”
• Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ and WRITE access.
• Granting this on a bucket is generally not recommended.
• “authenticated-read”
• Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AuthenticatedUsers group gets READ access.
–s3-upload-cutoff
Cutoff for switching to chunked upload
Any files larger than this will be uploaded in chunks of chunk_size. The minimum is 0 and
the maximum is 5GB.
• Config: upload_cutoff
• Env Var: RCLONE_S3_UPLOAD_CUTOFF
• Type: SizeSuffix
• Default: 200M
–s3-chunk-size
Chunk size to use for uploading.
When uploading files larger than upload_cutoff they will be uploaded as multipart uploads
using this chunk size.
Note that “–s3-upload-concurrency” chunks of this size are buffered in memory per
transfer.
If you are transferring large files over high speed links and you have enough memory, then
increasing this will speed up the transfers.
• Config: chunk_size
• Env Var: RCLONE_S3_CHUNK_SIZE
• Type: SizeSuffix
• Default: 5M
–s3-disable-checksum
Don’t store MD5 checksum with object metadata
• Config: disable_checksum
• Env Var: RCLONE_S3_DISABLE_CHECKSUM
• Type: bool
• Default: false
–s3-session-token
An AWS session token
• Config: session_token
• Env Var: RCLONE_S3_SESSION_TOKEN
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–s3-upload-concurrency
Concurrency for multipart uploads.
This is the number of chunks of the same file that are uploaded concurrently.
If you are uploading small numbers of large file over high speed link and these uploads do
not fully utilize your bandwidth, then increasing this may help to speed up the transfers.
• Config: upload_concurrency
• Env Var: RCLONE_S3_UPLOAD_CONCURRENCY
• Type: int
• Default: 4
–s3-force-path-style
If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style.
If this is true (the default) then rclone will use path style access, if false then rclone
will use virtual path style. See the AWS S3 docs
(https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingBucket.html#access-bucket-intro) for
more info.
Some providers (eg Aliyun OSS or Netease COS) require this set to false.
• Config: force_path_style
• Env Var: RCLONE_S3_FORCE_PATH_STYLE
• Type: bool
• Default: true
–s3-v2-auth
If true use v2 authentication.
If this is false (the default) then rclone will use v4 authentication. If it is set then
rclone will use v2 authentication.
Use this only if v4 signatures don’t work, eg pre Jewel/v10 CEPH.
• Config: v2_auth
• Env Var: RCLONE_S3_V2_AUTH
• Type: bool
• Default: false
–s3-use-accelerate-endpoint
If true use the AWS S3 accelerated endpoint.
See: AWS S3 Transfer acceleration
(https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/transfer-acceleration-examples.html)
• Config: use_accelerate_endpoint
• Env Var: RCLONE_S3_USE_ACCELERATE_ENDPOINT
• Type: bool
• Default: false
–s3-leave-parts-on-error
If true avoid calling abort upload on a failure, leaving all successfully uploaded parts
on S3 for manual recovery.
It should be set to true for resuming uploads across different sessions.
WARNING: Storing parts of an incomplete multipart upload counts towards space usage on S3
and will add additional costs if not cleaned up.
• Config: leave_parts_on_error
• Env Var: RCLONE_S3_LEAVE_PARTS_ON_ERROR
• Type: bool
• Default: false
Anonymous access to public buckets
If you want to use rclone to access a public bucket, configure with a blank access_key_id
and secret_access_key. Your config should end up looking like this:
[anons3]
type = s3
provider = AWS
env_auth = false
access_key_id =
secret_access_key =
region = us-east-1
endpoint =
location_constraint =
acl = private
server_side_encryption =
storage_class =
Then use it as normal with the name of the public bucket, eg
rclone lsd anons3:1000genomes
You will be able to list and copy data but not upload it.
Ceph
Ceph (https://ceph.com/) is an open source unified, distributed storage system designed
for excellent performance, reliability and scalability. It has an S3 compatible object
storage interface.
To use rclone with Ceph, configure as above but leave the region blank and set the
endpoint. You should end up with something like this in your config:
[ceph]
type = s3
provider = Ceph
env_auth = false
access_key_id = XXX
secret_access_key = YYY
region =
endpoint = https://ceph.endpoint.example.com
location_constraint =
acl =
server_side_encryption =
storage_class =
If you are using an older version of CEPH, eg 10.2.x Jewel, then you may need to supply
the parameter --s3-upload-cutoff 0 or put this in the config file as upload_cutoff 0 to
work around a bug which causes uploading of small files to fail.
Note also that Ceph sometimes puts / in the passwords it gives users. If you read the
secret access key using the command line tools you will get a JSON blob with the / escaped
as \/. Make sure you only write / in the secret access key.
Eg the dump from Ceph looks something like this (irrelevant keys removed).
{
"user_id": "xxx",
"display_name": "xxxx",
"keys": [
{
"user": "xxx",
"access_key": "xxxxxx",
"secret_key": "xxxxxx\/xxxx"
}
],
}
Because this is a json dump, it is encoding the / as \/, so if you use the secret key as
xxxxxx/xxxx it will work fine.
Dreamhost
Dreamhost DreamObjects (https://www.dreamhost.com/cloud/storage/) is an object storage
system based on CEPH.
To use rclone with Dreamhost, configure as above but leave the region blank and set the
endpoint. You should end up with something like this in your config:
[dreamobjects]
type = s3
provider = DreamHost
env_auth = false
access_key_id = your_access_key
secret_access_key = your_secret_key
region =
endpoint = objects-us-west-1.dream.io
location_constraint =
acl = private
server_side_encryption =
storage_class =
DigitalOcean Spaces
Spaces (https://www.digitalocean.com/products/object-storage/) is an S3-interoperable
(https://developers.digitalocean.com/documentation/spaces/) object storage service from
cloud provider DigitalOcean.
To connect to DigitalOcean Spaces you will need an access key and secret key. These can
be retrieved on the “Applications & API
(https://cloud.digitalocean.com/settings/api/tokens)” page of the DigitalOcean control
panel. They will be needed when promted by rclone config for your access_key_id and
secret_access_key.
When prompted for a region or location_constraint, press enter to use the default value.
The region must be included in the endpoint setting (e.g. nyc3.digitaloceanspaces.com).
The default values can be used for other settings.
Going through the whole process of creating a new remote by running rclone config, each
prompt should be answered as shown below:
Storage> s3
env_auth> 1
access_key_id> YOUR_ACCESS_KEY
secret_access_key> YOUR_SECRET_KEY
region>
endpoint> nyc3.digitaloceanspaces.com
location_constraint>
acl>
storage_class>
The resulting configuration file should look like:
[spaces]
type = s3
provider = DigitalOcean
env_auth = false
access_key_id = YOUR_ACCESS_KEY
secret_access_key = YOUR_SECRET_KEY
region =
endpoint = nyc3.digitaloceanspaces.com
location_constraint =
acl =
server_side_encryption =
storage_class =
Once configured, you can create a new Space and begin copying files. For example:
rclone mkdir spaces:my-new-space
rclone copy /path/to/files spaces:my-new-space
IBM COS (S3)
Information stored with IBM Cloud Object Storage is encrypted and dispersed across
multiple geographic locations, and accessed through an implementation of the S3 API. This
service makes use of the distributed storage technologies provided by IBM’s Cloud Object
Storage System (formerly Cleversafe). For more information visit:
(http://www.ibm.com/cloud/object-storage)
To configure access to IBM COS S3, follow the steps below:
1. Run rclone config and select n for a new remote.
2018/02/14 14:13:11 NOTICE: Config file "C:\\Users\\a\\.config\\rclone\\rclone.conf" not found - using defaults
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
2. Enter the name for the configuration
name> <YOUR NAME>
3. Select “s3” storage.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Alias for an existing remote
\ "alias"
2 / Amazon Drive
\ "amazon cloud drive"
3 / Amazon S3 Complaint Storage Providers (Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio, IBM COS)
\ "s3"
4 / Backblaze B2
\ "b2"
[snip]
23 / http Connection
\ "http"
Storage> 3
4. Select IBM COS as the S3 Storage Provider.
Choose the S3 provider.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Choose this option to configure Storage to AWS S3
\ "AWS"
2 / Choose this option to configure Storage to Ceph Systems
\ "Ceph"
3 / Choose this option to configure Storage to Dreamhost
\ "Dreamhost"
4 / Choose this option to the configure Storage to IBM COS S3
\ "IBMCOS"
5 / Choose this option to the configure Storage to Minio
\ "Minio"
Provider>4
5. Enter the Access Key and Secret.
AWS Access Key ID - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
access_key_id> <>
AWS Secret Access Key (password) - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
secret_access_key> <>
6. Specify the endpoint for IBM COS. For Public IBM COS, choose from the option below.
For On Premise IBM COS, enter an enpoint address.
Endpoint for IBM COS S3 API.
Specify if using an IBM COS On Premise.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / US Cross Region Endpoint
\ "s3-api.us-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net"
2 / US Cross Region Dallas Endpoint
\ "s3-api.dal.us-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net"
3 / US Cross Region Washington DC Endpoint
\ "s3-api.wdc-us-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net"
4 / US Cross Region San Jose Endpoint
\ "s3-api.sjc-us-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net"
5 / US Cross Region Private Endpoint
\ "s3-api.us-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com"
6 / US Cross Region Dallas Private Endpoint
\ "s3-api.dal-us-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com"
7 / US Cross Region Washington DC Private Endpoint
\ "s3-api.wdc-us-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com"
8 / US Cross Region San Jose Private Endpoint
\ "s3-api.sjc-us-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com"
9 / US Region East Endpoint
\ "s3.us-east.objectstorage.softlayer.net"
10 / US Region East Private Endpoint
\ "s3.us-east.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com"
11 / US Region South Endpoint
[snip]
34 / Toronto Single Site Private Endpoint
\ "s3.tor01.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com"
endpoint>1
7. Specify a IBM COS Location Constraint. The location constraint must match endpoint
when using IBM Cloud Public. For on-prem COS, do not make a selection from this list,
hit enter
1 / US Cross Region Standard
\ "us-standard"
2 / US Cross Region Vault
\ "us-vault"
3 / US Cross Region Cold
\ "us-cold"
4 / US Cross Region Flex
\ "us-flex"
5 / US East Region Standard
\ "us-east-standard"
6 / US East Region Vault
\ "us-east-vault"
7 / US East Region Cold
\ "us-east-cold"
8 / US East Region Flex
\ "us-east-flex"
9 / US South Region Standard
\ "us-south-standard"
10 / US South Region Vault
\ "us-south-vault"
[snip]
32 / Toronto Flex
\ "tor01-flex"
location_constraint>1
9. Specify a canned ACL. IBM Cloud (Strorage) supports “public-read” and “private”. IBM
Cloud(Infra) supports all the canned ACLs. On-Premise COS supports all the canned
ACLs.
Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
For more info visit https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#canned-acl
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. No one else has access rights (default). This acl is available on IBM Cloud (Infra), IBM Cloud (Storage), On-Premise COS
\ "private"
2 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ access. This acl is available on IBM Cloud (Infra), IBM Cloud (Storage), On-Premise IBM COS
\ "public-read"
3 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ and WRITE access. This acl is available on IBM Cloud (Infra), On-Premise IBM COS
\ "public-read-write"
4 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AuthenticatedUsers group gets READ access. Not supported on Buckets. This acl is available on IBM Cloud (Infra) and On-Premise IBM COS
\ "authenticated-read"
acl> 1
12. Review the displayed configuration and accept to save the “remote” then quit. The
config file should look like this
[xxx]
type = s3
Provider = IBMCOS
access_key_id = xxx
secret_access_key = yyy
endpoint = s3-api.us-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net
location_constraint = us-standard
acl = private
13. Execute rclone commands
1) Create a bucket.
rclone mkdir IBM-COS-XREGION:newbucket
2) List available buckets.
rclone lsd IBM-COS-XREGION:
-1 2017-11-08 21:16:22 -1 test
-1 2018-02-14 20:16:39 -1 newbucket
3) List contents of a bucket.
rclone ls IBM-COS-XREGION:newbucket
18685952 test.exe
4) Copy a file from local to remote.
rclone copy /Users/file.txt IBM-COS-XREGION:newbucket
5) Copy a file from remote to local.
rclone copy IBM-COS-XREGION:newbucket/file.txt .
6) Delete a file on remote.
rclone delete IBM-COS-XREGION:newbucket/file.txt
Minio
Minio (https://minio.io/) is an object storage server built for cloud application
developers and devops.
It is very easy to install and provides an S3 compatible server which can be used by
rclone.
To use it, install Minio following the instructions here
(https://docs.minio.io/docs/minio-quickstart-guide).
When it configures itself Minio will print something like this
Endpoint: http://192.168.1.106:9000 http://172.23.0.1:9000
AccessKey: USWUXHGYZQYFYFFIT3RE
SecretKey: MOJRH0mkL1IPauahWITSVvyDrQbEEIwljvmxdq03
Region: us-east-1
SQS ARNs: arn:minio:sqs:us-east-1:1:redis arn:minio:sqs:us-east-1:2:redis
Browser Access:
http://192.168.1.106:9000 http://172.23.0.1:9000
Command-line Access: https://docs.minio.io/docs/minio-client-quickstart-guide
$ mc config host add myminio http://192.168.1.106:9000 USWUXHGYZQYFYFFIT3RE MOJRH0mkL1IPauahWITSVvyDrQbEEIwljvmxdq03
Object API (Amazon S3 compatible):
Go: https://docs.minio.io/docs/golang-client-quickstart-guide
Java: https://docs.minio.io/docs/java-client-quickstart-guide
Python: https://docs.minio.io/docs/python-client-quickstart-guide
JavaScript: https://docs.minio.io/docs/javascript-client-quickstart-guide
.NET: https://docs.minio.io/docs/dotnet-client-quickstart-guide
Drive Capacity: 26 GiB Free, 165 GiB Total
These details need to go into rclone config like this. Note that it is important to put
the region in as stated above.
env_auth> 1
access_key_id> USWUXHGYZQYFYFFIT3RE
secret_access_key> MOJRH0mkL1IPauahWITSVvyDrQbEEIwljvmxdq03
region> us-east-1
endpoint> http://192.168.1.106:9000
location_constraint>
server_side_encryption>
Which makes the config file look like this
[minio]
type = s3
provider = Minio
env_auth = false
access_key_id = USWUXHGYZQYFYFFIT3RE
secret_access_key = MOJRH0mkL1IPauahWITSVvyDrQbEEIwljvmxdq03
region = us-east-1
endpoint = http://192.168.1.106:9000
location_constraint =
server_side_encryption =
So once set up, for example to copy files into a bucket
rclone copy /path/to/files minio:bucket
Scaleway
Scaleway (https://www.scaleway.com/object-storage/) The Object Storage platform allows you
to store anything from backups, logs and web assets to documents and photos. Files can be
dropped from the Scaleway console or transferred through our API and CLI or using any
S3-compatible tool.
Scaleway provides an S3 interface which can be configured for use with rclone like this:
[scaleway]
type = s3
env_auth = false
endpoint = s3.nl-ams.scw.cloud
access_key_id = SCWXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
secret_access_key = 1111111-2222-3333-44444-55555555555555
region = nl-ams
location_constraint =
acl = private
force_path_style = false
server_side_encryption =
storage_class =
Wasabi
Wasabi (https://wasabi.com) is a cloud-based object storage service for a broad range of
applications and use cases. Wasabi is designed for individuals and organizations that
require a high-performance, reliable, and secure data storage infrastructure at minimal
cost.
Wasabi provides an S3 interface which can be configured for use with rclone like this.
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
n/s> n
name> wasabi
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
\ "s3"
[snip]
Storage> s3
Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars). Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Enter AWS credentials in the next step
\ "false"
2 / Get AWS credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM)
\ "true"
env_auth> 1
AWS Access Key ID - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
access_key_id> YOURACCESSKEY
AWS Secret Access Key (password) - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
secret_access_key> YOURSECRETACCESSKEY
Region to connect to.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
/ The default endpoint - a good choice if you are unsure.
1 | US Region, Northern Virginia or Pacific Northwest.
| Leave location constraint empty.
\ "us-east-1"
[snip]
region> us-east-1
Endpoint for S3 API.
Leave blank if using AWS to use the default endpoint for the region.
Specify if using an S3 clone such as Ceph.
endpoint> s3.wasabisys.com
Location constraint - must be set to match the Region. Used when creating buckets only.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Empty for US Region, Northern Virginia or Pacific Northwest.
\ ""
[snip]
location_constraint>
Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
For more info visit https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#canned-acl
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. No one else has access rights (default).
\ "private"
[snip]
acl>
The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / None
\ ""
2 / AES256
\ "AES256"
server_side_encryption>
The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Default
\ ""
2 / Standard storage class
\ "STANDARD"
3 / Reduced redundancy storage class
\ "REDUCED_REDUNDANCY"
4 / Standard Infrequent Access storage class
\ "STANDARD_IA"
storage_class>
Remote config
--------------------
[wasabi]
env_auth = false
access_key_id = YOURACCESSKEY
secret_access_key = YOURSECRETACCESSKEY
region = us-east-1
endpoint = s3.wasabisys.com
location_constraint =
acl =
server_side_encryption =
storage_class =
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
This will leave the config file looking like this.
[wasabi]
type = s3
provider = Wasabi
env_auth = false
access_key_id = YOURACCESSKEY
secret_access_key = YOURSECRETACCESSKEY
region =
endpoint = s3.wasabisys.com
location_constraint =
acl =
server_side_encryption =
storage_class =
Alibaba OSS
Here is an example of making an Alibaba Cloud (Aliyun) OSS
(https://www.alibabacloud.com/product/oss/) configuration. First run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process.
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> oss
Type of storage to configure.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
4 / Amazon S3 Compliant Storage Provider (AWS, Alibaba, Ceph, Digital Ocean, Dreamhost, IBM COS, Minio, etc)
\ "s3"
[snip]
Storage> s3
Choose your S3 provider.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Amazon Web Services (AWS) S3
\ "AWS"
2 / Alibaba Cloud Object Storage System (OSS) formerly Aliyun
\ "Alibaba"
3 / Ceph Object Storage
\ "Ceph"
[snip]
provider> Alibaba
Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
Enter a boolean value (true or false). Press Enter for the default ("false").
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Enter AWS credentials in the next step
\ "false"
2 / Get AWS credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM)
\ "true"
env_auth> 1
AWS Access Key ID.
Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
access_key_id> accesskeyid
AWS Secret Access Key (password)
Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
secret_access_key> secretaccesskey
Endpoint for OSS API.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / East China 1 (Hangzhou)
\ "oss-cn-hangzhou.aliyuncs.com"
2 / East China 2 (Shanghai)
\ "oss-cn-shanghai.aliyuncs.com"
3 / North China 1 (Qingdao)
\ "oss-cn-qingdao.aliyuncs.com"
[snip]
endpoint> 1
Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.
Note that this ACL is applied when server side copying objects as S3
doesn't copy the ACL from the source but rather writes a fresh one.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. No one else has access rights (default).
\ "private"
2 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ access.
\ "public-read"
/ Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ and WRITE access.
[snip]
acl> 1
The storage class to use when storing new objects in OSS.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Default
\ ""
2 / Standard storage class
\ "STANDARD"
3 / Archive storage mode.
\ "GLACIER"
4 / Infrequent access storage mode.
\ "STANDARD_IA"
storage_class> 1
Edit advanced config? (y/n)
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> n
Remote config
--------------------
[oss]
type = s3
provider = Alibaba
env_auth = false
access_key_id = accesskeyid
secret_access_key = secretaccesskey
endpoint = oss-cn-hangzhou.aliyuncs.com
acl = private
storage_class = Standard
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
Netease NOS
For Netease NOS configure as per the configurator rclone config setting the provider
Netease. This will automatically set force_path_style = false which is necessary for it
to run properly.
Backblaze B2
B2 is Backblaze’s cloud storage system (https://www.backblaze.com/b2/).
Paths are specified as remote:bucket (or remote: for the lsd command.) You may put
subdirectories in too, eg remote:bucket/path/to/dir.
Here is an example of making a b2 configuration. First run
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process. To authenticate you will either
need your Account ID (a short hex number) and Master Application Key (a long hex number)
OR an Application Key, which is the recommended method. See below for further details on
generating and using an Application Key.
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
q) Quit config
n/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Backblaze B2
\ "b2"
[snip]
Storage> b2
Account ID or Application Key ID
account> 123456789abc
Application Key
key> 0123456789abcdef0123456789abcdef0123456789
Endpoint for the service - leave blank normally.
endpoint>
Remote config
--------------------
[remote]
account = 123456789abc
key = 0123456789abcdef0123456789abcdef0123456789
endpoint =
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
This remote is called remote and can now be used like this
See all buckets
rclone lsd remote:
Create a new bucket
rclone mkdir remote:bucket
List the contents of a bucket
rclone ls remote:bucket
Sync /home/local/directory to the remote bucket, deleting any excess files in the bucket.
rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:bucket
Application Keys
B2 supports multiple Application Keys for different access permission to B2 Buckets
(https://www.backblaze.com/b2/docs/application_keys.html).
You can use these with rclone too; you will need to use rclone version 1.43 or later.
Follow Backblaze’s docs to create an Application Key with the required permission and add
the applicationKeyId as the account and the Application Key itself as the key.
Note that you must put the applicationKeyId as the account – you can’t use the master
Account ID. If you try then B2 will return 401 errors.
–fast-list
This remote supports --fast-list which allows you to use fewer transactions in exchange
for more memory. See the rclone docs (/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
Modified time
The modified time is stored as metadata on the object as
X-Bz-Info-src_last_modified_millis as milliseconds since 1970-01-01 in the Backblaze
standard. Other tools should be able to use this as a modified time.
Modified times are used in syncing and are fully supported. Note that if a modification
time needs to be updated on an object then it will create a new version of the object.
Restricted filename characters
In addition to the default restricted characters set (/overview/#restricted-characters)
the following characters are also replaced:
Character Value Replacement
────────────────────────────────
\ 0x5C ＼
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be replaced (/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can’t be used
in JSON strings.
SHA1 checksums
The SHA1 checksums of the files are checked on upload and download and will be used in the
syncing process.
Large files (bigger than the limit in --b2-upload-cutoff) which are uploaded in chunks
will store their SHA1 on the object as X-Bz-Info-large_file_sha1 as recommended by
Backblaze.
For a large file to be uploaded with an SHA1 checksum, the source needs to support SHA1
checksums. The local disk supports SHA1 checksums so large file transfers from local disk
will have an SHA1. See the overview (/overview/#features) for exactly which remotes
support SHA1.
Sources which don’t support SHA1, in particular crypt will upload large files without SHA1
checksums. This may be fixed in the future (see #1767
(https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/1767)).
Files sizes below --b2-upload-cutoff will always have an SHA1 regardless of the source.
Transfers
Backblaze recommends that you do lots of transfers simultaneously for maximum speed. In
tests from my SSD equipped laptop the optimum setting is about --transfers 32 though
higher numbers may be used for a slight speed improvement. The optimum number for you may
vary depending on your hardware, how big the files are, how much you want to load your
computer, etc. The default of --transfers 4 is definitely too low for Backblaze B2
though.
Note that uploading big files (bigger than 200 MB by default) will use a 96 MB RAM buffer
by default. There can be at most --transfers of these in use at any moment, so this sets
the upper limit on the memory used.
Versions
When rclone uploads a new version of a file it creates a new version of it
(https://www.backblaze.com/b2/docs/file_versions.html). Likewise when you delete a file,
the old version will be marked hidden and still be available. Conversely, you may opt in
to a “hard delete” of files with the --b2-hard-delete flag which would permanently remove
the file instead of hiding it.
Old versions of files, where available, are visible using the --b2-versions flag.
NB Note that --b2-versions does not work with crypt at the moment #1627
(https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/1627). Using –backup-dir (/docs/#backup-dir-dir)
with rclone is the recommended way of working around this.
If you wish to remove all the old versions then you can use the rclone cleanup
remote:bucket command which will delete all the old versions of files, leaving the current
ones intact. You can also supply a path and only old versions under that path will be
deleted, eg rclone cleanup remote:bucket/path/to/stuff.
Note that cleanup will remove partially uploaded files from the bucket if they are more
than a day old.
When you purge a bucket, the current and the old versions will be deleted then the bucket
will be deleted.
However delete will cause the current versions of the files to become hidden old versions.
Here is a session showing the listing and retrieval of an old version followed by a
cleanup of the old versions.
Show current version and all the versions with --b2-versions flag.
$ rclone -q ls b2:cleanup-test
9 one.txt
$ rclone -q --b2-versions ls b2:cleanup-test
9 one.txt
8 one-v2016-07-04-141032-000.txt
16 one-v2016-07-04-141003-000.txt
15 one-v2016-07-02-155621-000.txt
Retrieve an old version
$ rclone -q --b2-versions copy b2:cleanup-test/one-v2016-07-04-141003-000.txt /tmp
$ ls -l /tmp/one-v2016-07-04-141003-000.txt
-rw-rw-r-- 1 ncw ncw 16 Jul 2 17:46 /tmp/one-v2016-07-04-141003-000.txt
Clean up all the old versions and show that they’ve gone.
$ rclone -q cleanup b2:cleanup-test
$ rclone -q ls b2:cleanup-test
9 one.txt
$ rclone -q --b2-versions ls b2:cleanup-test
9 one.txt
Data usage
It is useful to know how many requests are sent to the server in different scenarios.
All copy commands send the following 4 requests:
/b2api/v1/b2_authorize_account
/b2api/v1/b2_create_bucket
/b2api/v1/b2_list_buckets
/b2api/v1/b2_list_file_names
The b2_list_file_names request will be sent once for every 1k files in the remote path,
providing the checksum and modification time of the listed files. As of version 1.33
issue #818 (https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/818) causes extra requests to be sent
when using B2 with Crypt. When a copy operation does not require any files to be
uploaded, no more requests will be sent.
Uploading files that do not require chunking, will send 2 requests per file upload:
/b2api/v1/b2_get_upload_url
/b2api/v1/b2_upload_file/
Uploading files requiring chunking, will send 2 requests (one each to start and finish the
upload) and another 2 requests for each chunk:
/b2api/v1/b2_start_large_file
/b2api/v1/b2_get_upload_part_url
/b2api/v1/b2_upload_part/
/b2api/v1/b2_finish_large_file
Versions
Versions can be viewed with the --b2-versions flag. When it is set rclone will show and
act on older versions of files. For example
Listing without --b2-versions
$ rclone -q ls b2:cleanup-test
9 one.txt
And with
$ rclone -q --b2-versions ls b2:cleanup-test
9 one.txt
8 one-v2016-07-04-141032-000.txt
16 one-v2016-07-04-141003-000.txt
15 one-v2016-07-02-155621-000.txt
Showing that the current version is unchanged but older versions can be seen. These have
the UTC date that they were uploaded to the server to the nearest millisecond appended to
them.
Note that when using --b2-versions no file write operations are permitted, so you can’t
upload files or delete them.
B2 and rclone link
Rclone supports generating file share links for private B2 buckets. They can either be
for a file for example:
./rclone link B2:bucket/path/to/file.txt
https://f002.backblazeb2.com/file/bucket/path/to/file.txt?Authorization=xxxxxxxx
or if run on a directory you will get:
./rclone link B2:bucket/path
https://f002.backblazeb2.com/file/bucket/path?Authorization=xxxxxxxx
you can then use the authorization token (the part of the url from the ?Authorization= on)
on any file path under that directory. For example:
https://f002.backblazeb2.com/file/bucket/path/to/file1?Authorization=xxxxxxxx
https://f002.backblazeb2.com/file/bucket/path/file2?Authorization=xxxxxxxx
https://f002.backblazeb2.com/file/bucket/path/folder/file3?Authorization=xxxxxxxx
Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to b2 (Backblaze B2).
–b2-account
Account ID or Application Key ID
• Config: account
• Env Var: RCLONE_B2_ACCOUNT
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–b2-key
Application Key
• Config: key
• Env Var: RCLONE_B2_KEY
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–b2-hard-delete
Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
• Config: hard_delete
• Env Var: RCLONE_B2_HARD_DELETE
• Type: bool
• Default: false
Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to b2 (Backblaze B2).
–b2-endpoint
Endpoint for the service. Leave blank normally.
• Config: endpoint
• Env Var: RCLONE_B2_ENDPOINT
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–b2-test-mode
A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
This is for debugging purposes only. Setting it to one of the strings below will cause b2
to return specific errors:
• “fail_some_uploads”
• “expire_some_account_authorization_tokens”
• “force_cap_exceeded”
These will be set in the “X-Bz-Test-Mode” header which is documented in the b2
integrations checklist (https://www.backblaze.com/b2/docs/integration_checklist.html).
• Config: test_mode
• Env Var: RCLONE_B2_TEST_MODE
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–b2-versions
Include old versions in directory listings. Note that when using this no file write
operations are permitted, so you can’t upload files or delete them.
• Config: versions
• Env Var: RCLONE_B2_VERSIONS
• Type: bool
• Default: false
–b2-upload-cutoff
Cutoff for switching to chunked upload.
Files above this size will be uploaded in chunks of “–b2-chunk-size”.
This value should be set no larger than 4.657GiB (== 5GB).
• Config: upload_cutoff
• Env Var: RCLONE_B2_UPLOAD_CUTOFF
• Type: SizeSuffix
• Default: 200M
–b2-chunk-size
Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory.
When uploading large files, chunk the file into this size. Note that these chunks are
buffered in memory and there might a maximum of “–transfers” chunks in progress at once.
5,000,000 Bytes is the minimum size.
• Config: chunk_size
• Env Var: RCLONE_B2_CHUNK_SIZE
• Type: SizeSuffix
• Default: 96M
–b2-disable-checksum
Disable checksums for large (> upload cutoff) files
• Config: disable_checksum
• Env Var: RCLONE_B2_DISABLE_CHECKSUM
• Type: bool
• Default: false
–b2-download-url
Custom endpoint for downloads.
This is usually set to a Cloudflare CDN URL as Backblaze offers free egress for data
downloaded through the Cloudflare network. This is probably only useful for a public
bucket. Leave blank if you want to use the endpoint provided by Backblaze.
• Config: download_url
• Env Var: RCLONE_B2_DOWNLOAD_URL
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–b2-download-auth-duration
Time before the authorization token will expire in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d.
The duration before the download authorization token will expire. The minimum value is 1
second. The maximum value is one week.
• Config: download_auth_duration
• Env Var: RCLONE_B2_DOWNLOAD_AUTH_DURATION
• Type: Duration
• Default: 1w
Box
Paths are specified as remote:path
Paths may be as deep as required, eg remote:directory/subdirectory.
The initial setup for Box involves getting a token from Box which you can do either in
your browser, or with a config.json downloaded from Box to use JWT authentication. rclone
config walks you through it.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called remote. First run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Box
\ "box"
[snip]
Storage> box
Box App Client Id - leave blank normally.
client_id>
Box App Client Secret - leave blank normally.
client_secret>
Box App config.json location
Leave blank normally.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
config_json>
'enterprise' or 'user' depending on the type of token being requested.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("user").
box_sub_type>
Remote config
Use auto config?
* Say Y if not sure
* Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> y
If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
Log in and authorize rclone for access
Waiting for code...
Got code
--------------------
[remote]
client_id =
client_secret =
token = {"access_token":"XXX","token_type":"bearer","refresh_token":"XXX","expiry":"XXX"}
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
See the remote setup docs (https://rclone.org/remote_setup/) for how to set it up on a
machine with no Internet browser available.
Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the token as returned
from Box. This only runs from the moment it opens your browser to the moment you get back
the verification code. This is on http://127.0.0.1:53682/ and this it may require you to
unblock it temporarily if you are running a host firewall.
Once configured you can then use rclone like this,
List directories in top level of your Box
rclone lsd remote:
List all the files in your Box
rclone ls remote:
To copy a local directory to an Box directory called backup
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
Using rclone with an Enterprise account with SSO
If you have an “Enterprise” account type with Box with single sign on (SSO), you need to
create a password to use Box with rclone. This can be done at your Enterprise Box account
by going to Settings, “Account” Tab, and then set the password in the “Authentication”
field.
Once you have done this, you can setup your Enterprise Box account using the same
procedure detailed above in the, using the password you have just set.
Invalid refresh token
According to the box docs (https://developer.box.com/v2.0/docs/oauth-20#section-6-using-
the-access-and-refresh-tokens):
Each refresh_token is valid for one use in 60 days.
This means that if you
• Don’t use the box remote for 60 days
• Copy the config file with a box refresh token in and use it in two places
• Get an error on a token refresh
then rclone will return an error which includes the text Invalid refresh token.
To fix this you will need to use oauth2 again to update the refresh token. You can use
the methods in the remote setup docs (https://rclone.org/remote_setup/), bearing in mind
that if you use the copy the config file method, you should not use that remote on the
computer you did the authentication on.
Here is how to do it.
$ rclone config
Current remotes:
Name Type
==== ====
remote box
e) Edit existing remote
n) New remote
d) Delete remote
r) Rename remote
c) Copy remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
e/n/d/r/c/s/q> e
Choose a number from below, or type in an existing value
1 > remote
remote> remote
--------------------
[remote]
type = box
token = {"access_token":"XXX","token_type":"bearer","refresh_token":"XXX","expiry":"2017-07-08T23:40:08.059167677+01:00"}
--------------------
Edit remote
Value "client_id" = ""
Edit? (y/n)>
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> n
Value "client_secret" = ""
Edit? (y/n)>
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> n
Remote config
Already have a token - refresh?
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> y
Use auto config?
* Say Y if not sure
* Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> y
If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
Log in and authorize rclone for access
Waiting for code...
Got code
--------------------
[remote]
type = box
token = {"access_token":"YYY","token_type":"bearer","refresh_token":"YYY","expiry":"2017-07-23T12:22:29.259137901+01:00"}
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
Modified time and hashes
Box allows modification times to be set on objects accurate to 1 second. These will be
used to detect whether objects need syncing or not.
Box supports SHA1 type hashes, so you can use the --checksum flag.
Restricted filename characters
In addition to the default restricted characters set (/overview/#restricted-characters)
the following characters are also replaced:
Character Value Replacement
────────────────────────────────
\ 0x5C ＼
File names can also not end with the following characters. These only get replaced if
they are last character in the name:
Character Value Replacement
────────────────────────────────
SP 0x20 ␠
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be replaced (/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can’t be used
in JSON strings.
Transfers
For files above 50MB rclone will use a chunked transfer. Rclone will upload up to
--transfers chunks at the same time (shared among all the multipart uploads). Chunks are
buffered in memory and are normally 8MB so increasing --transfers will increase memory
use.
Deleting files
Depending on the enterprise settings for your user, the item will either be actually
deleted from Box or moved to the trash.
Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to box (Box).
–box-client-id
Box App Client Id. Leave blank normally.
• Config: client_id
• Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_CLIENT_ID
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–box-client-secret
Box App Client Secret Leave blank normally.
• Config: client_secret
• Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_CLIENT_SECRET
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–box-box-config-file
Box App config.json location Leave blank normally.
• Config: box_config_file
• Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_BOX_CONFIG_FILE
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–box-box-sub-type
• Config: box_sub_type
• Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_BOX_SUB_TYPE
• Type: string
• Default: “user”
• Examples:
• “user”
• Rclone should act on behalf of a user
• “enterprise”
• Rclone should act on behalf of a service account
Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to box (Box).
–box-upload-cutoff
Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (>= 50MB).
• Config: upload_cutoff
• Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_UPLOAD_CUTOFF
• Type: SizeSuffix
• Default: 50M
–box-commit-retries
Max number of times to try committing a multipart file.
• Config: commit_retries
• Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_COMMIT_RETRIES
• Type: int
• Default: 100
Limitations
Note that Box is case insensitive so you can’t have a file called “Hello.doc” and one
called “hello.doc”.
Box file names can’t have the \ character in. rclone maps this to and from an identical
looking unicode equivalent ＼.
Box only supports filenames up to 255 characters in length.
Cache (BETA)
The cache remote wraps another existing remote and stores file structure and its data for
long running tasks like rclone mount.
To get started you just need to have an existing remote which can be configured with
cache.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called test-cache. First run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
r) Rename remote
c) Copy remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/r/c/s/q> n
name> test-cache
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Cache a remote
\ "cache"
[snip]
Storage> cache
Remote to cache.
Normally should contain a ':' and a path, eg "myremote:path/to/dir",
"myremote:bucket" or maybe "myremote:" (not recommended).
remote> local:/test
Optional: The URL of the Plex server
plex_url> http://127.0.0.1:32400
Optional: The username of the Plex user
plex_username> dummyusername
Optional: The password of the Plex user
y) Yes type in my own password
g) Generate random password
n) No leave this optional password blank
y/g/n> y
Enter the password:
password:
Confirm the password:
password:
The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading.
Default: 5M
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / 1MB
\ "1m"
2 / 5 MB
\ "5M"
3 / 10 MB
\ "10M"
chunk_size> 2
How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. Use a very high value if you don't plan on changing the source FS from outside the cache.
Accepted units are: "s", "m", "h".
Default: 5m
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / 1 hour
\ "1h"
2 / 24 hours
\ "24h"
3 / 24 hours
\ "48h"
info_age> 2
The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted.
Default: 10G
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / 500 MB
\ "500M"
2 / 1 GB
\ "1G"
3 / 10 GB
\ "10G"
chunk_total_size> 3
Remote config
--------------------
[test-cache]
remote = local:/test
plex_url = http://127.0.0.1:32400
plex_username = dummyusername
plex_password = *** ENCRYPTED ***
chunk_size = 5M
info_age = 48h
chunk_total_size = 10G
You can then use it like this,
List directories in top level of your drive
rclone lsd test-cache:
List all the files in your drive
rclone ls test-cache:
To start a cached mount
rclone mount --allow-other test-cache: /var/tmp/test-cache
Write Features
Offline uploading
In an effort to make writing through cache more reliable, the backend now supports this
feature which can be activated by specifying a cache-tmp-upload-path.
A files goes through these states when using this feature:
1. An upload is started (usually by copying a file on the cache remote)
2. When the copy to the temporary location is complete the file is part of the cached
remote and looks and behaves like any other file (reading included)
3. After cache-tmp-wait-time passes and the file is next in line, rclone move is used to
move the file to the cloud provider
4. Reading the file still works during the upload but most modifications on it will be
prohibited
5. Once the move is complete the file is unlocked for modifications as it becomes as any
other regular file
6. If the file is being read through cache when it’s actually deleted from the temporary
path then cache will simply swap the source to the cloud provider without interrupting
the reading (small blip can happen though)
Files are uploaded in sequence and only one file is uploaded at a time. Uploads will be
stored in a queue and be processed based on the order they were added. The queue and the
temporary storage is persistent across restarts but can be cleared on startup with the
--cache-db-purge flag.
Write Support
Writes are supported through cache. One caveat is that a mounted cache remote does not
add any retry or fallback mechanism to the upload operation. This will depend on the
implementation of the wrapped remote. Consider using Offline uploading for reliable
writes.
One special case is covered with cache-writes which will cache the file data at the same
time as the upload when it is enabled making it available from the cache store immediately
once the upload is finished.
Read Features
Multiple connections
To counter the high latency between a local PC where rclone is running and cloud
providers, the cache remote can split multiple requests to the cloud provider for smaller
file chunks and combines them together locally where they can be available almost
immediately before the reader usually needs them.
This is similar to buffering when media files are played online. Rclone will stay around
the current marker but always try its best to stay ahead and prepare the data before.
Plex Integration
There is a direct integration with Plex which allows cache to detect during reading if the
file is in playback or not. This helps cache to adapt how it queries the cloud provider
depending on what is needed for.
Scans will have a minimum amount of workers (1) while in a confirmed playback cache will
deploy the configured number of workers.
This integration opens the doorway to additional performance improvements which will be
explored in the near future.
Note: If Plex options are not configured, cache will function with its configured options
without adapting any of its settings.
How to enable? Run rclone config and add all the Plex options (endpoint, username and
password) in your remote and it will be automatically enabled.
Affected settings: - cache-workers: Configured value during confirmed playback or 1 all
the other times
Certificate Validation
When the Plex server is configured to only accept secure connections, it is possible to
use .plex.direct URL’s to ensure certificate validation succeeds. These URL’s are used by
Plex internally to connect to the Plex server securely.
The format for this URL’s is the following:
https://ip-with-dots-replaced.server-hash.plex.direct:32400/
The ip-with-dots-replaced part can be any IPv4 address, where the dots have been replaced
with dashes, e.g. 127.0.0.1 becomes 127-0-0-1.
To get the server-hash part, the easiest way is to visit
https://plex.tv/api/resources?includeHttps=1&X-Plex-Token=your-plex-token
This page will list all the available Plex servers for your account with at least one
.plex.direct link for each. Copy one URL and replace the IP address with the desired
address. This can be used as the plex_url value.
Known issues
Mount and –dir-cache-time
–dir-cache-time controls the first layer of directory caching which works at the mount
layer. Being an independent caching mechanism from the cache backend, it will manage its
own entries based on the configured time.
To avoid getting in a scenario where dir cache has obsolete data and cache would have the
correct one, try to set --dir-cache-time to a lower time than --cache-info-age. Default
values are already configured in this way.
Windows support - Experimental
There are a couple of issues with Windows mount functionality that still require some
investigations. It should be considered as experimental thus far as fixes come in for
this OS.
Most of the issues seem to be related to the difference between filesystems on Linux
flavors and Windows as cache is heavily dependant on them.
Any reports or feedback on how cache behaves on this OS is greatly appreciated.
• https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/1935
• https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/1907
• https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/1834
Risk of throttling
Future iterations of the cache backend will make use of the pooling functionality of the
cloud provider to synchronize and at the same time make writing through it more tolerant
to failures.
There are a couple of enhancements in track to add these but in the meantime there is a
valid concern that the expiring cache listings can lead to cloud provider throttles or
bans due to repeated queries on it for very large mounts.
Some recommendations: - don’t use a very small interval for entry informations
(--cache-info-age) - while writes aren’t yet optimised, you can still write through cache
which gives you the advantage of adding the file in the cache at the same time if
configured to do so.
Future enhancements:
• https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/1937
• https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/1936
cache and crypt
One common scenario is to keep your data encrypted in the cloud provider using the crypt
remote. crypt uses a similar technique to wrap around an existing remote and handles this
translation in a seamless way.
There is an issue with wrapping the remotes in this order: cloud remote -> crypt -> cache
During testing, I experienced a lot of bans with the remotes in this order. I suspect it
might be related to how crypt opens files on the cloud provider which makes it think we’re
downloading the full file instead of small chunks. Organizing the remotes in this order
yields better results: cloud remote -> cache -> crypt
absolute remote paths
cache can not differentiate between relative and absolute paths for the wrapped remote.
Any path given in the remote config setting and on the command line will be passed to the
wrapped remote as is, but for storing the chunks on disk the path will be made relative by
removing any leading / character.
This behavior is irrelevant for most backend types, but there are backends where a leading
/ changes the effective directory, e.g. in the sftp backend paths starting with a / are
relative to the root of the SSH server and paths without are relative to the user home
directory. As a result sftp:bin and sftp:/bin will share the same cache folder, even if
they represent a different directory on the SSH server.
Cache and Remote Control (–rc)
Cache supports the new --rc mode in rclone and can be remote controlled through the
following end points: By default, the listener is disabled if you do not add the flag.
rc cache/expire
Purge a remote from the cache backend. Supports either a directory or a file. It
supports both encrypted and unencrypted file names if cache is wrapped by crypt.
Params: - remote = path to remote (required) - withData = true/false to delete cached data
(chunks) as well (optional, false by default)
Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to cache (Cache a remote).
–cache-remote
Remote to cache. Normally should contain a `:' and a path, eg “myremote:path/to/dir”,
“myremote:bucket” or maybe “myremote:” (not recommended).
• Config: remote
• Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_REMOTE
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–cache-plex-url
The URL of the Plex server
• Config: plex_url
• Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_PLEX_URL
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–cache-plex-username
The username of the Plex user
• Config: plex_username
• Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_PLEX_USERNAME
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–cache-plex-password
The password of the Plex user
• Config: plex_password
• Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_PLEX_PASSWORD
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–cache-chunk-size
The size of a chunk (partial file data).
Use lower numbers for slower connections. If the chunk size is changed, any downloaded
chunks will be invalid and cache-chunk-path will need to be cleared or unexpected EOF
errors will occur.
• Config: chunk_size
• Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_CHUNK_SIZE
• Type: SizeSuffix
• Default: 5M
• Examples:
• “1m”
• 1MB
• “5M”
• 5 MB
• “10M”
• 10 MB
–cache-info-age
How long to cache file structure information (directory listings, file size, times etc).
If all write operations are done through the cache then you can safely make this value
very large as the cache store will also be updated in real time.
• Config: info_age
• Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_INFO_AGE
• Type: Duration
• Default: 6h0m0s
• Examples:
• “1h”
• 1 hour
• “24h”
• 24 hours
• “48h”
• 48 hours
–cache-chunk-total-size
The total size that the chunks can take up on the local disk.
If the cache exceeds this value then it will start to delete the oldest chunks until it
goes under this value.
• Config: chunk_total_size
• Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_CHUNK_TOTAL_SIZE
• Type: SizeSuffix
• Default: 10G
• Examples:
• “500M”
• 500 MB
• “1G”
• 1 GB
• “10G”
• 10 GB
Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to cache (Cache a remote).
–cache-plex-token
The plex token for authentication - auto set normally
• Config: plex_token
• Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_PLEX_TOKEN
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–cache-plex-insecure
Skip all certificate verifications when connecting to the Plex server
• Config: plex_insecure
• Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_PLEX_INSECURE
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–cache-db-path
Directory to store file structure metadata DB. The remote name is used as the DB file
name.
• Config: db_path
• Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_DB_PATH
• Type: string
• Default: “$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend”
–cache-chunk-path
Directory to cache chunk files.
Path to where partial file data (chunks) are stored locally. The remote name is appended
to the final path.
This config follows the “–cache-db-path”. If you specify a custom location for
“–cache-db-path” and don’t specify one for “–cache-chunk-path” then “–cache-chunk-path”
will use the same path as “–cache-db-path”.
• Config: chunk_path
• Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_CHUNK_PATH
• Type: string
• Default: “$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend”
–cache-db-purge
Clear all the cached data for this remote on start.
• Config: db_purge
• Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_DB_PURGE
• Type: bool
• Default: false
–cache-chunk-clean-interval
How often should the cache perform cleanups of the chunk storage. The default value
should be ok for most people. If you find that the cache goes over
“cache-chunk-total-size” too often then try to lower this value to force it to perform
cleanups more often.
• Config: chunk_clean_interval
• Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_CHUNK_CLEAN_INTERVAL
• Type: Duration
• Default: 1m0s
–cache-read-retries
How many times to retry a read from a cache storage.
Since reading from a cache stream is independent from downloading file data, readers can
get to a point where there’s no more data in the cache. Most of the times this can
indicate a connectivity issue if cache isn’t able to provide file data anymore.
For really slow connections, increase this to a point where the stream is able to provide
data but your experience will be very stuttering.
• Config: read_retries
• Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_READ_RETRIES
• Type: int
• Default: 10
–cache-workers
How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks.
Higher values will mean more parallel processing (better CPU needed) and more concurrent
requests on the cloud provider. This impacts several aspects like the cloud provider API
limits, more stress on the hardware that rclone runs on but it also means that streams
will be more fluid and data will be available much more faster to readers.
Note: If the optional Plex integration is enabled then this setting will adapt to the type
of reading performed and the value specified here will be used as a maximum number of
workers to use.
• Config: workers
• Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_WORKERS
• Type: int
• Default: 4
–cache-chunk-no-memory
Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming.
By default, cache will keep file data during streaming in RAM as well to provide it to
readers as fast as possible.
This transient data is evicted as soon as it is read and the number of chunks stored
doesn’t exceed the number of workers. However, depending on other settings like
“cache-chunk-size” and “cache-workers” this footprint can increase if there are parallel
streams too (multiple files being read at the same time).
If the hardware permits it, use this feature to provide an overall better performance
during streaming but it can also be disabled if RAM is not available on the local machine.
• Config: chunk_no_memory
• Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_CHUNK_NO_MEMORY
• Type: bool
• Default: false
–cache-rps
Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS (-1 to disable)
This setting places a hard limit on the number of requests per second that cache will be
doing to the cloud provider remote and try to respect that value by setting waits between
reads.
If you find that you’re getting banned or limited on the cloud provider through cache and
know that a smaller number of requests per second will allow you to work with it then you
can use this setting for that.
A good balance of all the other settings should make this setting useless but it is
available to set for more special cases.
NOTE: This will limit the number of requests during streams but other API calls to the
cloud provider like directory listings will still pass.
• Config: rps
• Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_RPS
• Type: int
• Default: -1
–cache-writes
Cache file data on writes through the FS
If you need to read files immediately after you upload them through cache you can enable
this flag to have their data stored in the cache store at the same time during upload.
• Config: writes
• Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_WRITES
• Type: bool
• Default: false
–cache-tmp-upload-path
Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded.
This is the path where cache will use as a temporary storage for new files that need to be
uploaded to the cloud provider.
Specifying a value will enable this feature. Without it, it is completely disabled and
files will be uploaded directly to the cloud provider
• Config: tmp_upload_path
• Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_TMP_UPLOAD_PATH
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–cache-tmp-wait-time
How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded
This is the duration that a file must wait in the temporary location cache-tmp-upload-path
before it is selected for upload.
Note that only one file is uploaded at a time and it can take longer to start the upload
if a queue formed for this purpose.
• Config: tmp_wait_time
• Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_TMP_WAIT_TIME
• Type: Duration
• Default: 15s
–cache-db-wait-time
How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited
Only one process can have the DB open at any one time, so rclone waits for this duration
for the DB to become available before it gives an error.
If you set it to 0 then it will wait forever.
• Config: db_wait_time
• Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_DB_WAIT_TIME
• Type: Duration
• Default: 1s
Chunker (BETA)
The chunker overlay transparently splits large files into smaller chunks during upload to
wrapped remote and transparently assembles them back when the file is downloaded. This
allows to effectively overcome size limits imposed by storage providers.
To use it, first set up the underlying remote following the configuration instructions for
that remote. You can also use a local pathname instead of a remote.
First check your chosen remote is working - we’ll call it remote:path here. Note that
anything inside remote:path will be chunked and anything outside won’t. This means that
if you are using a bucket based remote (eg S3, B2, swift) then you should probably put the
bucket in the remote s3:bucket.
Now configure chunker using rclone config. We will call this one overlay to separate it
from the remote itself.
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> overlay
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Transparently chunk/split large files
\ "chunker"
[snip]
Storage> chunker
Remote to chunk/unchunk.
Normally should contain a ':' and a path, eg "myremote:path/to/dir",
"myremote:bucket" or maybe "myremote:" (not recommended).
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
remote> remote:path
Files larger than chunk size will be split in chunks.
Enter a size with suffix k,M,G,T. Press Enter for the default ("2G").
chunk_size> 100M
Choose how chunker handles hash sums. All modes but "none" require metadata.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("md5").
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Pass any hash supported by wrapped remote for non-chunked files, return nothing otherwise
\ "none"
2 / MD5 for composite files
\ "md5"
3 / SHA1 for composite files
\ "sha1"
4 / MD5 for all files
\ "md5all"
5 / SHA1 for all files
\ "sha1all"
6 / Copying a file to chunker will request MD5 from the source falling back to SHA1 if unsupported
\ "md5quick"
7 / Similar to "md5quick" but prefers SHA1 over MD5
\ "sha1quick"
hash_type> md5
Edit advanced config? (y/n)
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> n
Remote config
--------------------
[overlay]
type = chunker
remote = remote:bucket
chunk_size = 100M
hash_type = md5
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
Specifying the remote
In normal use, make sure the remote has a : in. If you specify the remote without a :
then rclone will use a local directory of that name. So if you use a remote of
/path/to/secret/files then rclone will chunk stuff in that directory. If you use a remote
of name then rclone will put files in a directory called name in the current directory.
Chunking
When rclone starts a file upload, chunker checks the file size. If it doesn’t exceed the
configured chunk size, chunker will just pass the file to the wrapped remote. If a file
is large, chunker will transparently cut data in pieces with temporary names and stream
them one by one, on the fly. Each data chunk will contain the specified number of bytes,
except for the last one which may have less data. If file size is unknown in advance
(this is called a streaming upload), chunker will internally create a temporary copy,
record its size and repeat the above process.
When upload completes, temporary chunk files are finally renamed. This scheme guarantees
that operations can be run in parallel and look from outside as atomic. A similar method
with hidden temporary chunks is used for other operations (copy/move/rename etc). If an
operation fails, hidden chunks are normally destroyed, and the target composite file stays
intact.
When a composite file download is requested, chunker transparently assembles it by
concatenating data chunks in order. As the split is trivial one could even manually
concatenate data chunks together to obtain the original content.
When the list rclone command scans a directory on wrapped remote, the potential chunk
files are accounted for, grouped and assembled into composite directory entries. Any
temporary chunks are hidden.
List and other commands can sometimes come across composite files with missing or invalid
chunks, eg. shadowed by like-named directory or another file. This usually means that
wrapped file system has been directly tampered with or damaged. If chunker detects a
missing chunk it will by default print warning, skip the whole incomplete group of chunks
but proceed with current command. You can set the --chunker-fail-hard flag to have
commands abort with error message in such cases.
Chunk names
The default chunk name format is *.rclone-chunk.###, hence by default chunk names are
BIG_FILE_NAME.rclone-chunk.001, BIG_FILE_NAME.rclone-chunk.002 etc. You can configure a
different name format using the --chunker-name-format option. The format uses asterisk *
as a placeholder for the base file name and one or more consecutive hash characters # as a
placeholder for sequential chunk number. There must be one and only one asterisk. The
number of consecutive hash characters defines the minimum length of a string representing
a chunk number. If decimal chunk number has less digits than the number of hashes, it is
left-padded by zeros. If the decimal string is longer, it is left intact. By default
numbering starts from 1 but there is another option that allows user to start from 0, eg.
for compatibility with legacy software.
For example, if name format is big_*-##.part and original file name is data.txt and
numbering starts from 0, then the first chunk will be named big_data.txt-00.part, the 99th
chunk will be big_data.txt-98.part and the 302nd chunk will become big_data.txt-301.part.
Note that list assembles composite directory entries only when chunk names match the
configured format and treats non-conforming file names as normal non-chunked files.
Metadata
Besides data chunks chunker will by default create metadata object for a composite file.
The object is named after the original file. Chunker allows user to disable metadata
completely (the none format). Note that metadata is normally not created for files
smaller than the configured chunk size. This may change in future rclone releases.
Simple JSON metadata format
This is the default format. It supports hash sums and chunk validation for composite
files. Meta objects carry the following fields:
• ver - version of format, currently 1
• size - total size of composite file
• nchunks - number of data chunks in file
• md5 - MD5 hashsum of composite file (if present)
• sha1 - SHA1 hashsum (if present)
There is no field for composite file name as it’s simply equal to the name of meta object
on the wrapped remote. Please refer to respective sections for details on hashsums and
modified time handling.
No metadata
You can disable meta objects by setting the meta format option to none. In this mode
chunker will scan directory for all files that follow configured chunk name format, group
them by detecting chunks with the same base name and show group names as virtual composite
files. This method is more prone to missing chunk errors (especially missing last chunk)
than format with metadata enabled.
Hashsums
Chunker supports hashsums only when a compatible metadata is present. Hence, if you
choose metadata format of none, chunker will report hashsum as UNSUPPORTED.
Please note that by default metadata is stored only for composite files. If a file is
smaller than configured chunk size, chunker will transparently redirect hash requests to
wrapped remote, so support depends on that. You will see the empty string as a hashsum of
requested type for small files if the wrapped remote doesn’t support it.
Many storage backends support MD5 and SHA1 hash types, so does chunker. With chunker you
can choose one or another but not both. MD5 is set by default as the most supported type.
Since chunker keeps hashes for composite files and falls back to the wrapped remote hash
for non-chunked ones, we advise you to choose the same hash type as supported by wrapped
remote so that your file listings look coherent.
If your storage backend does not support MD5 or SHA1 but you need consistent file hashing,
configure chunker with md5all or sha1all. These two modes guarantee given hash for all
files. If wrapped remote doesn’t support it, chunker will then add metadata to all files,
even small. However, this can double the amount of small files in storage and incur
additional service charges.
Normally, when a file is copied to chunker controlled remote, chunker will ask the file
source for compatible file hash and revert to on-the-fly calculation if none is found.
This involves some CPU overhead but provides a guarantee that given hashsum is available.
Also, chunker will reject a server-side copy or move operation if source and destination
hashsum types are different resulting in the extra network bandwidth, too. In some rare
cases this may be undesired, so chunker provides two optional choices: sha1quick and
md5quick. If the source does not support primary hash type and the quick mode is enabled,
chunker will try to fall back to the secondary type. This will save CPU and bandwidth but
can result in empty hashsums at destination. Beware of consequences: the sync command
will revert (sometimes silently) to time/size comparison if compatible hashsums between
source and target are not found.
Modified time
Chunker stores modification times using the wrapped remote so support depends on that.
For a small non-chunked file the chunker overlay simply manipulates modification time of
the wrapped remote file. For a composite file with metadata chunker will get and set
modification time of the metadata object on the wrapped remote. If file is chunked but
metadata format is none then chunker will use modification time of the first data chunk.
Migrations
The idiomatic way to migrate to a different chunk size, hash type or chunk naming scheme
is to:
• Collect all your chunked files under a directory and have your chunker remote point to
it.
• Create another directory (most probably on the same cloud storage) and configure a new
remote with desired metadata format, hash type, chunk naming etc.
• Now run rclone sync oldchunks: newchunks: and all your data will be transparently
converted in transfer. This may take some time, yet chunker will try server-side copy
if possible.
• After checking data integrity you may remove configuration section of the old remote.
If rclone gets killed during a long operation on a big composite file, hidden temporary
chunks may stay in the directory. They will not be shown by the list command but will eat
up your account quota. Please note that the deletefile command deletes only active chunks
of a file. As a workaround, you can use remote of the wrapped file system to see them.
An easy way to get rid of hidden garbage is to copy littered directory somewhere using the
chunker remote and purge the original directory. The copy command will copy only active
chunks while the purge will remove everything including garbage.
Caveats and Limitations
Chunker requires wrapped remote to support server side move (or copy + delete) operations,
otherwise it will explicitly refuse to start. This is because it internally renames
temporary chunk files to their final names when an operation completes successfully.
Note that a move implemented using the copy-and-delete method may incur double charging
with some cloud storage providers.
Chunker will not automatically rename existing chunks when you run rclone config on a live
remote and change the chunk name format. Beware that in result of this some files which
have been treated as chunks before the change can pop up in directory listings as normal
files and vice versa. The same warning holds for the chunk size. If you desperately need
to change critical chunking setings, you should run data migration as described above.
If wrapped remote is case insensitive, the chunker overlay will inherit that property (so
you can’t have a file called “Hello.doc” and “hello.doc” in the same directory).
Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to chunker (Transparently chunk/split large files).
–chunker-remote
Remote to chunk/unchunk. Normally should contain a `:' and a path, eg
“myremote:path/to/dir”, “myremote:bucket” or maybe “myremote:” (not recommended).
• Config: remote
• Env Var: RCLONE_CHUNKER_REMOTE
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–chunker-chunk-size
Files larger than chunk size will be split in chunks.
• Config: chunk_size
• Env Var: RCLONE_CHUNKER_CHUNK_SIZE
• Type: SizeSuffix
• Default: 2G
–chunker-hash-type
Choose how chunker handles hash sums. All modes but “none” require metadata.
• Config: hash_type
• Env Var: RCLONE_CHUNKER_HASH_TYPE
• Type: string
• Default: “md5”
• Examples:
• “none”
• Pass any hash supported by wrapped remote for non-chunked files, return nothing
otherwise
• “md5”
• MD5 for composite files
• “sha1”
• SHA1 for composite files
• “md5all”
• MD5 for all files
• “sha1all”
• SHA1 for all files
• “md5quick”
• Copying a file to chunker will request MD5 from the source falling back to SHA1 if
unsupported
• “sha1quick”
• Similar to “md5quick” but prefers SHA1 over MD5
Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to chunker (Transparently chunk/split large files).
–chunker-name-format
String format of chunk file names. The two placeholders are: base file name (*) and chunk
number (#...). There must be one and only one asterisk and one or more consecutive hash
characters. If chunk number has less digits than the number of hashes, it is left-padded
by zeros. If there are more digits in the number, they are left as is. Possible chunk
files are ignored if their name does not match given format.
• Config: name_format
• Env Var: RCLONE_CHUNKER_NAME_FORMAT
• Type: string
• Default: "*.rclone_chunk.###"
–chunker-start-from
Minimum valid chunk number. Usually 0 or 1. By default chunk numbers start from 1.
• Config: start_from
• Env Var: RCLONE_CHUNKER_START_FROM
• Type: int
• Default: 1
–chunker-meta-format
Format of the metadata object or “none”. By default “simplejson”. Metadata is a small
JSON file named after the composite file.
• Config: meta_format
• Env Var: RCLONE_CHUNKER_META_FORMAT
• Type: string
• Default: “simplejson”
• Examples:
• “none”
• Do not use metadata files at all. Requires hash type “none”.
• “simplejson”
• Simple JSON supports hash sums and chunk validation.
• It has the following fields: ver, size, nchunks, md5, sha1.
–chunker-fail-hard
Choose how chunker should handle files with missing or invalid chunks.
• Config: fail_hard
• Env Var: RCLONE_CHUNKER_FAIL_HARD
• Type: bool
• Default: false
• Examples:
• “true”
• Report errors and abort current command.
• “false”
• Warn user, skip incomplete file and proceed.
Citrix ShareFile
Citrix ShareFile (https://sharefile.com) is a secure file sharing and transfer service
aimed as business.
The initial setup for Citrix ShareFile involves getting a token from Citrix ShareFile
which you can in your browser. rclone config walks you through it.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called remote. First run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
XX / Citrix Sharefile
\ "sharefile"
Storage> sharefile
** See help for sharefile backend at: https://rclone.org/sharefile/ **
ID of the root folder
Leave blank to access "Personal Folders". You can use one of the
standard values here or any folder ID (long hex number ID).
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Access the Personal Folders. (Default)
\ ""
2 / Access the Favorites folder.
\ "favorites"
3 / Access all the shared folders.
\ "allshared"
4 / Access all the individual connectors.
\ "connectors"
5 / Access the home, favorites, and shared folders as well as the connectors.
\ "top"
root_folder_id>
Edit advanced config? (y/n)
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> n
Remote config
Use auto config?
* Say Y if not sure
* Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> y
If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth?state=XXX
Log in and authorize rclone for access
Waiting for code...
Got code
--------------------
[remote]
type = sharefile
endpoint = https://XXX.sharefile.com
token = {"access_token":"XXX","token_type":"bearer","refresh_token":"XXX","expiry":"2019-09-30T19:41:45.878561877+01:00"}
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
See the remote setup docs (https://rclone.org/remote_setup/) for how to set it up on a
machine with no Internet browser available.
Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the token as returned
from Citrix ShareFile. This only runs from the moment it opens your browser to the moment
you get back the verification code. This is on http://127.0.0.1:53682/ and this it may
require you to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host firewall.
Once configured you can then use rclone like this,
List directories in top level of your ShareFile
rclone lsd remote:
List all the files in your ShareFile
rclone ls remote:
To copy a local directory to an ShareFile directory called backup
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
Paths may be as deep as required, eg remote:directory/subdirectory.
Modified time and hashes
ShareFile allows modification times to be set on objects accurate to 1 second. These will
be used to detect whether objects need syncing or not.
ShareFile supports MD5 type hashes, so you can use the --checksum flag.
Transfers
For files above 128MB rclone will use a chunked transfer. Rclone will upload up to
--transfers chunks at the same time (shared among all the multipart uploads). Chunks are
buffered in memory and are normally 64MB so increasing --transfers will increase memory
use.
Limitations
Note that ShareFile is case insensitive so you can’t have a file called “Hello.doc” and
one called “hello.doc”.
ShareFile only supports filenames up to 256 characters in length.
Restricted filename characters
In addition to the default restricted characters set (/overview/#restricted-characters)
the following characters are also replaced:
Character Value Replacement
────────────────────────────────
\ 0x5C ＼
* 0x2A ＊
< 0x3C ＜
> 0x3E ＞
? 0x3F ？
: 0x3A ：
| 0x7C ｜
" 0x22 ＂
File names can also not start or end with the following characters. These only get
replaced if they are first or last character in the name:
Character Value Replacement
────────────────────────────────
SP 0x20 ␠
. 0x2E ．
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be replaced (/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can’t be used
in JSON strings.
Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to sharefile (Citrix Sharefile).
–sharefile-root-folder-id
ID of the root folder
Leave blank to access “Personal Folders”. You can use one of the standard values here or
any folder ID (long hex number ID).
• Config: root_folder_id
• Env Var: RCLONE_SHAREFILE_ROOT_FOLDER_ID
• Type: string
• Default: ""
• Examples:
• ""
• Access the Personal Folders. (Default)
• “favorites”
• Access the Favorites folder.
• “allshared”
• Access all the shared folders.
• “connectors”
• Access all the individual connectors.
• “top”
• Access the home, favorites, and shared folders as well as the connectors.
Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to sharefile (Citrix Sharefile).
–sharefile-upload-cutoff
Cutoff for switching to multipart upload.
• Config: upload_cutoff
• Env Var: RCLONE_SHAREFILE_UPLOAD_CUTOFF
• Type: SizeSuffix
• Default: 128M
–sharefile-chunk-size
Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k.
Making this larger will improve performance, but note that each chunk is buffered in
memory one per transfer.
Reducing this will reduce memory usage but decrease performance.
• Config: chunk_size
• Env Var: RCLONE_SHAREFILE_CHUNK_SIZE
• Type: SizeSuffix
• Default: 64M
–sharefile-endpoint
Endpoint for API calls.
This is usually auto discovered as part of the oauth process, but can be set manually to
something like: https://XXX.sharefile.com
• Config: endpoint
• Env Var: RCLONE_SHAREFILE_ENDPOINT
• Type: string
• Default: ""
Crypt
The crypt remote encrypts and decrypts another remote.
To use it first set up the underlying remote following the config instructions for that
remote. You can also use a local pathname instead of a remote which will encrypt and
decrypt from that directory which might be useful for encrypting onto a USB stick for
example.
First check your chosen remote is working - we’ll call it remote:path in these docs. Note
that anything inside remote:path will be encrypted and anything outside won’t. This means
that if you are using a bucket based remote (eg S3, B2, swift) then you should probably
put the bucket in the remote s3:bucket. If you just use s3: then rclone will make
encrypted bucket names too (if using file name encryption) which may or may not be what
you want.
Now configure crypt using rclone config. We will call this one secret to differentiate it
from the remote.
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> secret
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
\ "crypt"
[snip]
Storage> crypt
Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
Normally should contain a ':' and a path, eg "myremote:path/to/dir",
"myremote:bucket" or maybe "myremote:" (not recommended).
remote> remote:path
How to encrypt the filenames.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Don't encrypt the file names. Adds a ".bin" extension only.
\ "off"
2 / Encrypt the filenames see the docs for the details.
\ "standard"
3 / Very simple filename obfuscation.
\ "obfuscate"
filename_encryption> 2
Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Encrypt directory names.
\ "true"
2 / Don't encrypt directory names, leave them intact.
\ "false"
filename_encryption> 1
Password or pass phrase for encryption.
y) Yes type in my own password
g) Generate random password
y/g> y
Enter the password:
password:
Confirm the password:
password:
Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
Should be different to the previous password.
y) Yes type in my own password
g) Generate random password
n) No leave this optional password blank
y/g/n> g
Password strength in bits.
64 is just about memorable
128 is secure
1024 is the maximum
Bits> 128
Your password is: JAsJvRcgR-_veXNfy_sGmQ
Use this password?
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> y
Remote config
--------------------
[secret]
remote = remote:path
filename_encryption = standard
password = *** ENCRYPTED ***
password2 = *** ENCRYPTED ***
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
Important The password is stored in the config file is lightly obscured so it isn’t
immediately obvious what it is. It is in no way secure unless you use config file
encryption.
A long passphrase is recommended, or you can use a random one. Note that if you
reconfigure rclone with the same passwords/passphrases elsewhere it will be compatible -
all the secrets used are derived from those two passwords/passphrases.
Note that rclone does not encrypt
• file length - this can be calcuated within 16 bytes
• modification time - used for syncing
Specifying the remote
In normal use, make sure the remote has a : in. If you specify the remote without a :
then rclone will use a local directory of that name. So if you use a remote of
/path/to/secret/files then rclone will encrypt stuff to that directory. If you use a
remote of name then rclone will put files in a directory called name in the current
directory.
If you specify the remote as remote:path/to/dir then rclone will store encrypted files in
path/to/dir on the remote. If you are using file name encryption, then when you save
files to secret:subdir/subfile this will store them in the unencrypted path path/to/dir
but the subdir/subpath bit will be encrypted.
Note that unless you want encrypted bucket names (which are difficult to manage because
you won’t know what directory they represent in web interfaces etc), you should probably
specify a bucket, eg remote:secretbucket when using bucket based remotes such as S3,
Swift, Hubic, B2, GCS.
Example
To test I made a little directory of files using “standard” file name encryption.
plaintext/
├── file0.txt
├── file1.txt
└── subdir
├── file2.txt
├── file3.txt
└── subsubdir
└── file4.txt
Copy these to the remote and list them back
$ rclone -q copy plaintext secret:
$ rclone -q ls secret:
7 file1.txt
6 file0.txt
8 subdir/file2.txt
10 subdir/subsubdir/file4.txt
9 subdir/file3.txt
Now see what that looked like when encrypted
$ rclone -q ls remote:path
55 hagjclgavj2mbiqm6u6cnjjqcg
54 v05749mltvv1tf4onltun46gls
57 86vhrsv86mpbtd3a0akjuqslj8/dlj7fkq4kdq72emafg7a7s41uo
58 86vhrsv86mpbtd3a0akjuqslj8/7uu829995du6o42n32otfhjqp4/b9pausrfansjth5ob3jkdqd4lc
56 86vhrsv86mpbtd3a0akjuqslj8/8njh1sk437gttmep3p70g81aps
Note that this retains the directory structure which means you can do this
$ rclone -q ls secret:subdir
8 file2.txt
9 file3.txt
10 subsubdir/file4.txt
If don’t use file name encryption then the remote will look like this - note the .bin
extensions added to prevent the cloud provider attempting to interpret the data.
$ rclone -q ls remote:path
54 file0.txt.bin
57 subdir/file3.txt.bin
56 subdir/file2.txt.bin
58 subdir/subsubdir/file4.txt.bin
55 file1.txt.bin
File name encryption modes
Here are some of the features of the file name encryption modes
Off
• doesn’t hide file names or directory structure
• allows for longer file names (~246 characters)
• can use sub paths and copy single files
Standard
• file names encrypted
• file names can’t be as long (~143 characters)
• can use sub paths and copy single files
• directory structure visible
• identical files names will have identical uploaded names
• can use shortcuts to shorten the directory recursion
Obfuscation
This is a simple “rotate” of the filename, with each file having a rot distance based on
the filename. We store the distance at the beginning of the filename. So a file called
“hello” may become “53.jgnnq”
This is not a strong encryption of filenames, but it may stop automated scanning tools
from picking up on filename patterns. As such it’s an intermediate between “off” and
“standard”. The advantage is that it allows for longer path segment names.
There is a possibility with some unicode based filenames that the obfuscation is weak and
may map lower case characters to upper case equivalents. You can not rely on this for
strong protection.
• file names very lightly obfuscated
• file names can be longer than standard encryption
• can use sub paths and copy single files
• directory structure visible
• identical files names will have identical uploaded names
Cloud storage systems have various limits on file name length and total path length which
you are more likely to hit using “Standard” file name encryption. If you keep your file
names to below 156 characters in length then you should be OK on all providers.
There may be an even more secure file name encryption mode in the future which will
address the long file name problem.
Directory name encryption
Crypt offers the option of encrypting dir names or leaving them intact. There are two
options:
True
Encrypts the whole file path including directory names Example: 1/12/123.txt is encrypted
to p0e52nreeaj0a5ea7s64m4j72s/l42g6771hnv3an9cgc8cr2n1ng/qgm4avr35m5loi1th53ato71v0
False
Only encrypts file names, skips directory names Example: 1/12/123.txt is encrypted to
1/12/qgm4avr35m5loi1th53ato71v0
Modified time and hashes
Crypt stores modification times using the underlying remote so support depends on that.
Hashes are not stored for crypt. However the data integrity is protected by an extremely
strong crypto authenticator.
Note that you should use the rclone cryptcheck command to check the integrity of a crypted
remote instead of rclone check which can’t check the checksums properly.
Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to crypt (Encrypt/Decrypt a remote).
–crypt-remote
Remote to encrypt/decrypt. Normally should contain a `:' and a path, eg
“myremote:path/to/dir”, “myremote:bucket” or maybe “myremote:” (not recommended).
• Config: remote
• Env Var: RCLONE_CRYPT_REMOTE
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–crypt-filename-encryption
How to encrypt the filenames.
• Config: filename_encryption
• Env Var: RCLONE_CRYPT_FILENAME_ENCRYPTION
• Type: string
• Default: “standard”
• Examples:
• “off”
• Don’t encrypt the file names. Adds a “.bin” extension only.
• “standard”
• Encrypt the filenames see the docs for the details.
• “obfuscate”
• Very simple filename obfuscation.
–crypt-directory-name-encryption
Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact.
• Config: directory_name_encryption
• Env Var: RCLONE_CRYPT_DIRECTORY_NAME_ENCRYPTION
• Type: bool
• Default: true
• Examples:
• “true”
• Encrypt directory names.
• “false”
• Don’t encrypt directory names, leave them intact.
–crypt-password
Password or pass phrase for encryption.
• Config: password
• Env Var: RCLONE_CRYPT_PASSWORD
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–crypt-password2
Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended. Should be different to the
previous password.
• Config: password2
• Env Var: RCLONE_CRYPT_PASSWORD2
• Type: string
• Default: ""
Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to crypt (Encrypt/Decrypt a remote).
–crypt-show-mapping
For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
If this flag is set then for each file that the remote is asked to list, it will log (at
level INFO) a line stating the decrypted file name and the encrypted file name.
This is so you can work out which encrypted names are which decrypted names just in case
you need to do something with the encrypted file names, or for debugging purposes.
• Config: show_mapping
• Env Var: RCLONE_CRYPT_SHOW_MAPPING
• Type: bool
• Default: false
Backing up a crypted remote
If you wish to backup a crypted remote, it it recommended that you use rclone sync on the
encrypted files, and make sure the passwords are the same in the new encrypted remote.
This will have the following advantages
• rclone sync will check the checksums while copying
• you can use rclone check between the encrypted remotes
• you don’t decrypt and encrypt unnecessarily
For example, let’s say you have your original remote at remote: with the encrypted version
at eremote: with path remote:crypt. You would then set up the new remote remote2: and
then the encrypted version eremote2: with path remote2:crypt using the same passwords as
eremote:.
To sync the two remotes you would do
rclone sync remote:crypt remote2:crypt
And to check the integrity you would do
rclone check remote:crypt remote2:crypt
File formats
File encryption
Files are encrypted 1:1 source file to destination object. The file has a header and is
divided into chunks.
Header
• 8 bytes magic string RCLONE\x00\x00
• 24 bytes Nonce (IV)
The initial nonce is generated from the operating systems crypto strong random number
generator. The nonce is incremented for each chunk read making sure each nonce is unique
for each block written. The chance of a nonce being re-used is minuscule. If you wrote
an exabyte of data (10¹⁸ bytes) you would have a probability of approximately 2×10⁻³² of
re-using a nonce.
Chunk
Each chunk will contain 64kB of data, except for the last one which may have less data.
The data chunk is in standard NACL secretbox format. Secretbox uses XSalsa20 and Poly1305
to encrypt and authenticate messages.
Each chunk contains:
• 16 Bytes of Poly1305 authenticator
• 1 - 65536 bytes XSalsa20 encrypted data
64k chunk size was chosen as the best performing chunk size (the authenticator takes too
much time below this and the performance drops off due to cache effects above this). Note
that these chunks are buffered in memory so they can’t be too big.
This uses a 32 byte (256 bit key) key derived from the user password.
Examples
1 byte file will encrypt to
• 32 bytes header
• 17 bytes data chunk
49 bytes total
1MB (1048576 bytes) file will encrypt to
• 32 bytes header
• 16 chunks of 65568 bytes
1049120 bytes total (a 0.05% overhead). This is the overhead for big files.
Name encryption
File names are encrypted segment by segment - the path is broken up into / separated
strings and these are encrypted individually.
File segments are padded using using PKCS#7 to a multiple of 16 bytes before encryption.
They are then encrypted with EME using AES with 256 bit key. EME (ECB-Mix-ECB) is a
wide-block encryption mode presented in the 2003 paper “A Parallelizable Enciphering Mode”
by Halevi and Rogaway.
This makes for deterministic encryption which is what we want - the same filename must
encrypt to the same thing otherwise we can’t find it on the cloud storage system.
This means that
• filenames with the same name will encrypt the same
• filenames which start the same won’t have a common prefix
This uses a 32 byte key (256 bits) and a 16 byte (128 bits) IV both of which are derived
from the user password.
After encryption they are written out using a modified version of standard base32 encoding
as described in RFC4648. The standard encoding is modified in two ways:
• it becomes lower case (no-one likes upper case filenames!)
• we strip the padding character =
base32 is used rather than the more efficient base64 so rclone can be used on case
insensitive remotes (eg Windows, Amazon Drive).
Key derivation
Rclone uses scrypt with parameters N=16384, r=8, p=1 with an optional user supplied salt
(password2) to derive the 32+32+16 = 80 bytes of key material required. If the user
doesn’t supply a salt then rclone uses an internal one.
scrypt makes it impractical to mount a dictionary attack on rclone encrypted data. For
full protection against this you should always use a salt.
Dropbox
Paths are specified as remote:path
Dropbox paths may be as deep as required, eg remote:directory/subdirectory.
The initial setup for dropbox involves getting a token from Dropbox which you need to do
in your browser. rclone config walks you through it.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called remote. First run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
n) New remote
d) Delete remote
q) Quit config
e/n/d/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Dropbox
\ "dropbox"
[snip]
Storage> dropbox
Dropbox App Key - leave blank normally.
app_key>
Dropbox App Secret - leave blank normally.
app_secret>
Remote config
Please visit:
https://www.dropbox.com/1/oauth2/authorize?client_id=XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX&response_type=code
Enter the code: XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX_XXXXXXXXXX
--------------------
[remote]
app_key =
app_secret =
token = XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX_XXXX_XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
You can then use it like this,
List directories in top level of your dropbox
rclone lsd remote:
List all the files in your dropbox
rclone ls remote:
To copy a local directory to a dropbox directory called backup
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
Dropbox for business
Rclone supports Dropbox for business and Team Folders.
When using Dropbox for business remote: and remote:path/to/file will refer to your
personal folder.
If you wish to see Team Folders you must use a leading / in the path, so rclone lsd
remote:/ will refer to the root and show you all Team Folders and your User Folder.
You can then use team folders like this remote:/TeamFolder and
remote:/TeamFolder/path/to/file.
A leading / for a Dropbox personal account will do nothing, but it will take an extra HTTP
transaction so it should be avoided.
Modified time and Hashes
Dropbox supports modified times, but the only way to set a modification time is to
re-upload the file.
This means that if you uploaded your data with an older version of rclone which didn’t
support the v2 API and modified times, rclone will decide to upload all your old data to
fix the modification times. If you don’t want this to happen use --size-only or
--checksum flag to stop it.
Dropbox supports its own hash type (https://www.dropbox.com/developers/reference/content-
hash) which is checked for all transfers.
Restricted filename characters
Character Value Replacement
────────────────────────────────
NUL 0x00 ␀
/ 0x2F ／
DEL 0x7F ␡
\ 0x5C ＼
File names can also not end with the following characters. These only get replaced if
they are last character in the name:
Character Value Replacement
────────────────────────────────
SP 0x20 ␠
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be replaced (/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can’t be used
in JSON strings.
Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to dropbox (Dropbox).
–dropbox-client-id
Dropbox App Client Id Leave blank normally.
• Config: client_id
• Env Var: RCLONE_DROPBOX_CLIENT_ID
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–dropbox-client-secret
Dropbox App Client Secret Leave blank normally.
• Config: client_secret
• Env Var: RCLONE_DROPBOX_CLIENT_SECRET
• Type: string
• Default: ""
Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to dropbox (Dropbox).
–dropbox-chunk-size
Upload chunk size. (< 150M).
Any files larger than this will be uploaded in chunks of this size.
Note that chunks are buffered in memory (one at a time) so rclone can deal with retries.
Setting this larger will increase the speed slightly (at most 10% for 128MB in tests) at
the cost of using more memory. It can be set smaller if you are tight on memory.
• Config: chunk_size
• Env Var: RCLONE_DROPBOX_CHUNK_SIZE
• Type: SizeSuffix
• Default: 48M
–dropbox-impersonate
Impersonate this user when using a business account.
• Config: impersonate
• Env Var: RCLONE_DROPBOX_IMPERSONATE
• Type: string
• Default: ""
Limitations
Note that Dropbox is case insensitive so you can’t have a file called “Hello.doc” and one
called “hello.doc”.
There are some file names such as thumbs.db which Dropbox can’t store. There is a full
list of them in the “Ignored Files” section of this document
(https://www.dropbox.com/en/help/145). Rclone will issue an error message File name
disallowed - not uploading if it attempts to upload one of those file names, but the sync
won’t fail.
If you have more than 10,000 files in a directory then rclone purge dropbox:dir will
return the error Failed to purge: There are too many files involved in this operation. As
a work-around do an rclone delete dropbox:dir followed by an rclone rmdir dropbox:dir.
FTP
FTP is the File Transfer Protocol. FTP support is provided using the
github.com/jlaffaye/ftp (https://godoc.org/github.com/jlaffaye/ftp) package.
Here is an example of making an FTP configuration. First run
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process. An FTP remote only needs a host
together with and a username and a password. With anonymous FTP server, you will need to
use anonymous as username and your email address as the password.
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
r) Rename remote
c) Copy remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/r/c/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / FTP Connection
\ "ftp"
[snip]
Storage> ftp
** See help for ftp backend at: https://rclone.org/ftp/ **
FTP host to connect to
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Connect to ftp.example.com
\ "ftp.example.com"
host> ftp.example.com
FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
user>
FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
port>
FTP password
y) Yes type in my own password
g) Generate random password
y/g> y
Enter the password:
password:
Confirm the password:
password:
Use FTP over TLS (Implicit)
Enter a boolean value (true or false). Press Enter for the default ("false").
tls>
Remote config
--------------------
[remote]
type = ftp
host = ftp.example.com
pass = *** ENCRYPTED ***
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
This remote is called remote and can now be used like this
See all directories in the home directory
rclone lsd remote:
Make a new directory
rclone mkdir remote:path/to/directory
List the contents of a directory
rclone ls remote:path/to/directory
Sync /home/local/directory to the remote directory, deleting any excess files in the
directory.
rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:directory
Modified time
FTP does not support modified times. Any times you see on the server will be time of
upload.
Checksums
FTP does not support any checksums.
Restricted filename characters
In addition to the default restricted characters set (/overview/#restricted-characters)
the following characters are also replaced:
File names can also not end with the following characters. These only get replaced if
they are last character in the name:
Character Value Replacement
────────────────────────────────
SP 0x20 ␠
Note that not all FTP servers can have all characters in file names, for example:
FTP Server Forbidden characters
──────────────────────────────────
proftpd *
pureftpd \ [ ]
Implicit TLS
FTP supports implicit FTP over TLS servers (FTPS). This has to be enabled in the config
for the remote. The default FTPS port is 990 so the port will likely have to be explictly
set in the config for the remote.
Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to ftp (FTP Connection).
–ftp-host
FTP host to connect to
• Config: host
• Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_HOST
• Type: string
• Default: ""
• Examples:
• “ftp.example.com”
• Connect to ftp.example.com
–ftp-user
FTP username, leave blank for current username, $USER
• Config: user
• Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_USER
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–ftp-port
FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
• Config: port
• Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_PORT
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–ftp-pass
FTP password
• Config: pass
• Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_PASS
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–ftp-tls
Use FTP over TLS (Implicit)
• Config: tls
• Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_TLS
• Type: bool
• Default: false
Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to ftp (FTP Connection).
–ftp-concurrency
Maximum number of FTP simultaneous connections, 0 for unlimited
• Config: concurrency
• Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_CONCURRENCY
• Type: int
• Default: 0
–ftp-no-check-certificate
Do not verify the TLS certificate of the server
• Config: no_check_certificate
• Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_NO_CHECK_CERTIFICATE
• Type: bool
• Default: false
–ftp-disable-epsv
Disable using EPSV even if server advertises support
• Config: disable_epsv
• Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_DISABLE_EPSV
• Type: bool
• Default: false
Limitations
Note that since FTP isn’t HTTP based the following flags don’t work with it:
--dump-headers, --dump-bodies, --dump-auth
Note that --timeout isn’t supported (but --contimeout is).
Note that --bind isn’t supported.
FTP could support server side move but doesn’t yet.
Note that the ftp backend does not support the ftp_proxy environment variable yet.
Note that while implicit FTP over TLS is supported, explicit FTP over TLS is not.
Google Cloud Storage
Paths are specified as remote:bucket (or remote: for the lsd command.) You may put
subdirectories in too, eg remote:bucket/path/to/dir.
The initial setup for google cloud storage involves getting a token from Google Cloud
Storage which you need to do in your browser. rclone config walks you through it.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called remote. First run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
n) New remote
d) Delete remote
q) Quit config
e/n/d/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
\ "google cloud storage"
[snip]
Storage> google cloud storage
Google Application Client Id - leave blank normally.
client_id>
Google Application Client Secret - leave blank normally.
client_secret>
Project number optional - needed only for list/create/delete buckets - see your developer console.
project_number> 12345678
Service Account Credentials JSON file path - needed only if you want use SA instead of interactive login.
service_account_file>
Access Control List for new objects.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Object owner gets OWNER access, and all Authenticated Users get READER access.
\ "authenticatedRead"
2 / Object owner gets OWNER access, and project team owners get OWNER access.
\ "bucketOwnerFullControl"
3 / Object owner gets OWNER access, and project team owners get READER access.
\ "bucketOwnerRead"
4 / Object owner gets OWNER access [default if left blank].
\ "private"
5 / Object owner gets OWNER access, and project team members get access according to their roles.
\ "projectPrivate"
6 / Object owner gets OWNER access, and all Users get READER access.
\ "publicRead"
object_acl> 4
Access Control List for new buckets.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Project team owners get OWNER access, and all Authenticated Users get READER access.
\ "authenticatedRead"
2 / Project team owners get OWNER access [default if left blank].
\ "private"
3 / Project team members get access according to their roles.
\ "projectPrivate"
4 / Project team owners get OWNER access, and all Users get READER access.
\ "publicRead"
5 / Project team owners get OWNER access, and all Users get WRITER access.
\ "publicReadWrite"
bucket_acl> 2
Location for the newly created buckets.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Empty for default location (US).
\ ""
2 / Multi-regional location for Asia.
\ "asia"
3 / Multi-regional location for Europe.
\ "eu"
4 / Multi-regional location for United States.
\ "us"
5 / Taiwan.
\ "asia-east1"
6 / Tokyo.
\ "asia-northeast1"
7 / Singapore.
\ "asia-southeast1"
8 / Sydney.
\ "australia-southeast1"
9 / Belgium.
\ "europe-west1"
10 / London.
\ "europe-west2"
11 / Iowa.
\ "us-central1"
12 / South Carolina.
\ "us-east1"
13 / Northern Virginia.
\ "us-east4"
14 / Oregon.
\ "us-west1"
location> 12
The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Default
\ ""
2 / Multi-regional storage class
\ "MULTI_REGIONAL"
3 / Regional storage class
\ "REGIONAL"
4 / Nearline storage class
\ "NEARLINE"
5 / Coldline storage class
\ "COLDLINE"
6 / Durable reduced availability storage class
\ "DURABLE_REDUCED_AVAILABILITY"
storage_class> 5
Remote config
Use auto config?
* Say Y if not sure
* Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine or Y didn't work
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> y
If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
Log in and authorize rclone for access
Waiting for code...
Got code
--------------------
[remote]
type = google cloud storage
client_id =
client_secret =
token = {"AccessToken":"xxxx.xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx","RefreshToken":"x/xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_xxxxxxxxx","Expiry":"2014-07-17T20:49:14.929208288+01:00","Extra":null}
project_number = 12345678
object_acl = private
bucket_acl = private
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the token as returned
from Google if you use auto config mode. This only runs from the moment it opens your
browser to the moment you get back the verification code. This is on
http://127.0.0.1:53682/ and this it may require you to unblock it temporarily if you are
running a host firewall, or use manual mode.
This remote is called remote and can now be used like this
See all the buckets in your project
rclone lsd remote:
Make a new bucket
rclone mkdir remote:bucket
List the contents of a bucket
rclone ls remote:bucket
Sync /home/local/directory to the remote bucket, deleting any excess files in the bucket.
rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:bucket
Service Account support
You can set up rclone with Google Cloud Storage in an unattended mode, i.e. not tied to a
specific end-user Google account. This is useful when you want to synchronise files onto
machines that don’t have actively logged-in users, for example build machines.
To get credentials for Google Cloud Platform IAM Service Accounts
(https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts), please head to the Service Account
(https://console.cloud.google.com/permissions/serviceaccounts) section of the Google
Developer Console. Service Accounts behave just like normal User permissions in Google
Cloud Storage ACLs (https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/access-control), so you can
limit their access (e.g. make them read only). After creating an account, a JSON file
containing the Service Account’s credentials will be downloaded onto your machines. These
credentials are what rclone will use for authentication.
To use a Service Account instead of OAuth2 token flow, enter the path to your Service
Account credentials at the service_account_file prompt and rclone won’t use the browser
based authentication flow. If you’d rather stuff the contents of the credentials file
into the rclone config file, you can set service_account_credentials with the actual
contents of the file instead, or set the equivalent environment variable.
Application Default Credentials
If no other source of credentials is provided, rclone will fall back to Application
Default Credentials (https://cloud.google.com/video-
intelligence/docs/common/auth#authenticating_with_application_default_credentials) this is
useful both when you already have configured authentication for your developer account, or
in production when running on a google compute host. Note that if running in docker, you
may need to run additional commands on your google compute machine - see this page
(https://cloud.google.com/container-registry/docs/advanced-
authentication#gcloud_as_a_docker_credential_helper).
Note that in the case application default credentials are used, there is no need to
explicitly configure a project number.
–fast-list
This remote supports --fast-list which allows you to use fewer transactions in exchange
for more memory. See the rclone docs (/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
Modified time
Google google cloud storage stores md5sums natively and rclone stores modification times
as metadata on the object, under the “mtime” key in RFC3339 format accurate to 1ns.
Restricted filename characters
Character Value Replacement
────────────────────────────────
NUL 0x00 ␀
LF 0x0A ␊
CR 0x0D ␍
/ 0x2F ／
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be replaced (/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can’t be used
in JSON strings.
Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to google cloud storage (Google Cloud Storage (this
is not Google Drive)).
–gcs-client-id
Google Application Client Id Leave blank normally.
• Config: client_id
• Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_CLIENT_ID
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–gcs-client-secret
Google Application Client Secret Leave blank normally.
• Config: client_secret
• Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_CLIENT_SECRET
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–gcs-project-number
Project number. Optional - needed only for list/create/delete buckets - see your
developer console.
• Config: project_number
• Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_PROJECT_NUMBER
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–gcs-service-account-file
Service Account Credentials JSON file path Leave blank normally. Needed only if you want
use SA instead of interactive login.
• Config: service_account_file
• Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_SERVICE_ACCOUNT_FILE
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–gcs-service-account-credentials
Service Account Credentials JSON blob Leave blank normally. Needed only if you want use
SA instead of interactive login.
• Config: service_account_credentials
• Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_SERVICE_ACCOUNT_CREDENTIALS
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–gcs-object-acl
Access Control List for new objects.
• Config: object_acl
• Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_OBJECT_ACL
• Type: string
• Default: ""
• Examples:
• “authenticatedRead”
• Object owner gets OWNER access, and all Authenticated Users get READER access.
• “bucketOwnerFullControl”
• Object owner gets OWNER access, and project team owners get OWNER access.
• “bucketOwnerRead”
• Object owner gets OWNER access, and project team owners get READER access.
• “private”
• Object owner gets OWNER access [default if left blank].
• “projectPrivate”
• Object owner gets OWNER access, and project team members get access according to
their roles.
• “publicRead”
• Object owner gets OWNER access, and all Users get READER access.
–gcs-bucket-acl
Access Control List for new buckets.
• Config: bucket_acl
• Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_BUCKET_ACL
• Type: string
• Default: ""
• Examples:
• “authenticatedRead”
• Project team owners get OWNER access, and all Authenticated Users get READER access.
• “private”
• Project team owners get OWNER access [default if left blank].
• “projectPrivate”
• Project team members get access according to their roles.
• “publicRead”
• Project team owners get OWNER access, and all Users get READER access.
• “publicReadWrite”
• Project team owners get OWNER access, and all Users get WRITER access.
–gcs-bucket-policy-only
Access checks should use bucket-level IAM policies.
If you want to upload objects to a bucket with Bucket Policy Only set then you will need
to set this.
When it is set, rclone:
• ignores ACLs set on buckets
• ignores ACLs set on objects
• creates buckets with Bucket Policy Only set
Docs: https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-policy-only
• Config: bucket_policy_only
• Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_BUCKET_POLICY_ONLY
• Type: bool
• Default: false
–gcs-location
Location for the newly created buckets.
• Config: location
• Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_LOCATION
• Type: string
• Default: ""
• Examples:
• ""
• Empty for default location (US).
• “asia”
• Multi-regional location for Asia.
• “eu”
• Multi-regional location for Europe.
• “us”
• Multi-regional location for United States.
• “asia-east1”
• Taiwan.
• “asia-east2”
• Hong Kong.
• “asia-northeast1”
• Tokyo.
• “asia-south1”
• Mumbai.
• “asia-southeast1”
• Singapore.
• “australia-southeast1”
• Sydney.
• “europe-north1”
• Finland.
• “europe-west1”
• Belgium.
• “europe-west2”
• London.
• “europe-west3”
• Frankfurt.
• “europe-west4”
• Netherlands.
• “us-central1”
• Iowa.
• “us-east1”
• South Carolina.
• “us-east4”
• Northern Virginia.
• “us-west1”
• Oregon.
• “us-west2”
• California.
–gcs-storage-class
The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
• Config: storage_class
• Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_STORAGE_CLASS
• Type: string
• Default: ""
• Examples:
• ""
• Default
• “MULTI_REGIONAL”
• Multi-regional storage class
• “REGIONAL”
• Regional storage class
• “NEARLINE”
• Nearline storage class
• “COLDLINE”
• Coldline storage class
• “DURABLE_REDUCED_AVAILABILITY”
• Durable reduced availability storage class
Google Drive
Paths are specified as drive:path
Drive paths may be as deep as required, eg drive:directory/subdirectory.
The initial setup for drive involves getting a token from Google drive which you need to
do in your browser. rclone config walks you through it.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called remote. First run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
r) Rename remote
c) Copy remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/r/c/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Google Drive
\ "drive"
[snip]
Storage> drive
Google Application Client Id - leave blank normally.
client_id>
Google Application Client Secret - leave blank normally.
client_secret>
Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Full access all files, excluding Application Data Folder.
\ "drive"
2 / Read-only access to file metadata and file contents.
\ "drive.readonly"
/ Access to files created by rclone only.
3 | These are visible in the drive website.
| File authorization is revoked when the user deauthorizes the app.
\ "drive.file"
/ Allows read and write access to the Application Data folder.
4 | This is not visible in the drive website.
\ "drive.appfolder"
/ Allows read-only access to file metadata but
5 | does not allow any access to read or download file content.
\ "drive.metadata.readonly"
scope> 1
ID of the root folder - leave blank normally. Fill in to access "Computers" folders. (see docs).
root_folder_id>
Service Account Credentials JSON file path - needed only if you want use SA instead of interactive login.
service_account_file>
Remote config
Use auto config?
* Say Y if not sure
* Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine or Y didn't work
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> y
If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
Log in and authorize rclone for access
Waiting for code...
Got code
Configure this as a team drive?
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> n
--------------------
[remote]
client_id =
client_secret =
scope = drive
root_folder_id =
service_account_file =
token = {"access_token":"XXX","token_type":"Bearer","refresh_token":"XXX","expiry":"2014-03-16T13:57:58.955387075Z"}
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the token as returned
from Google if you use auto config mode. This only runs from the moment it opens your
browser to the moment you get back the verification code. This is on
http://127.0.0.1:53682/ and this it may require you to unblock it temporarily if you are
running a host firewall, or use manual mode.
You can then use it like this,
List directories in top level of your drive
rclone lsd remote:
List all the files in your drive
rclone ls remote:
To copy a local directory to a drive directory called backup
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
Scopes
Rclone allows you to select which scope you would like for rclone to use. This changes
what type of token is granted to rclone. The scopes are defined here.
(https://developers.google.com/drive/v3/web/about-auth).
The scope are
drive
This is the default scope and allows full access to all files, except for the Application
Data Folder (see below).
Choose this one if you aren’t sure.
drive.readonly
This allows read only access to all files. Files may be listed and downloaded but not
uploaded, renamed or deleted.
drive.file
With this scope rclone can read/view/modify only those files and folders it creates.
So if you uploaded files to drive via the web interface (or any other means) they will not
be visible to rclone.
This can be useful if you are using rclone to backup data and you want to be sure
confidential data on your drive is not visible to rclone.
Files created with this scope are visible in the web interface.
drive.appfolder
This gives rclone its own private area to store files. Rclone will not be able to see any
other files on your drive and you won’t be able to see rclone’s files from the web
interface either.
drive.metadata.readonly
This allows read only access to file names only. It does not allow rclone to download or
upload data, or rename or delete files or directories.
Root folder ID
You can set the root_folder_id for rclone. This is the directory (identified by its
Folder ID) that rclone considers to be the root of your drive.
Normally you will leave this blank and rclone will determine the correct root to use
itself.
However you can set this to restrict rclone to a specific folder hierarchy or to access
data within the “Computers” tab on the drive web interface (where files from Google’s
Backup and Sync desktop program go).
In order to do this you will have to find the Folder ID of the directory you wish rclone
to display. This will be the last segment of the URL when you open the relevant folder in
the drive web interface.
So if the folder you want rclone to use has a URL which looks like
https://drive.google.com/drive/folders/1XyfxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxKHCh in the browser,
then you use 1XyfxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxKHCh as the root_folder_id in the config.
NB folders under the “Computers” tab seem to be read only (drive gives a 500 error) when
using rclone.
There doesn’t appear to be an API to discover the folder IDs of the “Computers” tab -
please contact us if you know otherwise!
Note also that rclone can’t access any data under the “Backups” tab on the google drive
web interface yet.
Service Account support
You can set up rclone with Google Drive in an unattended mode, i.e. not tied to a specific
end-user Google account. This is useful when you want to synchronise files onto machines
that don’t have actively logged-in users, for example build machines.
To use a Service Account instead of OAuth2 token flow, enter the path to your Service
Account credentials at the service_account_file prompt during rclone config and rclone
won’t use the browser based authentication flow. If you’d rather stuff the contents of
the credentials file into the rclone config file, you can set service_account_credentials
with the actual contents of the file instead, or set the equivalent environment variable.
Use case - Google Apps/G-suite account and individual Drive
Let’s say that you are the administrator of a Google Apps (old) or G-suite account. The
goal is to store data on an individual’s Drive account, who IS a member of the domain.
We’ll call the domain example.com, and the user foo@example.com.
There’s a few steps we need to go through to accomplish this:
1. Create a service account for example.com
• To create a service account and obtain its credentials, go to the Google Developer
Console (https://console.developers.google.com).
• You must have a project - create one if you don’t.
• Then go to “IAM & admin” -> “Service Accounts”.
• Use the “Create Credentials” button. Fill in “Service account name” with something that
identifies your client. “Role” can be empty.
• Tick “Furnish a new private key” - select “Key type JSON”.
• Tick “Enable G Suite Domain-wide Delegation”. This option makes “impersonation”
possible, as documented here: Delegating domain-wide authority to the service account
(https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OAuth2ServiceAccount#delegatingauthority)
• These credentials are what rclone will use for authentication. If you ever need to
remove access, press the “Delete service account key” button.
2. Allowing API access to example.com Google Drive
• Go to example.com’s admin console
• Go into “Security” (or use the search bar)
• Select “Show more” and then “Advanced settings”
• Select “Manage API client access” in the “Authentication” section
• In the “Client Name” field enter the service account’s “Client ID” - this can be found
in the Developer Console under “IAM & Admin” -> “Service Accounts”, then “View Client
ID” for the newly created service account. It is a ~21 character numerical string.
• In the next field, “One or More API Scopes”, enter https://www.googleapis.com/auth/drive
to grant access to Google Drive specifically.
3. Configure rclone, assuming a new install
rclone config
n/s/q> n # New
name>gdrive # Gdrive is an example name
Storage> # Select the number shown for Google Drive
client_id> # Can be left blank
client_secret> # Can be left blank
scope> # Select your scope, 1 for example
root_folder_id> # Can be left blank
service_account_file> /home/foo/myJSONfile.json # This is where the JSON file goes!
y/n> # Auto config, y
4. Verify that it’s working
• rclone -v --drive-impersonate foo@example.com lsf gdrive:backup
• The arguments do:
• -v - verbose logging
• --drive-impersonate foo@example.com - this is what does the magic, pretending to be
user foo.
• lsf - list files in a parsing friendly way
• gdrive:backup - use the remote called gdrive, work in the folder named backup.
Team drives
If you want to configure the remote to point to a Google Team Drive then answer y to the
question Configure this as a team drive?.
This will fetch the list of Team Drives from google and allow you to configure which one
you want to use. You can also type in a team drive ID if you prefer.
For example:
Configure this as a team drive?
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> y
Fetching team drive list...
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Rclone Test
\ "xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx"
2 / Rclone Test 2
\ "yyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyy"
3 / Rclone Test 3
\ "zzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz"
Enter a Team Drive ID> 1
--------------------
[remote]
client_id =
client_secret =
token = {"AccessToken":"xxxx.x.xxxxx_xxxxxxxxxxx_xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx","RefreshToken":"1/xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx","Expiry":"2014-03-16T13:57:58.955387075Z","Extra":null}
team_drive = xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
–fast-list
This remote supports --fast-list which allows you to use fewer transactions in exchange
for more memory. See the rclone docs (/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
It does this by combining multiple list calls into a single API request.
This works by combining many '%s' in parents filters into one expression. To list the
contents of directories a, b and c, the following requests will be send by the regular
List function:
trashed=false and 'a' in parents
trashed=false and 'b' in parents
trashed=false and 'c' in parents
These can now be combined into a single request:
trashed=false and ('a' in parents or 'b' in parents or 'c' in parents)
The implementation of ListR will put up to 50 parents filters into one request. It will
use the --checkers value to specify the number of requests to run in parallel.
In tests, these batch requests were up to 20x faster than the regular method. Running the
following command against different sized folders gives:
rclone lsjson -vv -R --checkers=6 gdrive:folder
small folder (220 directories, 700 files):
• without --fast-list: 38s
• with --fast-list: 10s
large folder (10600 directories, 39000 files):
• without --fast-list: 22:05 min
• with --fast-list: 58s
Modified time
Google drive stores modification times accurate to 1 ms.
Restricted filename characters
Only Invalid UTF-8 bytes will be replaced (/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can’t be used
in JSON strings.
In contrast to other backends, / can also be used in names and . or .. are valid names.
Revisions
Google drive stores revisions of files. When you upload a change to an existing file to
google drive using rclone it will create a new revision of that file.
Revisions follow the standard google policy which at time of writing was
• They are deleted after 30 days or 100 revisions (whatever comes first).
• They do not count towards a user storage quota.
Deleting files
By default rclone will send all files to the trash when deleting files. If deleting them
permanently is required then use the --drive-use-trash=false flag, or set the equivalent
environment variable.
Emptying trash
If you wish to empty your trash you can use the rclone cleanup remote: command which will
permanently delete all your trashed files. This command does not take any path arguments.
Note that Google Drive takes some time (minutes to days) to empty the trash even though
the command returns within a few seconds. No output is echoed, so there will be no
confirmation even using -v or -vv.
Quota information
To view your current quota you can use the rclone about remote: command which will display
your usage limit (quota), the usage in Google Drive, the size of all files in the Trash
and the space used by other Google services such as Gmail. This command does not take any
path arguments.
Import/Export of google documents
Google documents can be exported from and uploaded to Google Drive.
When rclone downloads a Google doc it chooses a format to download depending upon the
--drive-export-formats setting. By default the export formats are docx,xlsx,pptx,svg
which are a sensible default for an editable document.
When choosing a format, rclone runs down the list provided in order and chooses the first
file format the doc can be exported as from the list. If the file can’t be exported to a
format on the formats list, then rclone will choose a format from the default list.
If you prefer an archive copy then you might use --drive-export-formats pdf, or if you
prefer openoffice/libreoffice formats you might use --drive-export-formats ods,odt,odp.
Note that rclone adds the extension to the google doc, so if it is called My Spreadsheet
on google docs, it will be exported as My Spreadsheet.xlsx or My Spreadsheet.pdf etc.
When importing files into Google Drive, rclone will convert all files with an extension in
--drive-import-formats to their associated document type. rclone will not convert any
files by default, since the conversion is lossy process.
The conversion must result in a file with the same extension when the
--drive-export-formats rules are applied to the uploaded document.
Here are some examples for allowed and prohibited conversions.
export-formats import-formats Upload Ext Document Ext Allowed
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
odt odt odt odt Yes
odt docx,odt odt odt Yes
docx docx docx Yes
odt odt docx No
odt,docx docx,odt docx odt No
docx,odt docx,odt docx docx Yes
docx,odt docx,odt odt docx No
This limitation can be disabled by specifying --drive-allow-import-name-change. When
using this flag, rclone can convert multiple files types resulting in the same document
type at once, eg with --drive-import-formats docx,odt,txt, all files having these
extension would result in a document represented as a docx file. This brings the
additional risk of overwriting a document, if multiple files have the same stem. Many
rclone operations will not handle this name change in any way. They assume an equal name
when copying files and might copy the file again or delete them when the name changes.
Here are the possible export extensions with their corresponding mime types. Most of
these can also be used for importing, but there more that are not listed here. Some of
these additional ones might only be available when the operating system provides the
correct MIME type entries.
This list can be changed by Google Drive at any time and might not represent the currently
available conversions.
Extension Mime Type Description
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
csv text/csv Standard CSV format for
Spreadsheets
docx application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document Microsoft Office Document
epub application/epub+zip E-book format
html text/html An HTML Document
jpg image/jpeg A JPEG Image File
json application/vnd.google-apps.script+json JSON Text Format
odp application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.presentation Openoffice Presentation
ods application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.spreadsheet Openoffice Spreadsheet
ods application/x-vnd.oasis.opendocument.spreadsheet Openoffice Spreadsheet
odt application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.text Openoffice Document
pdf application/pdf Adobe PDF Format
png image/png PNG Image Format
pptx application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation Microsoft Office
Powerpoint
rtf application/rtf Rich Text Format
svg image/svg+xml Scalable Vector Graphics
Format
tsv text/tab-separated-values Standard TSV format for
spreadsheets
txt text/plain Plain Text
xlsx application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet Microsoft Office
Spreadsheet
zip application/zip A ZIP file of HTML, Images
CSS
Google documents can also be exported as link files. These files will open a browser
window for the Google Docs website of that document when opened. The link file extension
has to be specified as a --drive-export-formats parameter. They will match all available
Google Documents.
Extension Description OS Support
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────
desktop freedesktop.org Linux
specified desktop entry
link.html An HTML Document with a All
redirect
url INI style link file macOS, Windows
webloc macOS specific XML macOS
format
Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to drive (Google Drive).
–drive-client-id
Google Application Client Id Setting your own is recommended. See
https://rclone.org/drive/#making-your-own-client-id for how to create your own. If you
leave this blank, it will use an internal key which is low performance.
• Config: client_id
• Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_CLIENT_ID
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–drive-client-secret
Google Application Client Secret Setting your own is recommended.
• Config: client_secret
• Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_CLIENT_SECRET
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–drive-scope
Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
• Config: scope
• Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_SCOPE
• Type: string
• Default: ""
• Examples:
• “drive”
• Full access all files, excluding Application Data Folder.
• “drive.readonly”
• Read-only access to file metadata and file contents.
• “drive.file”
• Access to files created by rclone only.
• These are visible in the drive website.
• File authorization is revoked when the user deauthorizes the app.
• “drive.appfolder”
• Allows read and write access to the Application Data folder.
• This is not visible in the drive website.
• “drive.metadata.readonly”
• Allows read-only access to file metadata but
• does not allow any access to read or download file content.
–drive-root-folder-id
ID of the root folder Leave blank normally.
Fill in to access “Computers” folders (see docs), or for rclone to use a non root folder
as its starting point.
Note that if this is blank, the first time rclone runs it will fill it in with the ID of
the root folder.
• Config: root_folder_id
• Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_ROOT_FOLDER_ID
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–drive-service-account-file
Service Account Credentials JSON file path Leave blank normally. Needed only if you want
use SA instead of interactive login.
• Config: service_account_file
• Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_SERVICE_ACCOUNT_FILE
• Type: string
• Default: ""
Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to drive (Google Drive).
–drive-service-account-credentials
Service Account Credentials JSON blob Leave blank normally. Needed only if you want use
SA instead of interactive login.
• Config: service_account_credentials
• Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_SERVICE_ACCOUNT_CREDENTIALS
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–drive-team-drive
ID of the Team Drive
• Config: team_drive
• Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_TEAM_DRIVE
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–drive-auth-owner-only
Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
• Config: auth_owner_only
• Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_AUTH_OWNER_ONLY
• Type: bool
• Default: false
–drive-use-trash
Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. Defaults to true, namely sending
files to the trash. Use --drive-use-trash=false to delete files permanently instead.
• Config: use_trash
• Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_USE_TRASH
• Type: bool
• Default: true
–drive-skip-gdocs
Skip google documents in all listings. If given, gdocs practically become invisible to
rclone.
• Config: skip_gdocs
• Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_SKIP_GDOCS
• Type: bool
• Default: false
–drive-skip-checksum-gphotos
Skip MD5 checksum on Google photos and videos only.
Use this if you get checksum errors when transferring Google photos or videos.
Setting this flag will cause Google photos and videos to return a blank MD5 checksum.
Google photos are identifed by being in the “photos” space.
Corrupted checksums are caused by Google modifying the image/video but not updating the
checksum.
• Config: skip_checksum_gphotos
• Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_SKIP_CHECKSUM_GPHOTOS
• Type: bool
• Default: false
–drive-shared-with-me
Only show files that are shared with me.
Instructs rclone to operate on your “Shared with me” folder (where Google Drive lets you
access the files and folders others have shared with you).
This works both with the “list” (lsd, lsl, etc) and the “copy” commands (copy, sync, etc),
and with all other commands too.
• Config: shared_with_me
• Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_SHARED_WITH_ME
• Type: bool
• Default: false
–drive-trashed-only
Only show files that are in the trash. This will show trashed files in their original
directory structure.
• Config: trashed_only
• Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_TRASHED_ONLY
• Type: bool
• Default: false
–drive-formats
Deprecated: see export_formats
• Config: formats
• Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_FORMATS
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–drive-export-formats
Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs.
• Config: export_formats
• Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_EXPORT_FORMATS
• Type: string
• Default: “docx,xlsx,pptx,svg”
–drive-import-formats
Comma separated list of preferred formats for uploading Google docs.
• Config: import_formats
• Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_IMPORT_FORMATS
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–drive-allow-import-name-change
Allow the filetype to change when uploading Google docs (e.g. file.doc to file.docx).
This will confuse sync and reupload every time.
• Config: allow_import_name_change
• Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_ALLOW_IMPORT_NAME_CHANGE
• Type: bool
• Default: false
–drive-use-created-date
Use file created date instead of modified date.,
Useful when downloading data and you want the creation date used in place of the last
modified date.
WARNING: This flag may have some unexpected consequences.
When uploading to your drive all files will be overwritten unless they haven’t been
modified since their creation. And the inverse will occur while downloading. This side
effect can be avoided by using the “–checksum” flag.
This feature was implemented to retain photos capture date as recorded by google photos.
You will first need to check the “Create a Google Photos folder” option in your google
drive settings. You can then copy or move the photos locally and use the date the image
was taken (created) set as the modification date.
• Config: use_created_date
• Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_USE_CREATED_DATE
• Type: bool
• Default: false
–drive-list-chunk
Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable.
• Config: list_chunk
• Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_LIST_CHUNK
• Type: int
• Default: 1000
–drive-impersonate
Impersonate this user when using a service account.
• Config: impersonate
• Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_IMPERSONATE
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–drive-alternate-export
Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.,
If this option is set this instructs rclone to use an alternate set of export URLs for
drive documents. Users have reported that the official export URLs can’t export large
documents, whereas these unofficial ones can.
See rclone issue #2243 (https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2243) for background, this
google drive issue (https://issuetracker.google.com/issues/36761333) and this helpful post
(https://www.labnol.org/internet/direct-links-for-google-drive/28356/).
• Config: alternate_export
• Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_ALTERNATE_EXPORT
• Type: bool
• Default: false
–drive-upload-cutoff
Cutoff for switching to chunked upload
• Config: upload_cutoff
• Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_UPLOAD_CUTOFF
• Type: SizeSuffix
• Default: 8M
–drive-chunk-size
Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k.
Making this larger will improve performance, but note that each chunk is buffered in
memory one per transfer.
Reducing this will reduce memory usage but decrease performance.
• Config: chunk_size
• Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_CHUNK_SIZE
• Type: SizeSuffix
• Default: 8M
–drive-acknowledge-abuse
Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
If downloading a file returns the error “This file has been identified as malware or spam
and cannot be downloaded” with the error code “cannotDownloadAbusiveFile” then supply this
flag to rclone to indicate you acknowledge the risks of downloading the file and rclone
will download it anyway.
• Config: acknowledge_abuse
• Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_ACKNOWLEDGE_ABUSE
• Type: bool
• Default: false
–drive-keep-revision-forever
Keep new head revision of each file forever.
• Config: keep_revision_forever
• Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_KEEP_REVISION_FOREVER
• Type: bool
• Default: false
–drive-size-as-quota
Show storage quota usage for file size.
The storage used by a file is the size of the current version plus any older versions that
have been set to keep forever.
• Config: size_as_quota
• Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_SIZE_AS_QUOTA
• Type: bool
• Default: false
–drive-v2-download-min-size
If Object’s are greater, use drive v2 API to download.
• Config: v2_download_min_size
• Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_V2_DOWNLOAD_MIN_SIZE
• Type: SizeSuffix
• Default: off
–drive-pacer-min-sleep
Minimum time to sleep between API calls.
• Config: pacer_min_sleep
• Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_PACER_MIN_SLEEP
• Type: Duration
• Default: 100ms
–drive-pacer-burst
Number of API calls to allow without sleeping.
• Config: pacer_burst
• Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_PACER_BURST
• Type: int
• Default: 100
–drive-server-side-across-configs
Allow server side operations (eg copy) to work across different drive configs.
This can be useful if you wish to do a server side copy between two different Google
drives. Note that this isn’t enabled by default because it isn’t easy to tell if it will
work between any two configurations.
• Config: server_side_across_configs
• Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_SERVER_SIDE_ACROSS_CONFIGS
• Type: bool
• Default: false
–drive-disable-http2
Disable drive using http2
There is currently an unsolved issue with the google drive backend and HTTP/2. HTTP/2 is
therefore disabled by default for the drive backend but can be re-enabled here. When the
issue is solved this flag will be removed.
See: https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/3631
• Config: disable_http2
• Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_DISABLE_HTTP2
• Type: bool
• Default: true
Limitations
Drive has quite a lot of rate limiting. This causes rclone to be limited to transferring
about 2 files per second only. Individual files may be transferred much faster at 100s of
MBytes/s but lots of small files can take a long time.
Server side copies are also subject to a separate rate limit. If you see User rate limit
exceeded errors, wait at least 24 hours and retry. You can disable server side copies
with --disable copy to download and upload the files if you prefer.
Limitations of Google Docs
Google docs will appear as size -1 in rclone ls and as size 0 in anything which uses the
VFS layer, eg rclone mount, rclone serve.
This is because rclone can’t find out the size of the Google docs without downloading
them.
Google docs will transfer correctly with rclone sync, rclone copy etc as rclone knows to
ignore the size when doing the transfer.
However an unfortunate consequence of this is that you may not be able to download Google
docs using rclone mount. If it doesn’t work you will get a 0 sized file. If you try
again the doc may gain its correct size and be downloadable. Whther it will work on not
depends on the application accessing the mount and the OS you are running - experiment to
find out if it does work for you!
Duplicated files
Sometimes, for no reason I’ve been able to track down, drive will duplicate a file that
rclone uploads. Drive unlike all the other remotes can have duplicated files.
Duplicated files cause problems with the syncing and you will see messages in the log
about duplicates.
Use rclone dedupe to fix duplicated files.
Note that this isn’t just a problem with rclone, even Google Photos on Android duplicates
files on drive sometimes.
Rclone appears to be re-copying files it shouldn’t
The most likely cause of this is the duplicated file issue above - run rclone dedupe and
check your logs for duplicate object or directory messages.
This can also be caused by a delay/caching on google drive’s end when comparing directory
listings. Specifically with team drives used in combination with –fast-list. Files that
were uploaded recently may not appear on the directory list sent to rclone when using
–fast-list.
Waiting a moderate period of time between attempts (estimated to be approximately 1 hour)
and/or not using –fast-list both seem to be effective in preventing the problem.
Making your own client_id
When you use rclone with Google drive in its default configuration you are using rclone’s
client_id. This is shared between all the rclone users. There is a global rate limit on
the number of queries per second that each client_id can do set by Google. rclone already
has a high quota and I will continue to make sure it is high enough by contacting Google.
It is strongly recommended to use your own client ID as the default rclone ID is heavily
used. If you have multiple services running, it is recommended to use an API key for each
service. The default Google quota is 10 transactions per second so it is recommended to
stay under that number as if you use more than that, it will cause rclone to rate limit
and make things slower.
Here is how to create your own Google Drive client ID for rclone:
1. Log into the Google API Console (https://console.developers.google.com/) with your
Google account. It doesn’t matter what Google account you use. (It need not be the
same account as the Google Drive you want to access)
2. Select a project or create a new project.
3. Under “ENABLE APIS AND SERVICES” search for “Drive”, and enable the “Google Drive API”.
4. Click “Credentials” in the left-side panel (not “Create credentials”, which opens the
wizard), then “Create credentials”, then “OAuth client ID”. It will prompt you to set
the OAuth consent screen product name, if you haven’t set one already.
5. Choose an application type of “other”, and click “Create”. (the default name is fine)
6. It will show you a client ID and client secret. Use these values in rclone config to
add a new remote or edit an existing remote.
(Thanks to @balazer on github for these instructions.)
Google Photos
The rclone backend for Google Photos (https://www.google.com/photos/about/) is a
specialized backend for transferring photos and videos to and from Google Photos.
NB The Google Photos API which rclone uses has quite a few limitations, so please read the
limitations section carefully to make sure it is suitable for your use.
Configuring Google Photos
The initial setup for google cloud storage involves getting a token from Google Photos
which you need to do in your browser. rclone config walks you through it.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called remote. First run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Google Photos
\ "google photos"
[snip]
Storage> google photos
** See help for google photos backend at: https://rclone.org/googlephotos/ **
Google Application Client Id
Leave blank normally.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
client_id>
Google Application Client Secret
Leave blank normally.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
client_secret>
Set to make the Google Photos backend read only.
If you choose read only then rclone will only request read only access
to your photos, otherwise rclone will request full access.
Enter a boolean value (true or false). Press Enter for the default ("false").
read_only>
Edit advanced config? (y/n)
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> n
Remote config
Use auto config?
* Say Y if not sure
* Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> y
If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
Log in and authorize rclone for access
Waiting for code...
Got code
*** IMPORTANT: All media items uploaded to Google Photos with rclone
*** are stored in full resolution at original quality. These uploads
*** will count towards storage in your Google Account.
--------------------
[remote]
type = google photos
token = {"access_token":"XXX","token_type":"Bearer","refresh_token":"XXX","expiry":"2019-06-28T17:38:04.644930156+01:00"}
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the token as returned
from Google if you use auto config mode. This only runs from the moment it opens your
browser to the moment you get back the verification code. This is on
http://127.0.0.1:53682/ and this may require you to unblock it temporarily if you are
running a host firewall, or use manual mode.
This remote is called remote and can now be used like this
See all the albums in your photos
rclone lsd remote:album
Make a new album
rclone mkdir remote:album/newAlbum
List the contents of an album
rclone ls remote:album/newAlbum
Sync /home/local/images to the Google Photos, removing any excess files in the album.
rclone sync /home/local/image remote:album/newAlbum
Layout
As Google Photos is not a general purpose cloud storage system the backend is laid out to
help you navigate it.
The directories under media show different ways of categorizing the media. Each file will
appear multiple times. So if you want to make a backup of your google photos you might
choose to backup remote:media/by-month. (NB remote:media/by-day is rather slow at the
moment so avoid for syncing.)
Note that all your photos and videos will appear somewhere under media, but they may not
appear under album unless you’ve put them into albums.
/
- upload
- file1.jpg
- file2.jpg
- ...
- media
- all
- file1.jpg
- file2.jpg
- ...
- by-year
- 2000
- file1.jpg
- ...
- 2001
- file2.jpg
- ...
- ...
- by-month
- 2000
- 2000-01
- file1.jpg
- ...
- 2000-02
- file2.jpg
- ...
- ...
- by-day
- 2000
- 2000-01-01
- file1.jpg
- ...
- 2000-01-02
- file2.jpg
- ...
- ...
- album
- album name
- album name/sub
- shared-album
- album name
- album name/sub
There are two writable parts of the tree, the upload directory and sub directories of the
the album directory.
The upload directory is for uploading files you don’t want to put into albums. This will
be empty to start with and will contain the files you’ve uploaded for one rclone session
only, becoming empty again when you restart rclone. The use case for this would be if you
have a load of files you just want to once off dump into Google Photos. For repeated
syncing, uploading to album will work better.
Directories within the album directory are also writeable and you may create new
directories (albums) under album. If you copy files with a directory hierarchy in there
then rclone will create albums with the / character in them. For example if you do
rclone copy /path/to/images remote:album/images
and the images directory contains
images
- file1.jpg
dir
file2.jpg
dir2
dir3
file3.jpg
Then rclone will create the following albums with the following files in
• images
• file1.jpg
• images/dir
• file2.jpg
• images/dir2/dir3
• file3.jpg
This means that you can use the album path pretty much like a normal filesystem and it is
a good target for repeated syncing.
The shared-album directory shows albums shared with you or by you. This is similar to the
Sharing tab in the Google Photos web interface.
Limitations
Only images and videos can be uploaded. If you attempt to upload non videos or images or
formats that Google Photos doesn’t understand, rclone will upload the file, then Google
Photos will give an error when it is put turned into a media item.
Note that all media items uploaded to Google Photos through the API are stored in full
resolution at “original quality” and will count towards your storage quota in your Google
Account. The API does not offer a way to upload in “high quality” mode..
Downloading Images
When Images are downloaded this strips EXIF location (according to the docs and my tests).
This is a limitation of the Google Photos API and is covered by bug #112096115
(https://issuetracker.google.com/issues/112096115).
The current google API does not allow photos to be downloaded at original resolution. This
is very important if you are, for example, relying on “Google Photos” as a backup of your
photos. You will not be able to use rclone to redownload original images. You could use
`google takeout' to recover the original photos as a last resort
Downloading Videos
When videos are downloaded they are downloaded in a really compressed version of the video
compared to downloading it via the Google Photos web interface. This is covered by bug
#113672044 (https://issuetracker.google.com/issues/113672044).
Duplicates
If a file name is duplicated in a directory then rclone will add the file ID into its
name. So two files called file.jpg would then appear as file {123456}.jpg and file
{ABCDEF}.jpg (the actual IDs are a lot longer alas!).
If you upload the same image (with the same binary data) twice then Google Photos will
deduplicate it. However it will retain the filename from the first upload which may
confuse rclone. For example if you uploaded an image to upload then uploaded the same
image to album/my_album the filename of the image in album/my_album will be what it was
uploaded with initially, not what you uploaded it with to album. In practise this
shouldn’t cause too many problems.
Modified time
The date shown of media in Google Photos is the creation date as determined by the EXIF
information, or the upload date if that is not known.
This is not changeable by rclone and is not the modification date of the media on local
disk. This means that rclone cannot use the dates from Google Photos for syncing
purposes.
Size
The Google Photos API does not return the size of media. This means that when syncing to
Google Photos, rclone can only do a file existence check.
It is possible to read the size of the media, but this needs an extra HTTP HEAD request
per media item so is very slow and uses up a lot of transactions. This can be enabled
with the --gphotos-read-size option or the read_size = true config parameter.
If you want to use the backend with rclone mount you may need to enable this flag
(depending on your OS and application using the photos) otherwise you may not be able to
read media off the mount. You’ll need to experiment to see if it works for you without
the flag.
Albums
Rclone can only upload files to albums it created. This is a limitation of the Google
Photos API (https://developers.google.com/photos/library/guides/manage-albums).
Rclone can remove files it uploaded from albums it created only.
Deleting files
Rclone can remove files from albums it created, but note that the Google Photos API does
not allow media to be deleted permanently so this media will still remain. See bug
#109759781 (https://issuetracker.google.com/issues/109759781).
Rclone cannot delete files anywhere except under album.
Deleting albums
The Google Photos API does not support deleting albums - see bug #135714733
(https://issuetracker.google.com/issues/135714733).
Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to google photos (Google Photos).
–gphotos-client-id
Google Application Client Id Leave blank normally.
• Config: client_id
• Env Var: RCLONE_GPHOTOS_CLIENT_ID
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–gphotos-client-secret
Google Application Client Secret Leave blank normally.
• Config: client_secret
• Env Var: RCLONE_GPHOTOS_CLIENT_SECRET
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–gphotos-read-only
Set to make the Google Photos backend read only.
If you choose read only then rclone will only request read only access to your photos,
otherwise rclone will request full access.
• Config: read_only
• Env Var: RCLONE_GPHOTOS_READ_ONLY
• Type: bool
• Default: false
Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to google photos (Google Photos).
–gphotos-read-size
Set to read the size of media items.
Normally rclone does not read the size of media items since this takes another
transaction. This isn’t necessary for syncing. However rclone mount needs to know the
size of files in advance of reading them, so setting this flag when using rclone mount is
recommended if you want to read the media.
• Config: read_size
• Env Var: RCLONE_GPHOTOS_READ_SIZE
• Type: bool
• Default: false
HTTP
The HTTP remote is a read only remote for reading files of a webserver. The webserver
should provide file listings which rclone will read and turn into a remote. This has been
tested with common webservers such as Apache/Nginx/Caddy and will likely work with file
listings from most web servers. (If it doesn’t then please file an issue, or send a pull
request!)
Paths are specified as remote: or remote:path/to/dir.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called remote. First run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / http Connection
\ "http"
[snip]
Storage> http
URL of http host to connect to
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Connect to example.com
\ "https://example.com"
url> https://beta.rclone.org
Remote config
--------------------
[remote]
url = https://beta.rclone.org
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
Current remotes:
Name Type
==== ====
remote http
e) Edit existing remote
n) New remote
d) Delete remote
r) Rename remote
c) Copy remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
e/n/d/r/c/s/q> q
This remote is called remote and can now be used like this
See all the top level directories
rclone lsd remote:
List the contents of a directory
rclone ls remote:directory
Sync the remote directory to /home/local/directory, deleting any excess files.
rclone sync remote:directory /home/local/directory
Read only
This remote is read only - you can’t upload files to an HTTP server.
Modified time
Most HTTP servers store time accurate to 1 second.
Checksum
No checksums are stored.
Usage without a config file
Since the http remote only has one config parameter it is easy to use without a config
file:
rclone lsd --http-url https://beta.rclone.org :http:
Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to http (http Connection).
–http-url
URL of http host to connect to
• Config: url
• Env Var: RCLONE_HTTP_URL
• Type: string
• Default: ""
• Examples:
• “https://example.com”
• Connect to example.com
• “https://user:pass@example.com”
• Connect to example.com using a username and password
Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to http (http Connection).
–http-headers
Set HTTP headers for all transactions
Use this to set additional HTTP headers for all transactions
The input format is comma separated list of key,value pairs. Standard CSV encoding
(https://godoc.org/encoding/csv) may be used.
For example to set a Cookie use `Cookie,name=value', or `“Cookie”,“name=value”'.
You can set multiple headers, eg `“Cookie”,“name=value”,“Authorization”,“xxx”'.
• Config: headers
• Env Var: RCLONE_HTTP_HEADERS
• Type: CommaSepList
• Default:
–http-no-slash
Set this if the site doesn’t end directories with /
Use this if your target website does not use / on the end of directories.
A / on the end of a path is how rclone normally tells the difference between files and
directories. If this flag is set, then rclone will treat all files with Content-Type:
text/html as directories and read URLs from them rather than downloading them.
Note that this may cause rclone to confuse genuine HTML files with directories.
• Config: no_slash
• Env Var: RCLONE_HTTP_NO_SLASH
• Type: bool
• Default: false
–http-no-head
Don’t use HEAD requests to find file sizes in dir listing
If your site is being very slow to load then you can try this option. Normally rclone
does a HEAD request for each potential file in a directory listing to:
• find its size
• check it really exists
• check to see if it is a directory
If you set this option, rclone will not do the HEAD request. This will mean
• directory listings are much quicker
• rclone won’t have the times or sizes of any files
• some files that don’t exist may be in the listing
• Config: no_head
• Env Var: RCLONE_HTTP_NO_HEAD
• Type: bool
• Default: false
Hubic
Paths are specified as remote:path
Paths are specified as remote:container (or remote: for the lsd command.) You may put
subdirectories in too, eg remote:container/path/to/dir.
The initial setup for Hubic involves getting a token from Hubic which you need to do in
your browser. rclone config walks you through it.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called remote. First run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
n/s> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Hubic
\ "hubic"
[snip]
Storage> hubic
Hubic Client Id - leave blank normally.
client_id>
Hubic Client Secret - leave blank normally.
client_secret>
Remote config
Use auto config?
* Say Y if not sure
* Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> y
If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
Log in and authorize rclone for access
Waiting for code...
Got code
--------------------
[remote]
client_id =
client_secret =
token = {"access_token":"XXXXXX"}
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
See the remote setup docs (https://rclone.org/remote_setup/) for how to set it up on a
machine with no Internet browser available.
Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the token as returned
from Hubic. This only runs from the moment it opens your browser to the moment you get
back the verification code. This is on http://127.0.0.1:53682/ and this it may require
you to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host firewall.
Once configured you can then use rclone like this,
List containers in the top level of your Hubic
rclone lsd remote:
List all the files in your Hubic
rclone ls remote:
To copy a local directory to an Hubic directory called backup
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
If you want the directory to be visible in the official Hubic browser, you need to copy
your files to the default directory
rclone copy /home/source remote:default/backup
–fast-list
This remote supports --fast-list which allows you to use fewer transactions in exchange
for more memory. See the rclone docs (/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
Modified time
The modified time is stored as metadata on the object as X-Object-Meta-Mtime as floating
point since the epoch accurate to 1 ns.
This is a de facto standard (used in the official python-swiftclient amongst others) for
storing the modification time for an object.
Note that Hubic wraps the Swift backend, so most of the properties of are the same.
Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to hubic (Hubic).
–hubic-client-id
Hubic Client Id Leave blank normally.
• Config: client_id
• Env Var: RCLONE_HUBIC_CLIENT_ID
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–hubic-client-secret
Hubic Client Secret Leave blank normally.
• Config: client_secret
• Env Var: RCLONE_HUBIC_CLIENT_SECRET
• Type: string
• Default: ""
Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to hubic (Hubic).
–hubic-chunk-size
Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container.
Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. The default for this is
5GB which is its maximum value.
• Config: chunk_size
• Env Var: RCLONE_HUBIC_CHUNK_SIZE
• Type: SizeSuffix
• Default: 5G
–hubic-no-chunk
Don’t chunk files during streaming upload.
When doing streaming uploads (eg using rcat or mount) setting this flag will cause the
swift backend to not upload chunked files.
This will limit the maximum upload size to 5GB. However non chunked files are easier to
deal with and have an MD5SUM.
Rclone will still chunk files bigger than chunk_size when doing normal copy operations.
• Config: no_chunk
• Env Var: RCLONE_HUBIC_NO_CHUNK
• Type: bool
• Default: false
Limitations
This uses the normal OpenStack Swift mechanism to refresh the Swift API credentials and
ignores the expires field returned by the Hubic API.
The Swift API doesn’t return a correct MD5SUM for segmented files (Dynamic or Static Large
Objects) so rclone won’t check or use the MD5SUM for these.
Jottacloud
Paths are specified as remote:path
Paths may be as deep as required, eg remote:directory/subdirectory.
To configure Jottacloud you will need to enter your username and password and select a
mountpoint.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called remote. First run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> jotta
Type of storage to configure.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / JottaCloud
\ "jottacloud"
[snip]
Storage> jottacloud
** See help for jottacloud backend at: https://rclone.org/jottacloud/ **
Edit advanced config? (y/n)
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> n
Remote config
Do you want to create a machine specific API key?
Rclone has it's own Jottacloud API KEY which works fine as long as one only uses rclone on a single machine. When you want to use rclone with this account on more than one machine it's recommended to create a machine specific API key. These keys can NOT be shared between machines.
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> y
Username> 0xC4KE@gmail.com
Your Jottacloud password is only required during setup and will not be stored.
password:
Do you want to use a non standard device/mountpoint e.g. for accessing files uploaded using the official Jottacloud client?
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> y
Please select the device to use. Normally this will be Jotta
Choose a number from below, or type in an existing value
1 > DESKTOP-3H31129
2 > fla1
3 > Jotta
Devices> 3
Please select the mountpoint to user. Normally this will be Archive
Choose a number from below, or type in an existing value
1 > Archive
2 > Shared
3 > Sync
Mountpoints> 1
--------------------
[jotta]
type = jottacloud
user = 0xC4KE@gmail.com
client_id = .....
client_secret = ........
token = {........}
device = Jotta
mountpoint = Archive
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
Once configured you can then use rclone like this,
List directories in top level of your Jottacloud
rclone lsd remote:
List all the files in your Jottacloud
rclone ls remote:
To copy a local directory to an Jottacloud directory called backup
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
Devices and Mountpoints
The official Jottacloud client registers a device for each computer you install it on and
then creates a mountpoint for each folder you select for Backup. The web interface uses a
special device called Jotta for the Archive, Sync and Shared mountpoints. In most cases
you’ll want to use the Jotta/Archive device/mounpoint however if you want to access files
uploaded by the official rclone provides the option to select other devices and
mountpoints during config.
–fast-list
This remote supports --fast-list which allows you to use fewer transactions in exchange
for more memory. See the rclone docs (/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
Note that the implementation in Jottacloud always uses only a single API request to get
the entire list, so for large folders this could lead to long wait time before the first
results are shown.
Modified time and hashes
Jottacloud allows modification times to be set on objects accurate to 1 second. These
will be used to detect whether objects need syncing or not.
Jottacloud supports MD5 type hashes, so you can use the --checksum flag.
Note that Jottacloud requires the MD5 hash before upload so if the source does not have an
MD5 checksum then the file will be cached temporarily on disk (wherever the TMPDIR
environment variable points to) before it is uploaded. Small files will be cached in
memory - see the --jottacloud-md5-memory-limit flag.
Restricted filename characters
In addition to the default restricted characters set (/overview/#restricted-characters)
the following characters are also replaced:
Character Value Replacement
────────────────────────────────
" 0x22 ＂
* 0x2A ＊
: 0x3A ：
< 0x3C ＜
> 0x3E ＞
? 0x3F ？
| 0x7C ｜
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be replaced (/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can’t be used
in XML strings.
Deleting files
By default rclone will send all files to the trash when deleting files. Due to a lack of
API documentation emptying the trash is currently only possible via the Jottacloud
website. If deleting permanently is required then use the --jottacloud-hard-delete flag,
or set the equivalent environment variable.
Versions
Jottacloud supports file versioning. When rclone uploads a new version of a file it
creates a new version of it. Currently rclone only supports retrieving the current
version but older versions can be accessed via the Jottacloud Website.
Quota information
To view your current quota you can use the rclone about remote: command which will display
your usage limit (unless it is unlimited) and the current usage.
Device IDs
Jottacloud requires each `device' to be registered. Rclone brings such a registration to
easily access your account but if you want to use Jottacloud together with rclone on
multiple machines you NEED to create a seperate deviceID/deviceSecrect on each machine.
You will asked during setting up the remote. Please be aware that this also means that
copying the rclone config from one machine to another does NOT work with Jottacloud
accounts. You have to create it on each machine.
Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to jottacloud (JottaCloud).
–jottacloud-md5-memory-limit
Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required.
• Config: md5_memory_limit
• Env Var: RCLONE_JOTTACLOUD_MD5_MEMORY_LIMIT
• Type: SizeSuffix
• Default: 10M
–jottacloud-hard-delete
Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
• Config: hard_delete
• Env Var: RCLONE_JOTTACLOUD_HARD_DELETE
• Type: bool
• Default: false
–jottacloud-unlink
Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
Default is false, meaning link command will create or retrieve public link.
• Config: unlink
• Env Var: RCLONE_JOTTACLOUD_UNLINK
• Type: bool
• Default: false
–jottacloud-upload-resume-limit
Files bigger than this can be resumed if the upload fail’s.
• Config: upload_resume_limit
• Env Var: RCLONE_JOTTACLOUD_UPLOAD_RESUME_LIMIT
• Type: SizeSuffix
• Default: 10M
Limitations
Note that Jottacloud is case insensitive so you can’t have a file called “Hello.doc” and
one called “hello.doc”.
There are quite a few characters that can’t be in Jottacloud file names. Rclone will map
these names to and from an identical looking unicode equivalent. For example if a file
has a ? in it will be mapped to ？ instead.
Jottacloud only supports filenames up to 255 characters in length.
Troubleshooting
Jottacloud exhibits some inconsistent behaviours regarding deleted files and folders which
may cause Copy, Move and DirMove operations to previously deleted paths to fail. Emptying
the trash should help in such cases.
Koofr
Paths are specified as remote:path
Paths may be as deep as required, eg remote:directory/subdirectory.
The initial setup for Koofr involves creating an application password for rclone. You can
do that by opening the Koofr web application
(https://app.koofr.net/app/admin/preferences/password), giving the password a nice name
like rclone and clicking on generate.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called koofr. First run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> koofr
Type of storage to configure.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Koofr
\ "koofr"
[snip]
Storage> koofr
** See help for koofr backend at: https://rclone.org/koofr/ **
Your Koofr user name
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
user> USER@NAME
Your Koofr password for rclone (generate one at https://app.koofr.net/app/admin/preferences/password)
y) Yes type in my own password
g) Generate random password
y/g> y
Enter the password:
password:
Confirm the password:
password:
Edit advanced config? (y/n)
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> n
Remote config
--------------------
[koofr]
type = koofr
baseurl = https://app.koofr.net
user = USER@NAME
password = *** ENCRYPTED ***
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
You can choose to edit advanced config in order to enter your own service URL if you use
an on-premise or white label Koofr instance, or choose an alternative mount instead of
your primary storage.
Once configured you can then use rclone like this,
List directories in top level of your Koofr
rclone lsd koofr:
List all the files in your Koofr
rclone ls koofr:
To copy a local directory to an Koofr directory called backup
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
Restricted filename characters
In addition to the default restricted characters set (/overview/#restricted-characters)
the following characters are also replaced:
Character Value Replacement
────────────────────────────────
\ 0x5C ＼
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be replaced (/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can’t be used
in XML strings.
Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to koofr (Koofr).
–koofr-user
Your Koofr user name
• Config: user
• Env Var: RCLONE_KOOFR_USER
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–koofr-password
Your Koofr password for rclone (generate one at
https://app.koofr.net/app/admin/preferences/password)
• Config: password
• Env Var: RCLONE_KOOFR_PASSWORD
• Type: string
• Default: ""
Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to koofr (Koofr).
–koofr-endpoint
The Koofr API endpoint to use
• Config: endpoint
• Env Var: RCLONE_KOOFR_ENDPOINT
• Type: string
• Default: “https://app.koofr.net”
–koofr-mountid
Mount ID of the mount to use. If omitted, the primary mount is used.
• Config: mountid
• Env Var: RCLONE_KOOFR_MOUNTID
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–koofr-setmtime
Does the backend support setting modification time. Set this to false if you use a mount
ID that points to a Dropbox or Amazon Drive backend.
• Config: setmtime
• Env Var: RCLONE_KOOFR_SETMTIME
• Type: bool
• Default: true
Limitations
Note that Koofr is case insensitive so you can’t have a file called “Hello.doc” and one
called “hello.doc”.
Mail.ru Cloud
Mail.ru Cloud (https://cloud.mail.ru/) is a cloud storage provided by a Russian internet
company Mail.Ru Group (https://mail.ru). The official desktop client is Disk-O:
(https://disk-o.cloud/), available only on Windows. (Please note that official sites are
in Russian)
Features highlights
• Paths may be as deep as required, eg remote:directory/subdirectory
• Files have a last modified time property, directories don’t
• Deleted files are by default moved to the trash
• Files and directories can be shared via public links
• Partial uploads or streaming are not supported, file size must be known before upload
• Maximum file size is limited to 2G for a free acount, unlimited for paid accounts
• Storage keeps hash for all files and performs transparent deduplication, the hash
algorithm is a modified SHA1
• If a particular file is already present in storage, one can quickly submit file hash
instead of long file upload (this optimization is supported by rclone)
Configuration
Here is an example of making a mailru configuration. First create a Mail.ru Cloud account
and choose a tariff, then run
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Type of storage to configure.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Mail.ru Cloud
\ "mailru"
[snip]
Storage> mailru
User name (usually email)
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
user> username@mail.ru
Password
y) Yes type in my own password
g) Generate random password
y/g> y
Enter the password:
password:
Confirm the password:
password:
Skip full upload if there is another file with same data hash.
This feature is called "speedup" or "put by hash". It is especially efficient
in case of generally available files like popular books, video or audio clips
[snip]
Enter a boolean value (true or false). Press Enter for the default ("true").
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Enable
\ "true"
2 / Disable
\ "false"
speedup_enable> 1
Edit advanced config? (y/n)
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> n
Remote config
--------------------
[remote]
type = mailru
user = username@mail.ru
pass = *** ENCRYPTED ***
speedup_enable = true
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
Configuration of this backend does not require a local web browser. You can use the
configured backend as shown below:
See top level directories
rclone lsd remote:
Make a new directory
rclone mkdir remote:directory
List the contents of a directory
rclone ls remote:directory
Sync /home/local/directory to the remote path, deleting any excess files in the path.
rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:directory
Modified time
Files support a modification time attribute with up to 1 second precision. Directories do
not have a modification time, which is shown as “Jan 1 1970”.
Hash checksums
Hash sums use a custom Mail.ru algorithm based on SHA1. If file size is less than or
equal to the SHA1 block size (20 bytes), its hash is simply its data right-padded with
zero bytes. Hash sum of a larger file is computed as a SHA1 sum of the file data bytes
concatenated with a decimal representation of the data length.
Emptying Trash
Removing a file or directory actually moves it to the trash, which is not visible to
rclone but can be seen in a web browser. The trashed file still occupies part of total
quota. If you wish to empty your trash and free some quota, you can use the rclone
cleanup remote: command, which will permanently delete all your trashed files. This
command does not take any path arguments.
Quota information
To view your current quota you can use the rclone about remote: command which will display
your usage limit (quota) and the current usage.
Restricted filename characters
In addition to the default restricted characters set (/overview/#restricted-characters)
the following characters are also replaced:
Character Value Replacement
────────────────────────────────
" 0x22 ＂
* 0x2A ＊
: 0x3A ：
< 0x3C ＜
> 0x3E ＞
? 0x3F ？
\ 0x5C ＼
| 0x7C ｜
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be replaced (/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can’t be used
in JSON strings.
Limitations
File size limits depend on your account. A single file size is limited by 2G for a free
account and unlimited for paid tariffs. Please refer to the Mail.ru site for the total
uploaded size limits.
Note that Mailru is case insensitive so you can’t have a file called “Hello.doc” and one
called “hello.doc”.
Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to mailru (Mail.ru Cloud).
–mailru-user
User name (usually email)
• Config: user
• Env Var: RCLONE_MAILRU_USER
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–mailru-pass
Password
• Config: pass
• Env Var: RCLONE_MAILRU_PASS
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–mailru-speedup-enable
Skip full upload if there is another file with same data hash. This feature is called
“speedup” or “put by hash”. It is especially efficient in case of generally available
files like popular books, video or audio clips, because files are searched by hash in all
accounts of all mailru users. Please note that rclone may need local memory and disk
space to calculate content hash in advance and decide whether full upload is required.
Also, if rclone does not know file size in advance (e.g. in case of streaming or partial
uploads), it will not even try this optimization.
• Config: speedup_enable
• Env Var: RCLONE_MAILRU_SPEEDUP_ENABLE
• Type: bool
• Default: true
• Examples:
• “true”
• Enable
• “false”
• Disable
Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to mailru (Mail.ru Cloud).
–mailru-speedup-file-patterns
Comma separated list of file name patterns eligible for speedup (put by hash). Patterns
are case insensitive and can contain ’*’ or `?' meta characters.
• Config: speedup_file_patterns
• Env Var: RCLONE_MAILRU_SPEEDUP_FILE_PATTERNS
• Type: string
• Default: “.mkv,.avi,.mp4,.mp3,.zip,.gz,.rar,.pdf”
• Examples:
• ""
• Empty list completely disables speedup (put by hash).
• "*"
• All files will be attempted for speedup.
• “.mkv,.avi,.mp4,.mp3”
• Only common audio/video files will be tried for put by hash.
• “.zip,.gz,.rar,.pdf”
• Only common archives or PDF books will be tried for speedup.
–mailru-speedup-max-disk
This option allows you to disable speedup (put by hash) for large files (because
preliminary hashing can exhaust you RAM or disk space)
• Config: speedup_max_disk
• Env Var: RCLONE_MAILRU_SPEEDUP_MAX_DISK
• Type: SizeSuffix
• Default: 3G
• Examples:
• “0”
• Completely disable speedup (put by hash).
• “1G”
• Files larger than 1Gb will be uploaded directly.
• “3G”
• Choose this option if you have less than 3Gb free on local disk.
–mailru-speedup-max-memory
Files larger than the size given below will always be hashed on disk.
• Config: speedup_max_memory
• Env Var: RCLONE_MAILRU_SPEEDUP_MAX_MEMORY
• Type: SizeSuffix
• Default: 32M
• Examples:
• “0”
• Preliminary hashing will always be done in a temporary disk location.
• “32M”
• Do not dedicate more than 32Mb RAM for preliminary hashing.
• “256M”
• You have at most 256Mb RAM free for hash calculations.
–mailru-check-hash
What should copy do if file checksum is mismatched or invalid
• Config: check_hash
• Env Var: RCLONE_MAILRU_CHECK_HASH
• Type: bool
• Default: true
• Examples:
• “true”
• Fail with error.
• “false”
• Ignore and continue.
–mailru-user-agent
HTTP user agent used internally by client. Defaults to “rclone/VERSION” or “–user-agent”
provided on command line.
• Config: user_agent
• Env Var: RCLONE_MAILRU_USER_AGENT
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–mailru-quirks
Comma separated list of internal maintenance flags. This option must not be used by an
ordinary user. It is intended only to facilitate remote troubleshooting of backend
issues. Strict meaning of flags is not documented and not guaranteed to persist between
releases. Quirks will be removed when the backend grows stable. Supported quirks:
atomicmkdir binlist gzip insecure retry400
• Config: quirks
• Env Var: RCLONE_MAILRU_QUIRKS
• Type: string
• Default: ""
Mega
Mega (https://mega.nz/) is a cloud storage and file hosting service known for its security
feature where all files are encrypted locally before they are uploaded. This prevents
anyone (including employees of Mega) from accessing the files without knowledge of the key
used for encryption.
This is an rclone backend for Mega which supports the file transfer features of Mega using
the same client side encryption.
Paths are specified as remote:path
Paths may be as deep as required, eg remote:directory/subdirectory.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called remote. First run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Mega
\ "mega"
[snip]
Storage> mega
User name
user> you@example.com
Password.
y) Yes type in my own password
g) Generate random password
n) No leave this optional password blank
y/g/n> y
Enter the password:
password:
Confirm the password:
password:
Remote config
--------------------
[remote]
type = mega
user = you@example.com
pass = *** ENCRYPTED ***
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
NOTE: The encryption keys need to have been already generated after a regular login via
the browser, otherwise attempting to use the credentials in rclone will fail.
Once configured you can then use rclone like this,
List directories in top level of your Mega
rclone lsd remote:
List all the files in your Mega
rclone ls remote:
To copy a local directory to an Mega directory called backup
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
Modified time and hashes
Mega does not support modification times or hashes yet.
Restricted filename characters
Character Value Replacement
────────────────────────────────
NUL 0x00 ␀
/ 0x2F ／
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be replaced (/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can’t be used
in JSON strings.
Duplicated files
Mega can have two files with exactly the same name and path (unlike a normal file system).
Duplicated files cause problems with the syncing and you will see messages in the log
about duplicates.
Use rclone dedupe to fix duplicated files.
Failure to log-in
Mega remotes seem to get blocked (reject logins) under “heavy use”. We haven’t worked out
the exact blocking rules but it seems to be related to fast paced, sucessive rclone
commands.
For example, executing this command 90 times in a row rclone link remote:file will cause
the remote to become “blocked”. This is not an abnormal situation, for example if you
wish to get the public links of a directory with hundred of files... After more or less a
week, the remote will remote accept rclone logins normally again.
You can mitigate this issue by mounting the remote it with rclone mount. This will log-in
when mounting and a log-out when unmounting only. You can also run rclone rcd and then
use rclone rc to run the commands over the API to avoid logging in each time.
Rclone does not currently close mega sessions (you can see them in the web interface),
however closing the sessions does not solve the issue.
If you space rclone commands by 3 seconds it will avoid blocking the remote. We haven’t
identified the exact blocking rules, so perhaps one could execute the command 80 times
without waiting and avoid blocking by waiting 3 seconds, then continuing...
Note that this has been observed by trial and error and might not be set in stone.
Other tools seem not to produce this blocking effect, as they use a different working
approach (state-based, using sessionIDs instead of log-in) which isn’t compatible with the
current stateless rclone approach.
Note that once blocked, the use of other tools (such as megacmd) is not a sure workaround:
following megacmd login times have been observed in sucession for blocked remote: 7
minutes, 20 min, 30min, 30 min, 30min. Web access looks unaffected though.
Investigation is continuing in relation to workarounds based on timeouts, pacers, retrials
and tpslimits - if you discover something relevant, please post on the forum.
So, if rclone was working nicely and suddenly you are unable to log-in and you are sure
the user and the password are correct, likely you have got the remote blocked for a while.
Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to mega (Mega).
–mega-user
User name
• Config: user
• Env Var: RCLONE_MEGA_USER
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–mega-pass
Password.
• Config: pass
• Env Var: RCLONE_MEGA_PASS
• Type: string
• Default: ""
Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to mega (Mega).
–mega-debug
Output more debug from Mega.
If this flag is set (along with -vv) it will print further debugging information from the
mega backend.
• Config: debug
• Env Var: RCLONE_MEGA_DEBUG
• Type: bool
• Default: false
–mega-hard-delete
Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
Normally the mega backend will put all deletions into the trash rather than permanently
deleting them. If you specify this then rclone will permanently delete objects instead.
• Config: hard_delete
• Env Var: RCLONE_MEGA_HARD_DELETE
• Type: bool
• Default: false
Limitations
This backend uses the go-mega go library (https://github.com/t3rm1n4l/go-mega) which is an
opensource go library implementing the Mega API. There doesn’t appear to be any
documentation for the mega protocol beyond the mega C++ SDK
(https://github.com/meganz/sdk) source code so there are likely quite a few errors still
remaining in this library.
Mega allows duplicate files which may confuse rclone.
Microsoft Azure Blob Storage
Paths are specified as remote:container (or remote: for the lsd command.) You may put
subdirectories in too, eg remote:container/path/to/dir.
Here is an example of making a Microsoft Azure Blob Storage configuration. For a remote
called remote. First run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Microsoft Azure Blob Storage
\ "azureblob"
[snip]
Storage> azureblob
Storage Account Name
account> account_name
Storage Account Key
key> base64encodedkey==
Endpoint for the service - leave blank normally.
endpoint>
Remote config
--------------------
[remote]
account = account_name
key = base64encodedkey==
endpoint =
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
See all containers
rclone lsd remote:
Make a new container
rclone mkdir remote:container
List the contents of a container
rclone ls remote:container
Sync /home/local/directory to the remote container, deleting any excess files in the
container.
rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:container
–fast-list
This remote supports --fast-list which allows you to use fewer transactions in exchange
for more memory. See the rclone docs (/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
Modified time
The modified time is stored as metadata on the object with the mtime key. It is stored
using RFC3339 Format time with nanosecond precision. The metadata is supplied during
directory listings so there is no overhead to using it.
Restricted filename characters
In addition to the default restricted characters set (/overview/#restricted-characters)
the following characters are also replaced:
Character Value Replacement
────────────────────────────────
/ 0x2F ／
\ 0x5C ＼
File names can also not end with the following characters. These only get replaced if
they are last character in the name:
Character Value Replacement
────────────────────────────────
. 0x2E ．
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be replaced (/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can’t be used
in JSON strings.
Hashes
MD5 hashes are stored with blobs. However blobs that were uploaded in chunks only have an
MD5 if the source remote was capable of MD5 hashes, eg the local disk.
Authenticating with Azure Blob Storage
Rclone has 3 ways of authenticating with Azure Blob Storage:
Account and Key
This is the most straight forward and least flexible way. Just fill in the account and
key lines and leave the rest blank.
SAS URL
This can be an account level SAS URL or container level SAS URL
To use it leave account, key blank and fill in sas_url.
Account level SAS URL or container level SAS URL can be obtained from Azure portal or
Azure Storage Explorer. To get a container level SAS URL right click on a container in
the Azure Blob explorer in the Azure portal.
If You use container level SAS URL, rclone operations are permitted only on particular
container, eg
rclone ls azureblob:container or rclone ls azureblob:
Since container name already exists in SAS URL, you can leave it empty as well.
However these will not work
rclone lsd azureblob:
rclone ls azureblob:othercontainer
This would be useful for temporarily allowing third parties access to a single container
or putting credentials into an untrusted environment.
Multipart uploads
Rclone supports multipart uploads with Azure Blob storage. Files bigger than 256MB will
be uploaded using chunked upload by default.
The files will be uploaded in parallel in 4MB chunks (by default). Note that these chunks
are buffered in memory and there may be up to --transfers of them being uploaded at once.
Files can’t be split into more than 50,000 chunks so by default, so the largest file that
can be uploaded with 4MB chunk size is 195GB. Above this rclone will double the chunk
size until it creates less than 50,000 chunks. By default this will mean a maximum file
size of 3.2TB can be uploaded. This can be raised to 5TB using --azureblob-chunk-size
100M.
Note that rclone doesn’t commit the block list until the end of the upload which means
that there is a limit of 9.5TB of multipart uploads in progress as Azure won’t allow more
than that amount of uncommitted blocks.
Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to azureblob (Microsoft Azure Blob Storage).
–azureblob-account
Storage Account Name (leave blank to use SAS URL or Emulator)
• Config: account
• Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_ACCOUNT
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–azureblob-key
Storage Account Key (leave blank to use SAS URL or Emulator)
• Config: key
• Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_KEY
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–azureblob-sas-url
SAS URL for container level access only (leave blank if using account/key or Emulator)
• Config: sas_url
• Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_SAS_URL
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–azureblob-use-emulator
Uses local storage emulator if provided as `true' (leave blank if using real azure storage
endpoint)
• Config: use_emulator
• Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_USE_EMULATOR
• Type: bool
• Default: false
Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to azureblob (Microsoft Azure Blob Storage).
–azureblob-endpoint
Endpoint for the service Leave blank normally.
• Config: endpoint
• Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_ENDPOINT
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–azureblob-upload-cutoff
Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (<= 256MB).
• Config: upload_cutoff
• Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_UPLOAD_CUTOFF
• Type: SizeSuffix
• Default: 256M
–azureblob-chunk-size
Upload chunk size (<= 100MB).
Note that this is stored in memory and there may be up to “–transfers” chunks stored at
once in memory.
• Config: chunk_size
• Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_CHUNK_SIZE
• Type: SizeSuffix
• Default: 4M
–azureblob-list-chunk
Size of blob list.
This sets the number of blobs requested in each listing chunk. Default is the maximum,
5000. “List blobs” requests are permitted 2 minutes per megabyte to complete. If an
operation is taking longer than 2 minutes per megabyte on average, it will time out (
source (https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/rest/api/storageservices/setting-timeouts-for-
blob-service-operations#exceptions-to-default-timeout-interval) ). This can be used to
limit the number of blobs items to return, to avoid the time out.
• Config: list_chunk
• Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_LIST_CHUNK
• Type: int
• Default: 5000
–azureblob-access-tier
Access tier of blob: hot, cool or archive.
Archived blobs can be restored by setting access tier to hot or cool. Leave blank if you
intend to use default access tier, which is set at account level
If there is no “access tier” specified, rclone doesn’t apply any tier. rclone performs
“Set Tier” operation on blobs while uploading, if objects are not modified, specifying
“access tier” to new one will have no effect. If blobs are in “archive tier” at remote,
trying to perform data transfer operations from remote will not be allowed. User should
first restore by tiering blob to “Hot” or “Cool”.
• Config: access_tier
• Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_ACCESS_TIER
• Type: string
• Default: ""
Limitations
MD5 sums are only uploaded with chunked files if the source has an MD5 sum. This will
always be the case for a local to azure copy.
Azure Storage Emulator Support
You can test rlcone with storage emulator locally, to do this make sure azure storage
emulator installed locally and set up a new remote with rclone config follow instructions
described in introduction, set use_emulator config as true, you do not need to provide
default account name or key if using emulator.
Microsoft OneDrive
Paths are specified as remote:path
Paths may be as deep as required, eg remote:directory/subdirectory.
The initial setup for OneDrive involves getting a token from Microsoft which you need to
do in your browser. rclone config walks you through it.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called remote. First run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
e) Edit existing remote
n) New remote
d) Delete remote
r) Rename remote
c) Copy remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
e/n/d/r/c/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Microsoft OneDrive
\ "onedrive"
[snip]
Storage> onedrive
Microsoft App Client Id
Leave blank normally.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
client_id>
Microsoft App Client Secret
Leave blank normally.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
client_secret>
Edit advanced config? (y/n)
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> n
Remote config
Use auto config?
* Say Y if not sure
* Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> y
If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
Log in and authorize rclone for access
Waiting for code...
Got code
Choose a number from below, or type in an existing value
1 / OneDrive Personal or Business
\ "onedrive"
2 / Sharepoint site
\ "sharepoint"
3 / Type in driveID
\ "driveid"
4 / Type in SiteID
\ "siteid"
5 / Search a Sharepoint site
\ "search"
Your choice> 1
Found 1 drives, please select the one you want to use:
0: OneDrive (business) id=b!Eqwertyuiopasdfghjklzxcvbnm-7mnbvcxzlkjhgfdsapoiuytrewqk
Chose drive to use:> 0
Found drive 'root' of type 'business', URL: https://org-my.sharepoint.com/personal/you/Documents
Is that okay?
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> y
--------------------
[remote]
type = onedrive
token = {"access_token":"youraccesstoken","token_type":"Bearer","refresh_token":"yourrefreshtoken","expiry":"2018-08-26T22:39:52.486512262+08:00"}
drive_id = b!Eqwertyuiopasdfghjklzxcvbnm-7mnbvcxzlkjhgfdsapoiuytrewqk
drive_type = business
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
See the remote setup docs (https://rclone.org/remote_setup/) for how to set it up on a
machine with no Internet browser available.
Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the token as returned
from Microsoft. This only runs from the moment it opens your browser to the moment you
get back the verification code. This is on http://127.0.0.1:53682/ and this it may
require you to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host firewall.
Once configured you can then use rclone like this,
List directories in top level of your OneDrive
rclone lsd remote:
List all the files in your OneDrive
rclone ls remote:
To copy a local directory to an OneDrive directory called backup
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
Getting your own Client ID and Key
rclone uses a pair of Client ID and Key shared by all rclone users when performing
requests by default. If you are having problems with them (E.g., seeing a lot of
throttling), you can get your own Client ID and Key by following the steps below:
1. Open
https://portal.azure.com/#blade/Microsoft_AAD_RegisteredApps/ApplicationsListBlade,
then click New registration.
2. Enter a name for your app, choose your account type, select Web in Redirect URI Enter
http://localhost:53682/ and click Register. Copy and keep the Application (client) ID
under the app name for later use.
3. Under manage select Certificates & secrets, click New client secret. Copy and keep
that secret for later use.
4. Under manage select API permissions, click Add a permission and select Microsoft Graph
then select delegated permissions.
5. Search and select the follwing permssions: Files.Read, Files.ReadWrite, Files.Read.All,
Files.ReadWrite.All, offline_access, User.Read. Once selected click Add permissions at
the bottom.
Now the application is complete. Run rclone config to create or edit a OneDrive remote.
Supply the app ID and password as Client ID and Secret, respectively. rclone will walk
you through the remaining steps.
Modification time and hashes
OneDrive allows modification times to be set on objects accurate to 1 second. These will
be used to detect whether objects need syncing or not.
OneDrive personal supports SHA1 type hashes. OneDrive for business and Sharepoint Server
support QuickXorHash (https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/onedrive/developer/code-
snippets/quickxorhash).
For all types of OneDrive you can use the --checksum flag.
Restricted filename characters
In addition to the default restricted characters set (/overview/#restricted-characters)
the following characters are also replaced:
Character Value Replacement
────────────────────────────────
" 0x22 ＂
* 0x2A ＊
: 0x3A ：
< 0x3C ＜
> 0x3E ＞
? 0x3F ？
\ 0x5C ＼
| 0x7C ｜
# 0x23 ＃
% 0x25 ％
File names can also not end with the following characters. These only get replaced if
they are last character in the name:
Character Value Replacement
────────────────────────────────
SP 0x20 ␠
. 0x2E ．
File names can also not begin with the following characters. These only get replaced if
they are first character in the name:
Character Value Replacement
────────────────────────────────
SP 0x20 ␠
~ 0x7E ～
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be replaced (/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can’t be used
in JSON strings.
Deleting files
Any files you delete with rclone will end up in the trash. Microsoft doesn’t provide an
API to permanently delete files, nor to empty the trash, so you will have to do that with
one of Microsoft’s apps or via the OneDrive website.
Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to onedrive (Microsoft OneDrive).
–onedrive-client-id
Microsoft App Client Id Leave blank normally.
• Config: client_id
• Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_CLIENT_ID
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–onedrive-client-secret
Microsoft App Client Secret Leave blank normally.
• Config: client_secret
• Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_CLIENT_SECRET
• Type: string
• Default: ""
Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to onedrive (Microsoft OneDrive).
–onedrive-chunk-size
Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k (327,680 bytes).
Above this size files will be chunked - must be multiple of 320k (327,680 bytes). Note
that the chunks will be buffered into memory.
• Config: chunk_size
• Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_CHUNK_SIZE
• Type: SizeSuffix
• Default: 10M
–onedrive-drive-id
The ID of the drive to use
• Config: drive_id
• Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_DRIVE_ID
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–onedrive-drive-type
The type of the drive ( personal | business | documentLibrary )
• Config: drive_type
• Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_DRIVE_TYPE
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–onedrive-expose-onenote-files
Set to make OneNote files show up in directory listings.
By default rclone will hide OneNote files in directory listings because operations like
“Open” and “Update” won’t work on them. But this behaviour may also prevent you from
deleting them. If you want to delete OneNote files or otherwise want them to show up in
directory listing, set this option.
• Config: expose_onenote_files
• Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_EXPOSE_ONENOTE_FILES
• Type: bool
• Default: false
Limitations
Naming
Note that OneDrive is case insensitive so you can’t have a file called “Hello.doc” and one
called “hello.doc”.
There are quite a few characters that can’t be in OneDrive file names. These can’t occur
on Windows platforms, but on non-Windows platforms they are common. Rclone will map these
names to and from an identical looking unicode equivalent. For example if a file has a ?
in it will be mapped to ？ instead.
File sizes
The largest allowed file sizes are 15GB for OneDrive for Business and 35GB for OneDrive
Personal (Updated 4 Jan 2019).
Path length
The entire path, including the file name, must contain fewer than 400 characters for
OneDrive, OneDrive for Business and SharePoint Online. If you are encrypting file and
folder names with rclone, you may want to pay attention to this limitation because the
encrypted names are typically longer than the original ones.
Number of files
OneDrive seems to be OK with at least 50,000 files in a folder, but at 100,000 rclone will
get errors listing the directory like couldn’t list files: UnknownError:. See #2707
(https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2707) for more info.
An official document about the limitations for different types of OneDrive can be found
here (https://support.office.com/en-us/article/invalid-file-names-and-file-types-in-
onedrive-onedrive-for-business-and-sharepoint-64883a5d-228e-48f5-b3d2-eb39e07630fa).
Versioning issue
Every change in OneDrive causes the service to create a new version. This counts against
a users quota. For example changing the modification time of a file creates a second
version, so the file is using twice the space.
The copy is the only rclone command affected by this as we copy the file and then
afterwards set the modification time to match the source file.
Note: Starting October 2018, users will no longer be able to disable versioning by
default. This is because Microsoft has brought an update
(https://techcommunity.microsoft.com/t5/Microsoft-OneDrive-Blog/New-Updates-to-OneDrive-
and-SharePoint-Team-Site-Versioning/ba-p/204390) to the mechanism. To change this new
default setting, a PowerShell command is required to be run by a SharePoint admin. If you
are an admin, you can run these commands in PowerShell to change that setting:
1. Install-Module -Name Microsoft.Online.SharePoint.PowerShell (in case you haven’t
installed this already)
2. Import-Module Microsoft.Online.SharePoint.PowerShell -DisableNameChecking
3. Connect-SPOService -Url https://YOURSITE-admin.sharepoint.com -Credential
YOU@YOURSITE.COM (replacing YOURSITE, YOU, YOURSITE.COM with the actual values; this
will prompt for your credentials)
4. Set-SPOTenant -EnableMinimumVersionRequirement $False
5. Disconnect-SPOService (to disconnect from the server)
Below are the steps for normal users to disable versioning. If you don’t see the “No
Versioning” option, make sure the above requirements are met.
User Weropol (https://github.com/Weropol) has found a method to disable versioning on
OneDrive
1. Open the settings menu by clicking on the gear symbol at the top of the OneDrive
Business page.
2. Click Site settings.
3. Once on the Site settings page, navigate to Site Administration > Site libraries and
lists.
4. Click Customize “Documents”.
5. Click General Settings > Versioning Settings.
6. Under Document Version History select the option No versioning. Note: This will
disable the creation of new file versions, but will not remove any previous versions.
Your documents are safe.
7. Apply the changes by clicking OK.
8. Use rclone to upload or modify files. (I also use the –no-update-modtime flag)
9. Restore the versioning settings after using rclone. (Optional)
Troubleshooting
Unexpected file size/hash differences on Sharepoint
It is a known (https://github.com/OneDrive/onedrive-api-
docs/issues/935#issuecomment-441741631) issue that Sharepoint (not OneDrive or OneDrive
for Business) silently modifies uploaded files, mainly Office files (.docx, .xlsx, etc.),
causing file size and hash checks to fail. To use rclone with such affected files on
Sharepoint, you may disable these checks with the following command line arguments:
--ignore-checksum --ignore-size
Replacing/deleting existing files on Sharepoint gets “item not found”
It is a known (https://github.com/OneDrive/onedrive-api-docs/issues/1068) issue that
Sharepoint (not OneDrive or OneDrive for Business) may return “item not found” errors when
users try to replace or delete uploaded files; this seems to mainly affect Office files
(.docx, .xlsx, etc.). As a workaround, you may use the --backup-dir <BACKUP_DIR> command
line argument so rclone moves the files to be replaced/deleted into a given backup
directory (instead of directly replacing/deleting them). For example, to instruct rclone
to move the files into the directory rclone-backup-dir on backend mysharepoint, you may
use:
--backup-dir mysharepoint:rclone-backup-dir
access_denied (AADSTS65005)
Error: access_denied
Code: AADSTS65005
Description: Using application 'rclone' is currently not supported for your organization [YOUR_ORGANIZATION] because it is in an unmanaged state. An administrator needs to claim ownership of the company by DNS validation of [YOUR_ORGANIZATION] before the application rclone can be provisioned.
This means that rclone can’t use the OneDrive for Business API with your account. You
can’t do much about it, maybe write an email to your admins.
However, there are other ways to interact with your OneDrive account. Have a look at the
webdav backend: https://rclone.org/webdav/#sharepoint
invalid_grant (AADSTS50076)
Error: invalid_grant
Code: AADSTS50076
Description: Due to a configuration change made by your administrator, or because you moved to a new location, you must use multi-factor authentication to access '...'.
If you see the error above after enabling multi-factor authentication for your account,
you can fix it by refreshing your OAuth refresh token. To do that, run rclone config, and
choose to edit your OneDrive backend. Then, you don’t need to actually make any changes
until you reach this question: Already have a token - refresh?. For this question, answer
y and go through the process to refresh your token, just like the first time the backend
is configured. After this, rclone should work again for this backend.
OpenDrive
Paths are specified as remote:path
Paths may be as deep as required, eg remote:directory/subdirectory.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called remote. First run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
n) New remote
d) Delete remote
q) Quit config
e/n/d/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / OpenDrive
\ "opendrive"
[snip]
Storage> opendrive
Username
username>
Password
y) Yes type in my own password
g) Generate random password
y/g> y
Enter the password:
password:
Confirm the password:
password:
--------------------
[remote]
username =
password = *** ENCRYPTED ***
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
List directories in top level of your OpenDrive
rclone lsd remote:
List all the files in your OpenDrive
rclone ls remote:
To copy a local directory to an OpenDrive directory called backup
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
Modified time and MD5SUMs
OpenDrive allows modification times to be set on objects accurate to 1 second. These will
be used to detect whether objects need syncing or not.
Restricted filename characters
Character Value Replacement
────────────────────────────────
NUL 0x00 ␀
/ 0x2F ／
" 0x22 ＂
* 0x2A ＊
: 0x3A ：
< 0x3C ＜
> 0x3E ＞
? 0x3F ？
\ 0x5C ＼
| 0x7C ｜
File names can also not begin or end with the following characters. These only get
replaced if they are the first or last character in the name:
Character Value Replacement
────────────────────────────────
SP 0x20 ␠
HT 0x09 ␉
LF 0x0A ␊
VT 0x0B ␋
CR 0x0D ␍
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be replaced (/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can’t be used
in JSON strings.
Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to opendrive (OpenDrive).
–opendrive-username
Username
• Config: username
• Env Var: RCLONE_OPENDRIVE_USERNAME
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–opendrive-password
Password.
• Config: password
• Env Var: RCLONE_OPENDRIVE_PASSWORD
• Type: string
• Default: ""
Limitations
Note that OpenDrive is case insensitive so you can’t have a file called “Hello.doc” and
one called “hello.doc”.
There are quite a few characters that can’t be in OpenDrive file names. These can’t occur
on Windows platforms, but on non-Windows platforms they are common. Rclone will map these
names to and from an identical looking unicode equivalent. For example if a file has a ?
in it will be mapped to ？ instead.
QingStor
Paths are specified as remote:bucket (or remote: for the lsd command.) You may put
subdirectories in too, eg remote:bucket/path/to/dir.
Here is an example of making an QingStor configuration. First run
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process.
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
r) Rename remote
c) Copy remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/r/c/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / QingStor Object Storage
\ "qingstor"
[snip]
Storage> qingstor
Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Enter QingStor credentials in the next step
\ "false"
2 / Get QingStor credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM)
\ "true"
env_auth> 1
QingStor Access Key ID - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
access_key_id> access_key
QingStor Secret Access Key (password) - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
secret_access_key> secret_key
Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
Leave blank will use the default value "https://qingstor.com:443"
endpoint>
Zone connect to. Default is "pek3a".
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
/ The Beijing (China) Three Zone
1 | Needs location constraint pek3a.
\ "pek3a"
/ The Shanghai (China) First Zone
2 | Needs location constraint sh1a.
\ "sh1a"
zone> 1
Number of connnection retry.
Leave blank will use the default value "3".
connection_retries>
Remote config
--------------------
[remote]
env_auth = false
access_key_id = access_key
secret_access_key = secret_key
endpoint =
zone = pek3a
connection_retries =
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
This remote is called remote and can now be used like this
See all buckets
rclone lsd remote:
Make a new bucket
rclone mkdir remote:bucket
List the contents of a bucket
rclone ls remote:bucket
Sync /home/local/directory to the remote bucket, deleting any excess files in the bucket.
rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:bucket
–fast-list
This remote supports --fast-list which allows you to use fewer transactions in exchange
for more memory. See the rclone docs (/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
Multipart uploads
rclone supports multipart uploads with QingStor which means that it can upload files
bigger than 5GB. Note that files uploaded with multipart upload don’t have an MD5SUM.
Buckets and Zone
With QingStor you can list buckets (rclone lsd) using any zone, but you can only access
the content of a bucket from the zone it was created in. If you attempt to access a
bucket from the wrong zone, you will get an error, incorrect zone, the bucket is not in
'XXX' zone.
Authentication
There are two ways to supply rclone with a set of QingStor credentials. In order of
precedence:
• Directly in the rclone configuration file (as configured by rclone config)
• set access_key_id and secret_access_key
• Runtime configuration:
• set env_auth to true in the config file
• Exporting the following environment variables before running rclone
• Access Key ID: QS_ACCESS_KEY_ID or QS_ACCESS_KEY
• Secret Access Key: QS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY or QS_SECRET_KEY
Restricted filename characters
The control characters 0x00-0x1F and / are replaced as in the default restricted
characters set (/overview/#restricted-characters). Note that 0x7F is not replaced.
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be replaced (/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can’t be used
in JSON strings.
Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to qingstor (QingCloud Object Storage).
–qingstor-env-auth
Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and
secret_access_key is blank.
• Config: env_auth
• Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_ENV_AUTH
• Type: bool
• Default: false
• Examples:
• “false”
• Enter QingStor credentials in the next step
• “true”
• Get QingStor credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM)
–qingstor-access-key-id
QingStor Access Key ID Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
• Config: access_key_id
• Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_ACCESS_KEY_ID
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–qingstor-secret-access-key
QingStor Secret Access Key (password) Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime
credentials.
• Config: secret_access_key
• Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–qingstor-endpoint
Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API. Leave blank will use the default value
“https://qingstor.com:443”
• Config: endpoint
• Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_ENDPOINT
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–qingstor-zone
Zone to connect to. Default is “pek3a”.
• Config: zone
• Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_ZONE
• Type: string
• Default: ""
• Examples:
• “pek3a”
• The Beijing (China) Three Zone
• Needs location constraint pek3a.
• “sh1a”
• The Shanghai (China) First Zone
• Needs location constraint sh1a.
• “gd2a”
• The Guangdong (China) Second Zone
• Needs location constraint gd2a.
Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to qingstor (QingCloud Object Storage).
–qingstor-connection-retries
Number of connection retries.
• Config: connection_retries
• Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_CONNECTION_RETRIES
• Type: int
• Default: 3
–qingstor-upload-cutoff
Cutoff for switching to chunked upload
Any files larger than this will be uploaded in chunks of chunk_size. The minimum is 0 and
the maximum is 5GB.
• Config: upload_cutoff
• Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_UPLOAD_CUTOFF
• Type: SizeSuffix
• Default: 200M
–qingstor-chunk-size
Chunk size to use for uploading.
When uploading files larger than upload_cutoff they will be uploaded as multipart uploads
using this chunk size.
Note that “–qingstor-upload-concurrency” chunks of this size are buffered in memory per
transfer.
If you are transferring large files over high speed links and you have enough memory, then
increasing this will speed up the transfers.
• Config: chunk_size
• Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_CHUNK_SIZE
• Type: SizeSuffix
• Default: 4M
–qingstor-upload-concurrency
Concurrency for multipart uploads.
This is the number of chunks of the same file that are uploaded concurrently.
NB if you set this to > 1 then the checksums of multpart uploads become corrupted (the
uploads themselves are not corrupted though).
If you are uploading small numbers of large file over high speed link and these uploads do
not fully utilize your bandwidth, then increasing this may help to speed up the transfers.
• Config: upload_concurrency
• Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_UPLOAD_CONCURRENCY
• Type: int
• Default: 1
Swift
Swift refers to Openstack Object Storage (https://docs.openstack.org/swift/latest/).
Commercial implementations of that being:
• Rackspace Cloud Files (https://www.rackspace.com/cloud/files/)
• Memset Memstore (https://www.memset.com/cloud/storage/)
• OVH Object Storage (https://www.ovh.co.uk/public-cloud/storage/object-storage/)
• Oracle Cloud Storage (https://cloud.oracle.com/storage-opc)
• IBM Bluemix Cloud ObjectStorage Swift
(https://console.bluemix.net/docs/infrastructure/objectstorage-swift/index.html)
Paths are specified as remote:container (or remote: for the lsd command.) You may put
subdirectories in too, eg remote:container/path/to/dir.
Here is an example of making a swift configuration. First run
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process.
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
\ "swift"
[snip]
Storage> swift
Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Enter swift credentials in the next step
\ "false"
2 / Get swift credentials from environment vars. Leave other fields blank if using this.
\ "true"
env_auth> true
User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
user>
API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
key>
Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Rackspace US
\ "https://auth.api.rackspacecloud.com/v1.0"
2 / Rackspace UK
\ "https://lon.auth.api.rackspacecloud.com/v1.0"
3 / Rackspace v2
\ "https://identity.api.rackspacecloud.com/v2.0"
4 / Memset Memstore UK
\ "https://auth.storage.memset.com/v1.0"
5 / Memset Memstore UK v2
\ "https://auth.storage.memset.com/v2.0"
6 / OVH
\ "https://auth.cloud.ovh.net/v2.0"
auth>
User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
user_id>
User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
domain>
Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
tenant>
Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
tenant_id>
Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
tenant_domain>
Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
region>
Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
storage_url>
Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
auth_token>
AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
auth_version>
Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE)
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Public (default, choose this if not sure)
\ "public"
2 / Internal (use internal service net)
\ "internal"
3 / Admin
\ "admin"
endpoint_type>
Remote config
--------------------
[test]
env_auth = true
user =
key =
auth =
user_id =
domain =
tenant =
tenant_id =
tenant_domain =
region =
storage_url =
auth_token =
auth_version =
endpoint_type =
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
This remote is called remote and can now be used like this
See all containers
rclone lsd remote:
Make a new container
rclone mkdir remote:container
List the contents of a container
rclone ls remote:container
Sync /home/local/directory to the remote container, deleting any excess files in the
container.
rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:container
Configuration from an OpenStack credentials file
An OpenStack credentials file typically looks something something like this (without the
comments)
export OS_AUTH_URL=https://a.provider.net/v2.0
export OS_TENANT_ID=ffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff
export OS_TENANT_NAME="1234567890123456"
export OS_USERNAME="123abc567xy"
echo "Please enter your OpenStack Password: "
read -sr OS_PASSWORD_INPUT
export OS_PASSWORD=$OS_PASSWORD_INPUT
export OS_REGION_NAME="SBG1"
if [ -z "$OS_REGION_NAME" ]; then unset OS_REGION_NAME; fi
The config file needs to look something like this where $OS_USERNAME represents the value
of the OS_USERNAME variable - 123abc567xy in the example above.
[remote]
type = swift
user = $OS_USERNAME
key = $OS_PASSWORD
auth = $OS_AUTH_URL
tenant = $OS_TENANT_NAME
Note that you may (or may not) need to set region too - try without first.
Configuration from the environment
If you prefer you can configure rclone to use swift using a standard set of OpenStack
environment variables.
When you run through the config, make sure you choose true for env_auth and leave
everything else blank.
rclone will then set any empty config parameters from the environment using standard
OpenStack environment variables. There is a list of the variables
(https://godoc.org/github.com/ncw/swift#Connection.ApplyEnvironment) in the docs for the
swift library.
Using an alternate authentication method
If your OpenStack installation uses a non-standard authentication method that might not be
yet supported by rclone or the underlying swift library, you can authenticate externally
(e.g. calling manually the openstack commands to get a token). Then, you just need to
pass the two configuration variables auth_token and storage_url. If they are both
provided, the other variables are ignored. rclone will not try to authenticate but
instead assume it is already authenticated and use these two variables to access the
OpenStack installation.
Using rclone without a config file
You can use rclone with swift without a config file, if desired, like this:
source openstack-credentials-file
export RCLONE_CONFIG_MYREMOTE_TYPE=swift
export RCLONE_CONFIG_MYREMOTE_ENV_AUTH=true
rclone lsd myremote:
–fast-list
This remote supports --fast-list which allows you to use fewer transactions in exchange
for more memory. See the rclone docs (/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
–update and –use-server-modtime
As noted below, the modified time is stored on metadata on the object. It is used by
default for all operations that require checking the time a file was last updated. It
allows rclone to treat the remote more like a true filesystem, but it is inefficient
because it requires an extra API call to retrieve the metadata.
For many operations, the time the object was last uploaded to the remote is sufficient to
determine if it is “dirty”. By using --update along with --use-server-modtime, you can
avoid the extra API call and simply upload files whose local modtime is newer than the
time it was last uploaded.
Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to swift (Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files,
Memset Memstore, OVH)).
–swift-env-auth
Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
• Config: env_auth
• Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_ENV_AUTH
• Type: bool
• Default: false
• Examples:
• “false”
• Enter swift credentials in the next step
• “true”
• Get swift credentials from environment vars. Leave other fields blank if using
this.
–swift-user
User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
• Config: user
• Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_USER
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–swift-key
API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
• Config: key
• Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_KEY
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–swift-auth
Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
• Config: auth
• Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_AUTH
• Type: string
• Default: ""
• Examples:
• “https://auth.api.rackspacecloud.com/v1.0”
• Rackspace US
• “https://lon.auth.api.rackspacecloud.com/v1.0”
• Rackspace UK
• “https://identity.api.rackspacecloud.com/v2.0”
• Rackspace v2
• “https://auth.storage.memset.com/v1.0”
• Memset Memstore UK
• “https://auth.storage.memset.com/v2.0”
• Memset Memstore UK v2
• “https://auth.cloud.ovh.net/v2.0”
• OVH
–swift-user-id
User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth)
(OS_USER_ID).
• Config: user_id
• Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_USER_ID
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–swift-domain
User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
• Config: domain
• Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_DOMAIN
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–swift-tenant
Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME
or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
• Config: tenant
• Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_TENANT
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–swift-tenant-id
Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
• Config: tenant_id
• Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_TENANT_ID
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–swift-tenant-domain
Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
• Config: tenant_domain
• Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_TENANT_DOMAIN
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–swift-region
Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
• Config: region
• Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_REGION
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–swift-storage-url
Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
• Config: storage_url
• Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_STORAGE_URL
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–swift-auth-token
Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
• Config: auth_token
• Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_AUTH_TOKEN
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–swift-application-credential-id
Application Credential ID (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_ID)
• Config: application_credential_id
• Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_ID
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–swift-application-credential-name
Application Credential Name (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_NAME)
• Config: application_credential_name
• Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_NAME
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–swift-application-credential-secret
Application Credential Secret (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_SECRET)
• Config: application_credential_secret
• Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_SECRET
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–swift-auth-version
AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
• Config: auth_version
• Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_AUTH_VERSION
• Type: int
• Default: 0
–swift-endpoint-type
Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE)
• Config: endpoint_type
• Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_ENDPOINT_TYPE
• Type: string
• Default: “public”
• Examples:
• “public”
• Public (default, choose this if not sure)
• “internal”
• Internal (use internal service net)
• “admin”
• Admin
–swift-storage-policy
The storage policy to use when creating a new container
This applies the specified storage policy when creating a new container. The policy
cannot be changed afterwards. The allowed configuration values and their meaning depend
on your Swift storage provider.
• Config: storage_policy
• Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_STORAGE_POLICY
• Type: string
• Default: ""
• Examples:
• ""
• Default
• “pcs”
• OVH Public Cloud Storage
• “pca”
• OVH Public Cloud Archive
Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to swift (Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files,
Memset Memstore, OVH)).
–swift-chunk-size
Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container.
Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. The default for this is
5GB which is its maximum value.
• Config: chunk_size
• Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_CHUNK_SIZE
• Type: SizeSuffix
• Default: 5G
–swift-no-chunk
Don’t chunk files during streaming upload.
When doing streaming uploads (eg using rcat or mount) setting this flag will cause the
swift backend to not upload chunked files.
This will limit the maximum upload size to 5GB. However non chunked files are easier to
deal with and have an MD5SUM.
Rclone will still chunk files bigger than chunk_size when doing normal copy operations.
• Config: no_chunk
• Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_NO_CHUNK
• Type: bool
• Default: false
Modified time
The modified time is stored as metadata on the object as X-Object-Meta-Mtime as floating
point since the epoch accurate to 1 ns.
This is a defacto standard (used in the official python-swiftclient amongst others) for
storing the modification time for an object.
Restricted filename characters
Character Value Replacement
────────────────────────────────
NUL 0x00 ␀
/ 0x2F ／
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be replaced (/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can’t be used
in JSON strings.
Limitations
The Swift API doesn’t return a correct MD5SUM for segmented files (Dynamic or Static Large
Objects) so rclone won’t check or use the MD5SUM for these.
Troubleshooting
Rclone gives Failed to create file system for “remote:”: Bad Request
Due to an oddity of the underlying swift library, it gives a “Bad Request” error rather
than a more sensible error when the authentication fails for Swift.
So this most likely means your username / password is wrong. You can investigate further
with the --dump-bodies flag.
This may also be caused by specifying the region when you shouldn’t have (eg OVH).
Rclone gives Failed to create file system: Response didn’t have storage storage url and auth
token
This is most likely caused by forgetting to specify your tenant when setting up a swift
remote.
pCloud
Paths are specified as remote:path
Paths may be as deep as required, eg remote:directory/subdirectory.
The initial setup for pCloud involves getting a token from pCloud which you need to do in
your browser. rclone config walks you through it.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called remote. First run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Pcloud
\ "pcloud"
[snip]
Storage> pcloud
Pcloud App Client Id - leave blank normally.
client_id>
Pcloud App Client Secret - leave blank normally.
client_secret>
Remote config
Use auto config?
* Say Y if not sure
* Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> y
If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
Log in and authorize rclone for access
Waiting for code...
Got code
--------------------
[remote]
client_id =
client_secret =
token = {"access_token":"XXX","token_type":"bearer","expiry":"0001-01-01T00:00:00Z"}
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
See the remote setup docs (https://rclone.org/remote_setup/) for how to set it up on a
machine with no Internet browser available.
Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the token as returned
from pCloud. This only runs from the moment it opens your browser to the moment you get
back the verification code. This is on http://127.0.0.1:53682/ and this it may require
you to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host firewall.
Once configured you can then use rclone like this,
List directories in top level of your pCloud
rclone lsd remote:
List all the files in your pCloud
rclone ls remote:
To copy a local directory to an pCloud directory called backup
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
Modified time and hashes
pCloud allows modification times to be set on objects accurate to 1 second. These will be
used to detect whether objects need syncing or not. In order to set a Modification time
pCloud requires the object be re-uploaded.
pCloud supports MD5 and SHA1 type hashes, so you can use the --checksum flag.
Restricted filename characters
In addition to the default restricted characters set (/overview/#restricted-characters)
the following characters are also replaced:
Character Value Replacement
────────────────────────────────
\ 0x5C ＼
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be replaced (/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can’t be used
in JSON strings.
Deleting files
Deleted files will be moved to the trash. Your subscription level will determine how long
items stay in the trash. rclone cleanup can be used to empty the trash.
Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to pcloud (Pcloud).
–pcloud-client-id
Pcloud App Client Id Leave blank normally.
• Config: client_id
• Env Var: RCLONE_PCLOUD_CLIENT_ID
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–pcloud-client-secret
Pcloud App Client Secret Leave blank normally.
• Config: client_secret
• Env Var: RCLONE_PCLOUD_CLIENT_SECRET
• Type: string
• Default: ""
premiumize.me
Paths are specified as remote:path
Paths may be as deep as required, eg remote:directory/subdirectory.
The initial setup for premiumize.me (https://premiumize.me/) involves getting a token from
premiumize.me which you need to do in your browser. rclone config walks you through it.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called remote. First run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / premiumize.me
\ "premiumizeme"
[snip]
Storage> premiumizeme
** See help for premiumizeme backend at: https://rclone.org/premiumizeme/ **
Remote config
Use auto config?
* Say Y if not sure
* Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> y
If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
Log in and authorize rclone for access
Waiting for code...
Got code
--------------------
[remote]
type = premiumizeme
token = {"access_token":"XXX","token_type":"Bearer","refresh_token":"XXX","expiry":"2029-08-07T18:44:15.548915378+01:00"}
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d>
See the remote setup docs (https://rclone.org/remote_setup/) for how to set it up on a
machine with no Internet browser available.
Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the token as returned
from premiumize.me. This only runs from the moment it opens your browser to the moment
you get back the verification code. This is on http://127.0.0.1:53682/ and this it may
require you to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host firewall.
Once configured you can then use rclone like this,
List directories in top level of your premiumize.me
rclone lsd remote:
List all the files in your premiumize.me
rclone ls remote:
To copy a local directory to an premiumize.me directory called backup
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
Modified time and hashes
premiumize.me does not support modification times or hashes, therefore syncing will
default to --size-only checking. Note that using --update will work.
Restricted filename characters
In addition to the default restricted characters set (/overview/#restricted-characters)
the following characters are also replaced:
Character Value Replacement
────────────────────────────────
\ 0x5C ＼
" 0x22 ＂
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be replaced (/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can’t be used
in JSON strings.
Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to premiumizeme (premiumize.me).
–premiumizeme-api-key
API Key.
This is not normally used - use oauth instead.
• Config: api_key
• Env Var: RCLONE_PREMIUMIZEME_API_KEY
• Type: string
• Default: ""
Limitations
Note that premiumize.me is case insensitive so you can’t have a file called “Hello.doc”
and one called “hello.doc”.
premiumize.me file names can’t have the \ or " characters in. rclone maps these to and
from an identical looking unicode equivalents ＼ and ＂
premiumize.me only supports filenames up to 255 characters in length.
put.io
Paths are specified as remote:path
put.io paths may be as deep as required, eg remote:directory/subdirectory.
The initial setup for put.io involves getting a token from put.io which you need to do in
your browser. rclone config walks you through it.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called remote. First run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> putio
Type of storage to configure.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Put.io
\ "putio"
[snip]
Storage> putio
** See help for putio backend at: https://rclone.org/putio/ **
Remote config
Use auto config?
* Say Y if not sure
* Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> y
If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
Log in and authorize rclone for access
Waiting for code...
Got code
--------------------
[putio]
type = putio
token = {"access_token":"XXXXXXXX","expiry":"0001-01-01T00:00:00Z"}
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
Current remotes:
Name Type
==== ====
putio putio
e) Edit existing remote
n) New remote
d) Delete remote
r) Rename remote
c) Copy remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
e/n/d/r/c/s/q> q
Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the token as returned
from Google if you use auto config mode. This only runs from the moment it opens your
browser to the moment you get back the verification code. This is on
http://127.0.0.1:53682/ and this it may require you to unblock it temporarily if you are
running a host firewall, or use manual mode.
You can then use it like this,
List directories in top level of your put.io
rclone lsd remote:
List all the files in your put.io
rclone ls remote:
To copy a local directory to a put.io directory called backup
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
Restricted filename characters
In addition to the default restricted characters set (/overview/#restricted-characters)
the following characters are also replaced:
Character Value Replacement
────────────────────────────────
\ 0x5C ＼
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be replaced (/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can’t be used
in JSON strings.
SFTP
SFTP is the Secure (or SSH) File Transfer Protocol
(https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SSH_File_Transfer_Protocol).
The SFTP backend can be used with a number of different providers:
• C14
• rsync.net
SFTP runs over SSH v2 and is installed as standard with most modern SSH installations.
Paths are specified as remote:path. If the path does not begin with a / it is relative to
the home directory of the user. An empty path remote: refers to the user’s home
directory.
"Note that some SFTP servers will need the leading / - Synology is a good example of this.
rsync.net, on the other hand, requires users to OMIT the leading /.
Here is an example of making an SFTP configuration. First run
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process.
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / SSH/SFTP Connection
\ "sftp"
[snip]
Storage> sftp
SSH host to connect to
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Connect to example.com
\ "example.com"
host> example.com
SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
user> sftpuser
SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
port>
SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
y) Yes type in my own password
g) Generate random password
n) No leave this optional password blank
y/g/n> n
Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
key_file>
Remote config
--------------------
[remote]
host = example.com
user = sftpuser
port =
pass =
key_file =
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
This remote is called remote and can now be used like this:
See all directories in the home directory
rclone lsd remote:
Make a new directory
rclone mkdir remote:path/to/directory
List the contents of a directory
rclone ls remote:path/to/directory
Sync /home/local/directory to the remote directory, deleting any excess files in the
directory.
rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:directory
SSH Authentication
The SFTP remote supports three authentication methods:
• Password
• Key file
• ssh-agent
Key files should be PEM-encoded private key files. For instance /home/$USER/.ssh/id_rsa.
Only unencrypted OpenSSH or PEM encrypted files are supported.
If you don’t specify pass or key_file then rclone will attempt to contact an ssh-agent.
You can also specify key_use_agent to force the usage of an ssh-agent. In this case
key_file can also be specified to force the usage of a specific key in the ssh-agent.
Using an ssh-agent is the only way to load encrypted OpenSSH keys at the moment.
If you set the --sftp-ask-password option, rclone will prompt for a password when needed
and no password has been configured.
ssh-agent on macOS
Note that there seem to be various problems with using an ssh-agent on macOS due to recent
changes in the OS. The most effective work-around seems to be to start an ssh-agent in
each session, eg
eval `ssh-agent -s` && ssh-add -A
And then at the end of the session
eval `ssh-agent -k`
These commands can be used in scripts of course.
Modified time
Modified times are stored on the server to 1 second precision.
Modified times are used in syncing and are fully supported.
Some SFTP servers disable setting/modifying the file modification time after upload (for
example, certain configurations of ProFTPd with mod_sftp). If you are using one of these
servers, you can set the option set_modtime = false in your RClone backend configuration
to disable this behaviour.
Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to sftp (SSH/SFTP Connection).
–sftp-host
SSH host to connect to
• Config: host
• Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_HOST
• Type: string
• Default: ""
• Examples:
• “example.com”
• Connect to example.com
–sftp-user
SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
• Config: user
• Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_USER
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–sftp-port
SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
• Config: port
• Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_PORT
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–sftp-pass
SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
• Config: pass
• Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_PASS
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–sftp-key-file
Path to PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank or set key-use-agent to use ssh-agent.
• Config: key_file
• Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_KEY_FILE
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–sftp-key-file-pass
The passphrase to decrypt the PEM-encoded private key file.
Only PEM encrypted key files (old OpenSSH format) are supported. Encrypted keys in the
new OpenSSH format can’t be used.
• Config: key_file_pass
• Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_KEY_FILE_PASS
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–sftp-key-use-agent
When set forces the usage of the ssh-agent.
When key-file is also set, the “.pub” file of the specified key-file is read and only the
associated key is requested from the ssh-agent. This allows to avoid Too many
authentication failures for *username* errors when the ssh-agent contains many keys.
• Config: key_use_agent
• Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_KEY_USE_AGENT
• Type: bool
• Default: false
–sftp-use-insecure-cipher
Enable the use of insecure ciphers and key exchange methods.
This enables the use of the the following insecure ciphers and key exchange methods:
• aes128-cbc
• aes192-cbc
• aes256-cbc
• 3des-cbc
• diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256
• diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1
Those algorithms are insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
• Config: use_insecure_cipher
• Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_USE_INSECURE_CIPHER
• Type: bool
• Default: false
• Examples:
• “false”
• Use default Cipher list.
• “true”
• Enables the use of the aes128-cbc cipher and diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256,
diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1 key exchange.
–sftp-disable-hashcheck
Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
Leave blank or set to false to enable hashing (recommended), set to true to disable
hashing.
• Config: disable_hashcheck
• Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_DISABLE_HASHCHECK
• Type: bool
• Default: false
Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to sftp (SSH/SFTP Connection).
–sftp-ask-password
Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
If this is set and no password is supplied then rclone will: - ask for a password - not
contact the ssh agent
• Config: ask_password
• Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_ASK_PASSWORD
• Type: bool
• Default: false
–sftp-path-override
Override path used by SSH connection.
This allows checksum calculation when SFTP and SSH paths are different. This issue
affects among others Synology NAS boxes.
Shared folders can be found in directories representing volumes
rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:/directory --ssh-path-override /volume2/directory
Home directory can be found in a shared folder called “home”
rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:/home/directory --ssh-path-override /volume1/homes/USER/directory
• Config: path_override
• Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_PATH_OVERRIDE
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–sftp-set-modtime
Set the modified time on the remote if set.
• Config: set_modtime
• Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_SET_MODTIME
• Type: bool
• Default: true
–sftp-md5sum-command
The command used to read md5 hashes. Leave blank for autodetect.
• Config: md5sum_command
• Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_MD5SUM_COMMAND
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–sftp-sha1sum-command
The command used to read sha1 hashes. Leave blank for autodetect.
• Config: sha1sum_command
• Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_SHA1SUM_COMMAND
• Type: string
• Default: ""
Limitations
SFTP supports checksums if the same login has shell access and md5sum or sha1sum as well
as echo are in the remote’s PATH. This remote checksumming (file hashing) is recommended
and enabled by default. Disabling the checksumming may be required if you are connecting
to SFTP servers which are not under your control, and to which the execution of remote
commands is prohibited. Set the configuration option disable_hashcheck to true to disable
checksumming.
SFTP also supports about if the same login has shell access and df are in the remote’s
PATH. about will return the total space, free space, and used space on the remote for the
disk of the specified path on the remote or, if not set, the disk of the root on the
remote. about will fail if it does not have shell access or if df is not in the remote’s
PATH.
Note that some SFTP servers (eg Synology) the paths are different for SSH and SFTP so the
hashes can’t be calculated properly. For them using disable_hashcheck is a good idea.
The only ssh agent supported under Windows is Putty’s pageant.
The Go SSH library disables the use of the aes128-cbc cipher by default, due to security
concerns. This can be re-enabled on a per-connection basis by setting the
use_insecure_cipher setting in the configuration file to true. Further details on the
insecurity of this cipher can be found [in this paper]
(http://www.isg.rhul.ac.uk/~kp/SandPfinal.pdf).
SFTP isn’t supported under plan9 until this issue (https://github.com/pkg/sftp/issues/156)
is fixed.
Note that since SFTP isn’t HTTP based the following flags don’t work with it:
--dump-headers, --dump-bodies, --dump-auth
Note that --timeout isn’t supported (but --contimeout is).
C14
C14 is supported through the SFTP backend.
See C14’s documentation (https://www.online.net/en/storage/c14-cold-storage)
rsync.net
rsync.net is supported through the SFTP backend.
See rsync.net’s documentation of rclone examples
(https://www.rsync.net/products/rclone.html).
Union
The union remote provides a unification similar to UnionFS using other remotes.
Paths may be as deep as required or a local path, eg remote:directory/subdirectory or
/directory/subdirectory.
During the initial setup with rclone config you will specify the target remotes as a space
separated list. The target remotes can either be a local paths or other remotes.
The order of the remotes is important as it defines which remotes take precedence over
others if there are files with the same name in the same logical path. The last remote is
the topmost remote and replaces files with the same name from previous remotes.
Only the last remote is used to write to and delete from, all other remotes are read-only.
Subfolders can be used in target remote. Assume a union remote named backup with the
remotes mydrive:private/backup mydrive2:/backup. Invoking rclone mkdir backup:desktop is
exactly the same as invoking rclone mkdir mydrive2:/backup/desktop.
There will be no special handling of paths containing .. segments. Invoking rclone mkdir
backup:../desktop is exactly the same as invoking rclone mkdir
mydrive2:/backup/../desktop.
Here is an example of how to make a union called remote for local folders. First run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Union merges the contents of several remotes
\ "union"
[snip]
Storage> union
List of space separated remotes.
Can be 'remotea:test/dir remoteb:', '"remotea:test/space dir" remoteb:', etc.
The last remote is used to write to.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
remotes>
Remote config
--------------------
[remote]
type = union
remotes = C:\dir1 C:\dir2 C:\dir3
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
Current remotes:
Name Type
==== ====
remote union
e) Edit existing remote
n) New remote
d) Delete remote
r) Rename remote
c) Copy remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
e/n/d/r/c/s/q> q
Once configured you can then use rclone like this,
List directories in top level in C:\dir1, C:\dir2 and C:\dir3
rclone lsd remote:
List all the files in C:\dir1, C:\dir2 and C:\dir3
rclone ls remote:
Copy another local directory to the union directory called source, which will be placed
into C:\dir3
rclone copy C:\source remote:source
Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to union (Union merges the contents of several
remotes).
–union-remotes
List of space separated remotes. Can be `remotea:test/dir remoteb:', `“remotea:test/space
dir” remoteb:', etc. The last remote is used to write to.
• Config: remotes
• Env Var: RCLONE_UNION_REMOTES
• Type: string
• Default: ""
WebDAV
Paths are specified as remote:path
Paths may be as deep as required, eg remote:directory/subdirectory.
To configure the WebDAV remote you will need to have a URL for it, and a username and
password. If you know what kind of system you are connecting to then rclone can enable
extra features.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called remote. First run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Webdav
\ "webdav"
[snip]
Storage> webdav
URL of http host to connect to
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Connect to example.com
\ "https://example.com"
url> https://example.com/remote.php/webdav/
Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Nextcloud
\ "nextcloud"
2 / Owncloud
\ "owncloud"
3 / Sharepoint
\ "sharepoint"
4 / Other site/service or software
\ "other"
vendor> 1
User name
user> user
Password.
y) Yes type in my own password
g) Generate random password
n) No leave this optional password blank
y/g/n> y
Enter the password:
password:
Confirm the password:
password:
Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
bearer_token>
Remote config
--------------------
[remote]
type = webdav
url = https://example.com/remote.php/webdav/
vendor = nextcloud
user = user
pass = *** ENCRYPTED ***
bearer_token =
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
Once configured you can then use rclone like this,
List directories in top level of your WebDAV
rclone lsd remote:
List all the files in your WebDAV
rclone ls remote:
To copy a local directory to an WebDAV directory called backup
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
Modified time and hashes
Plain WebDAV does not support modified times. However when used with Owncloud or
Nextcloud rclone will support modified times.
Likewise plain WebDAV does not support hashes, however when used with Owncloud or
Nextcloud rclone will support SHA1 and MD5 hashes. Depending on the exact version of
Owncloud or Nextcloud hashes may appear on all objects, or only on objects which had a
hash uploaded with them.
Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to webdav (Webdav).
–webdav-url
URL of http host to connect to
• Config: url
• Env Var: RCLONE_WEBDAV_URL
• Type: string
• Default: ""
• Examples:
• “https://example.com”
• Connect to example.com
–webdav-vendor
Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
• Config: vendor
• Env Var: RCLONE_WEBDAV_VENDOR
• Type: string
• Default: ""
• Examples:
• “nextcloud”
• Nextcloud
• “owncloud”
• Owncloud
• “sharepoint”
• Sharepoint
• “other”
• Other site/service or software
–webdav-user
User name
• Config: user
• Env Var: RCLONE_WEBDAV_USER
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–webdav-pass
Password.
• Config: pass
• Env Var: RCLONE_WEBDAV_PASS
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–webdav-bearer-token
Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
• Config: bearer_token
• Env Var: RCLONE_WEBDAV_BEARER_TOKEN
• Type: string
• Default: ""
Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to webdav (Webdav).
–webdav-bearer-token-command
Command to run to get a bearer token
• Config: bearer_token_command
• Env Var: RCLONE_WEBDAV_BEARER_TOKEN_COMMAND
• Type: string
• Default: ""
Provider notes
See below for notes on specific providers.
Owncloud
Click on the settings cog in the bottom right of the page and this will show the WebDAV
URL that rclone needs in the config step. It will look something like
https://example.com/remote.php/webdav/.
Owncloud supports modified times using the X-OC-Mtime header.
Nextcloud
This is configured in an identical way to Owncloud. Note that Nextcloud does not support
streaming of files (rcat) whereas Owncloud does. This may be fixed
(https://github.com/nextcloud/nextcloud-snap/issues/365) in the future.
Sharepoint
Rclone can be used with Sharepoint provided by OneDrive for Business or Office365
Education Accounts. This feature is only needed for a few of these Accounts, mostly
Office365 Education ones. These accounts are sometimes not verified by the domain owner
github#1975 (https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/1975)
This means that these accounts can’t be added using the official API (other Accounts
should work with the “onedrive” option). However, it is possible to access them using
webdav.
To use a sharepoint remote with rclone, add it like this: First, you need to get your
remote’s URL:
• Go here (https://onedrive.live.com/about/en-us/signin/) to open your OneDrive or to sign
in
• Now take a look at your address bar, the URL should look like this:
https://[YOUR-DOMAIN]-my.sharepoint.com/personal/[YOUR-EMAIL]/_layouts/15/onedrive.aspx
You’ll only need this URL upto the email address. After that, you’ll most likely want to
add “/Documents”. That subdirectory contains the actual data stored on your OneDrive.
Add the remote to rclone like this: Configure the url as
https://[YOUR-DOMAIN]-my.sharepoint.com/personal/[YOUR-EMAIL]/Documents and use your
normal account email and password for user and pass. If you have 2FA enabled, you have to
generate an app password. Set the vendor to sharepoint.
Your config file should look like this:
[sharepoint]
type = webdav
url = https://[YOUR-DOMAIN]-my.sharepoint.com/personal/[YOUR-EMAIL]/Documents
vendor = other
user = YourEmailAddress
pass = encryptedpassword
Required Flags for SharePoint
As SharePoint does some special things with uploaded documents, you won’t be able to use
the documents size or the documents hash to compare if a file has been changed since the
upload / which file is newer.
For Rclone calls copying files (especially Office files such as .docx, .xlsx, etc.)
from/to SharePoint (like copy, sync, etc.), you should append these flags to ensure Rclone
uses the “Last Modified” datetime property to compare your documents:
--ignore-size --ignore-checksum --update
dCache
dCache is a storage system that supports many protocols and authentication/authorisation
schemes. For WebDAV clients, it allows users to authenticate with username and password
(BASIC), X.509, Kerberos, and various bearer tokens, including Macaroons
(https://www.dcache.org/manuals/workshop-2017-05-29-Umea/000-Final/anupam_macaroons_v02.pdf)
and OpenID-Connect (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/OpenID_Connect) access tokens.
Configure as normal using the other type. Don’t enter a username or password, instead
enter your Macaroon as the bearer_token.
The config will end up looking something like this.
[dcache]
type = webdav
url = https://dcache...
vendor = other
user =
pass =
bearer_token = your-macaroon
There is a script (https://github.com/sara-nl/GridScripts/blob/master/get-macaroon) that
obtains a Macaroon from a dCache WebDAV endpoint, and creates an rclone config file.
Macaroons may also be obtained from the dCacheView web-browser/JavaScript client that
comes with dCache.
OpenID-Connect
dCache also supports authenticating with OpenID-Connect access tokens. OpenID-Connect is
a protocol (based on OAuth 2.0) that allows services to identify users who have
authenticated with some central service.
Support for OpenID-Connect in rclone is currently achieved using another software package
called oidc-agent (https://github.com/indigo-dc/oidc-agent). This is a command-line tool
that facilitates obtaining an access token. Once installed and configured, an access
token is obtained by running the oidc-token command. The following example shows a
(shortened) access token obtained from the XDC OIDC Provider.
paul@celebrimbor:~$ oidc-token XDC
eyJraWQ[...]QFXDt0
paul@celebrimbor:~$
Note Before the oidc-token command will work, the refresh token must be loaded into the
oidc agent. This is done with the oidc-add command (e.g., oidc-add XDC). This is
typically done once per login session. Full details on this and how to register
oidc-agent with your OIDC Provider are provided in the oidc-agent documentation
(https://indigo-dc.gitbooks.io/oidc-agent/).
The rclone bearer_token_command configuration option is used to fetch the access token
from oidc-agent.
Configure as a normal WebDAV endpoint, using the `other' vendor, leaving the username and
password empty. When prompted, choose to edit the advanced config and enter the command
to get a bearer token (e.g., oidc-agent XDC).
The following example config shows a WebDAV endpoint that uses oidc-agent to supply an
access token from the XDC OIDC Provider.
[dcache]
type = webdav
url = https://dcache.example.org/
vendor = other
bearer_token_command = oidc-token XDC
Yandex Disk
Yandex Disk (https://disk.yandex.com) is a cloud storage solution created by Yandex
(https://yandex.com).
Here is an example of making a yandex configuration. First run
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
n/s> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Yandex Disk
\ "yandex"
[snip]
Storage> yandex
Yandex Client Id - leave blank normally.
client_id>
Yandex Client Secret - leave blank normally.
client_secret>
Remote config
Use auto config?
* Say Y if not sure
* Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> y
If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
Log in and authorize rclone for access
Waiting for code...
Got code
--------------------
[remote]
client_id =
client_secret =
token = {"access_token":"xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx","token_type":"bearer","expiry":"2016-12-29T12:27:11.362788025Z"}
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
See the remote setup docs (https://rclone.org/remote_setup/) for how to set it up on a
machine with no Internet browser available.
Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the token as returned
from Yandex Disk. This only runs from the moment it opens your browser to the moment you
get back the verification code. This is on http://127.0.0.1:53682/ and this it may
require you to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host firewall.
Once configured you can then use rclone like this,
See top level directories
rclone lsd remote:
Make a new directory
rclone mkdir remote:directory
List the contents of a directory
rclone ls remote:directory
Sync /home/local/directory to the remote path, deleting any excess files in the path.
rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:directory
Yandex paths may be as deep as required, eg remote:directory/subdirectory.
Modified time
Modified times are supported and are stored accurate to 1 ns in custom metadata called
rclone_modified in RFC3339 with nanoseconds format.
MD5 checksums
MD5 checksums are natively supported by Yandex Disk.
Emptying Trash
If you wish to empty your trash you can use the rclone cleanup remote: command which will
permanently delete all your trashed files. This command does not take any path arguments.
Quota information
To view your current quota you can use the rclone about remote: command which will display
your usage limit (quota) and the current usage.
Restricted filename characters
The default restricted characters set (/overview/#restricted-characters) are replaced.
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be replaced (/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can’t be used
in JSON strings.
Limitations
When uploading very large files (bigger than about 5GB) you will need to increase the
--timeout parameter. This is because Yandex pauses (perhaps to calculate the MD5SUM for
the entire file) before returning confirmation that the file has been uploaded. The
default handling of timeouts in rclone is to assume a 5 minute pause is an error and close
the connection - you’ll see net/http: timeout awaiting response headers errors in the logs
if this is happening. Setting the timeout to twice the max size of file in GB should be
enough, so if you want to upload a 30GB file set a timeout of 2 * 30 = 60m, that is
--timeout 60m.
Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to yandex (Yandex Disk).
–yandex-client-id
Yandex Client Id Leave blank normally.
• Config: client_id
• Env Var: RCLONE_YANDEX_CLIENT_ID
• Type: string
• Default: ""
–yandex-client-secret
Yandex Client Secret Leave blank normally.
• Config: client_secret
• Env Var: RCLONE_YANDEX_CLIENT_SECRET
• Type: string
• Default: ""
Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to yandex (Yandex Disk).
–yandex-unlink
Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
Default is false, meaning link command will create or retrieve public link.
• Config: unlink
• Env Var: RCLONE_YANDEX_UNLINK
• Type: bool
• Default: false
Local Filesystem
Local paths are specified as normal filesystem paths, eg /path/to/wherever, so
rclone sync /home/source /tmp/destination
Will sync /home/source to /tmp/destination
These can be configured into the config file for consistencies sake, but it is probably
easier not to.
Modified time
Rclone reads and writes the modified time using an accuracy determined by the OS.
Typically this is 1ns on Linux, 10 ns on Windows and 1 Second on OS X.
Filenames
Filenames should be encoded in UTF-8 on disk. This is the normal case for Windows and OS
X.
There is a bit more uncertainty in the Linux world, but new distributions will have UTF-8
encoded files names. If you are using an old Linux filesystem with non UTF-8 file names
(eg latin1) then you can use the convmv tool to convert the filesystem to UTF-8. This
tool is available in most distributions’ package managers.
If an invalid (non-UTF8) filename is read, the invalid characters will be replaced with a
quoted representation of the invalid bytes. The name gro\xdf will be transferred as
gro‛DF. rclone will emit a debug message in this case (use -v to see), eg
Local file system at .: Replacing invalid UTF-8 characters in "gro\xdf"
Restricted characters
On non Windows platforms the following characters are replaced when handling file names.
Character Value Replacement
────────────────────────────────
NUL 0x00 ␀
/ 0x2F ／
When running on Windows the following characters are replaced. This list is based on the
Windows file naming conventions (https://docs.microsoft.com/de-
de/windows/desktop/FileIO/naming-a-file#naming-conventions).
Character Value Replacement
────────────────────────────────
NUL 0x00 ␀
SOH 0x01 ␁
STX 0x02 ␂
ETX 0x03 ␃
EOT 0x04 ␄
ENQ 0x05 ␅
ACK 0x06 ␆
BEL 0x07 ␇
BS 0x08 ␈
HT 0x09 ␉
LF 0x0A ␊
VT 0x0B ␋
FF 0x0C ␌
CR 0x0D ␍
SO 0x0E ␎
SI 0x0F ␏
DLE 0x10 ␐
DC1 0x11 ␑
DC2 0x12 ␒
DC3 0x13 ␓
DC4 0x14 ␔
NAK 0x15 ␕
SYN 0x16 ␖
ETB 0x17 ␗
CAN 0x18 ␘
EM 0x19 ␙
SUB 0x1A ␚
ESC 0x1B ␛
FS 0x1C ␜
GS 0x1D ␝
RS 0x1E ␞
US 0x1F ␟
/ 0x2F ／
" 0x22 ＂
* 0x2A ＊
: 0x3A ：
< 0x3C ＜
> 0x3E ＞
? 0x3F ？
\ 0x5C ＼
| 0x7C ｜
File names on Windows can also not end with the following characters. These only get
replaced if they are last character in the name:
Character Value Replacement
────────────────────────────────
SP 0x20 ␠
. 0x2E ．
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be replaced (/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can’t be
converted to UTF-16.
Long paths on Windows
Rclone handles long paths automatically, by converting all paths to long UNC paths
(https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/aa365247(v=vs.85).aspx#maxpath)
which allows paths up to 32,767 characters.
This is why you will see that your paths, for instance c:\files is converted to the UNC
path \\?\c:\files in the output, and \\server\share is converted to \\?\UNC\server\share.
However, in rare cases this may cause problems with buggy file system drivers like EncFS
(https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/261). To disable UNC conversion globally, add
this to your .rclone.conf file:
[local]
nounc = true
If you want to selectively disable UNC, you can add it to a separate entry like this:
[nounc]
type = local
nounc = true
And use rclone like this:
rclone copy c:\src nounc:z:\dst
This will use UNC paths on c:\src but not on z:\dst. Of course this will cause problems
if the absolute path length of a file exceeds 258 characters on z, so only use this option
if you have to.
Symlinks / Junction points
Normally rclone will ignore symlinks or junction points (which behave like symlinks under
Windows).
If you supply --copy-links or -L then rclone will follow the symlink and copy the pointed
to file or directory. Note that this flag is incompatible with -links / -l.
This flag applies to all commands.
For example, supposing you have a directory structure like this
$ tree /tmp/a
/tmp/a
├── b -> ../b
├── expected -> ../expected
├── one
└── two
└── three
Then you can see the difference with and without the flag like this
$ rclone ls /tmp/a
6 one
6 two/three
and
$ rclone -L ls /tmp/a
4174 expected
6 one
6 two/three
6 b/two
6 b/one
–links, -l
Normally rclone will ignore symlinks or junction points (which behave like symlinks under
Windows).
If you supply this flag then rclone will copy symbolic links from the local storage, and
store them as text files, with a `.rclonelink' suffix in the remote storage.
The text file will contain the target of the symbolic link (see example).
This flag applies to all commands.
For example, supposing you have a directory structure like this
$ tree /tmp/a
/tmp/a
├── file1 -> ./file4
└── file2 -> /home/user/file3
Copying the entire directory with `-l'
$ rclone copyto -l /tmp/a/file1 remote:/tmp/a/
The remote files are created with a `.rclonelink' suffix
$ rclone ls remote:/tmp/a
5 file1.rclonelink
14 file2.rclonelink
The remote files will contain the target of the symbolic links
$ rclone cat remote:/tmp/a/file1.rclonelink
./file4
$ rclone cat remote:/tmp/a/file2.rclonelink
/home/user/file3
Copying them back with `-l'
$ rclone copyto -l remote:/tmp/a/ /tmp/b/
$ tree /tmp/b
/tmp/b
├── file1 -> ./file4
└── file2 -> /home/user/file3
However, if copied back without `-l'
$ rclone copyto remote:/tmp/a/ /tmp/b/
$ tree /tmp/b
/tmp/b
├── file1.rclonelink
└── file2.rclonelink
Note that this flag is incompatible with -copy-links / -L.
Restricting filesystems with –one-file-system
Normally rclone will recurse through filesystems as mounted.
However if you set --one-file-system or -x this tells rclone to stay in the filesystem
specified by the root and not to recurse into different file systems.
For example if you have a directory hierarchy like this
root
├── disk1 - disk1 mounted on the root
│ └── file3 - stored on disk1
├── disk2 - disk2 mounted on the root
│ └── file4 - stored on disk12
├── file1 - stored on the root disk
└── file2 - stored on the root disk
Using rclone --one-file-system copy root remote: will only copy file1 and file2. Eg
$ rclone -q --one-file-system ls root
0 file1
0 file2
$ rclone -q ls root
0 disk1/file3
0 disk2/file4
0 file1
0 file2
NB Rclone (like most unix tools such as du, rsync and tar) treats a bind mount to the same
device as being on the same filesystem.
NB This flag is only available on Unix based systems. On systems where it isn’t supported
(eg Windows) it will be ignored.
Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to local (Local Disk).
–local-nounc
Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
• Config: nounc
• Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_NOUNC
• Type: string
• Default: ""
• Examples:
• “true”
• Disables long file names
Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to local (Local Disk).
–copy-links / -L
Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
• Config: copy_links
• Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_COPY_LINKS
• Type: bool
• Default: false
–links / -l
Translate symlinks to/from regular files with a `.rclonelink' extension
• Config: links
• Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_LINKS
• Type: bool
• Default: false
–skip-links
Don’t warn about skipped symlinks. This flag disables warning messages on skipped
symlinks or junction points, as you explicitly acknowledge that they should be skipped.
• Config: skip_links
• Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_SKIP_LINKS
• Type: bool
• Default: false
–local-no-unicode-normalization
Don’t apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames (Deprecated)
This flag is deprecated now. Rclone no longer normalizes unicode file names, but it
compares them with unicode normalization in the sync routine instead.
• Config: no_unicode_normalization
• Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_NO_UNICODE_NORMALIZATION
• Type: bool
• Default: false
–local-no-check-updated
Don’t check to see if the files change during upload
Normally rclone checks the size and modification time of files as they are being uploaded
and aborts with a message which starts “can’t copy - source file is being updated” if the
file changes during upload.
However on some file systems this modification time check may fail (eg Glusterfs #2206
(https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2206)) so this check can be disabled with this
flag.
• Config: no_check_updated
• Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_NO_CHECK_UPDATED
• Type: bool
• Default: false
–one-file-system / -x
Don’t cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
• Config: one_file_system
• Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_ONE_FILE_SYSTEM
• Type: bool
• Default: false
–local-case-sensitive
Force the filesystem to report itself as case sensitive.
Normally the local backend declares itself as case insensitive on Windows/macOS and case
sensitive for everything else. Use this flag to override the default choice.
• Config: case_sensitive
• Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_CASE_SENSITIVE
• Type: bool
• Default: false
–local-case-insensitive
Force the filesystem to report itself as case insensitive
Normally the local backend declares itself as case insensitive on Windows/macOS and case
sensitive for everything else. Use this flag to override the default choice.
• Config: case_insensitive
• Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_CASE_INSENSITIVE
• Type: bool
• Default: false
Changelog
v1.50.2 - 2019-11-19
• Bug Fixes
• accounting: Fix memory leak on retries operations (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Drive
• Fix listing of the root directory with drive.files scope (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix –drive-root-folder-id with team/shared drives (Nick Craig-Wood)
v1.50.1 - 2019-11-02
• Bug Fixes
• hash: Fix accidentally changed hash names for DropboxHash and CRC-32 (Nick Craig-Wood)
• fshttp: Fix error reporting on tpslimit token bucket errors (Nick Craig-Wood)
• fshttp: Don’t print token bucket errors on context cancelled (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Local
• Fix listings of . on Windows (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Onedrive
• Fix DirMove/Move after Onedrive change (Xiaoxing Ye)
v1.50.0 - 2019-10-26
• New backends
• Citrix Sharefile (/sharefile) (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Chunker (/chunker) - an overlay backend to split files into smaller parts (Ivan
Andreev)
• Mail.ru Cloud (/mailru) (Ivan Andreev)
• New Features
• encodings (Fabian Möller & Nick Craig-Wood)
• All backends now use file name encoding to ensure any file name can be written to
any backend.
• See the restricted file name docs (/overview/#restricted-filenames) for more info
and the local backend docs (/local/#filenames).
• Some file names may look different in rclone if you are using any control characters
in names or unicode FULLWIDTH symbols
(https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Halfwidth_and_Fullwidth_Forms_(Unicode_block)).
• build
• Update to use go1.13 for the build (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Drop support for go1.9 (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Build rclone with GitHub actions (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Convert python scripts to python3 (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Swap Azure/go-ansiterm for mattn/go-colorable (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Dockerfile fixes (Matei David)
• Add plugin support
(https://github.com/rclone/rclone/blob/master/CONTRIBUTING.md#writing-a-plugin) for
backends and commands (Richard Patel)
• config
• Use alternating Red/Green in config to make more obvious (Nick Craig-Wood)
• contrib
• Add sample DLNA server Docker Compose manifest. (pataquets)
• Add sample WebDAV server Docker Compose manifest. (pataquets)
• copyurl
• Add --auto-filename flag for using file name from URL in destination path (Denis)
• serve dlna:
• Many compatability improvements (Dan Walters)
• Support for external srt subtitles (Dan Walters)
• rc
• Added command core/quit (Saksham Khanna)
• Bug Fixes
• sync
• Make --update/-u not transfer files that haven’t changed (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Free objects after they come out of the transfer pipe to save memory (Nick
Craig-Wood)
• Fix --files-from without --no-traverse doing a recursive scan (Nick Craig-Wood)
• operations
• Fix accounting for server side copies (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Display `All duplicates removed' only if dedupe successful (Sezal Agrawal)
• Display `Deleted X extra copies' only if dedupe successful (Sezal Agrawal)
• accounting
• Only allow up to 100 completed transfers in the accounting list to save memory (Nick
Craig-Wood)
• Cull the old time ranges when possible to save memory (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix panic due to server-side copy fallback (Ivan Andreev)
• Fix memory leak noticeable for transfers of large numbers of objects (Nick
Craig-Wood)
• Fix total duration calculation (Nick Craig-Wood)
• cmd
• Fix environment variables not setting command line flags (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Make autocomplete compatible with bash’s posix mode for macOS (Danil Semelenov)
• Make --progress work in git bash on Windows (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix `compopt: command not found' on autocomplete on macOS (Danil Semelenov)
• config
• Fix setting of non top level flags from environment variables (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Check config names more carefully and report errors (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Remove error: can’t use --size-only and --ignore-size together. (Nick Craig-Wood)
• filter: Prevent mixing options when --files-from is in use (Michele Caci)
• serve sftp: Fix crash on unsupported operations (eg Readlink) (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Mount
• Allow files of unkown size to be read properly (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Skip tests on <= 2 CPUs to avoid lockup (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix panic on File.Open (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix “mount_fusefs: -o timeout=: option not supported” on FreeBSD (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Don’t pass huge filenames (>4k) to FUSE as it can’t cope (Nick Craig-Wood)
• VFS
• Add flag --vfs-case-insensitive for windows/macOS mounts (Ivan Andreev)
• Make objects of unknown size readable through the VFS (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Move writeback of dirty data out of close() method into its own method (FlushWrites)
and remove close() call from Flush() (Brett Dutro)
• Stop empty dirs disappearing when renamed on bucket based remotes (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Stop change notify polling clearing so much of the directory cache (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Azure Blob
• Disable logging to the Windows event log (Nick Craig-Wood)
• B2
• Remove unverified: prefix on sha1 to improve interop (eg with CyberDuck) (Nick
Craig-Wood)
• Box
• Add options to get access token via JWT auth (David)
• Drive
• Disable HTTP/2 by default to work around INTERNAL_ERROR problems (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Make sure that drive root ID is always canonical (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix --drive-shared-with-me from the root with lsand --fast-list (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix ChangeNotify polling for shared drives (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix change notify polling when using appDataFolder (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Dropbox
• Make disallowed filenames errors not retry (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix nil pointer exception on restricted files (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fichier
• Fix accessing files > 2GB on 32 bit systems (Nick Craig-Wood)
• FTP
• Allow disabling EPSV mode (Jon Fautley)
• HTTP
• HEAD directory entries in parallel to speedup (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Add --http-no-head to stop rclone doing HEAD in listings (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Putio
• Add ability to resume uploads (Cenk Alti)
• S3
• Fix signature v2_auth headers (Anthony Rusdi)
• Fix encoding for control characters (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Only ask for URL encoded directory listings if we need them on Ceph (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Add option for multipart failiure behaviour (Aleksandar Jankovic)
• Support for multipart copy (庄天翼)
• Fix nil pointer reference if no metadata returned for object (Nick Craig-Wood)
• SFTP
• Fix --sftp-ask-password trying to contact the ssh agent (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix hashes of files with backslashes (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Include more ciphers with --sftp-use-insecure-cipher (Carlos Ferreyra)
• WebDAV
• Parse and return Sharepoint error response (Henning Surmeier)
v1.49.5 - 2019-10-05
• Bug Fixes
• Revert back to go1.12.x for the v1.49.x builds as go1.13.x was causing issues (Nick
Craig-Wood)
• Fix rpm packages by using master builds of nfpm (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix macOS build after brew changes (Nick Craig-Wood)
v1.49.4 - 2019-09-29
• Bug Fixes
• cmd/rcd: Address ZipSlip vulnerability (Richard Patel)
• accounting: Fix file handle leak on errors (Nick Craig-Wood)
• oauthutil: Fix security problem when running with two users on the same machine (Nick
Craig-Wood)
• FTP
• Fix listing of an empty root returning: error dir not found (Nick Craig-Wood)
• S3
• Fix SetModTime on GLACIER/ARCHIVE objects and implement set/get tier (Nick Craig-Wood)
v1.49.3 - 2019-09-15
• Bug Fixes
• accounting
• Fix total duration calculation (Aleksandar Jankovic)
• Fix “file already closed” on transfer retries (Nick Craig-Wood)
v1.49.2 - 2019-09-08
• New Features
• build: Add Docker workflow support (Alfonso Montero)
• Bug Fixes
• accounting: Fix locking in Transfer to avoid deadlock with --progress (Nick
Craig-Wood)
• docs: Fix template argument for mktemp in install.sh (Cnly)
• operations: Fix -u/--update with google photos / files of unknown size (Nick
Craig-Wood)
• rc: Fix docs for config/create /update /password (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Google Cloud Storage
• Fix need for elevated permissions on SetModTime (Nick Craig-Wood)
v1.49.1 - 2019-08-28
• Bug Fixes
• config: Fix generated passwords being stored as empty password (Nick Craig-Wood)
• rcd: Added missing parameter for web-gui info logs. (Chaitanya)
• Googlephotos
• Fix crash on error response (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Onedrive
• Fix crash on error response (Nick Craig-Wood)
v1.49.0 - 2019-08-26
• New backends
• 1fichier (https://rclone.org/fichier/) (Laura Hausmann)
• Google Photos (/googlephotos) (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Putio (https://rclone.org/putio/) (Cenk Alti)
• premiumize.me (https://rclone.org/premiumizeme/) (Nick Craig-Wood)
• New Features
• Experimental web GUI (https://rclone.org/gui/) (Chaitanya Bankanhal)
• Implement --compare-dest & --copy-dest (yparitcher)
• Implement --suffix without --backup-dir for backup to current dir (yparitcher)
• config reconnect to re-login (re-run the oauth login) for the backend. (Nick
Craig-Wood)
• config userinfo to discover which user you are logged in as. (Nick Craig-Wood)
• config disconnect to disconnect you (log out) from the backend. (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Add --use-json-log for JSON logging (justinalin)
• Add context propagation to rclone (Aleksandar Jankovic)
• Reworking internal statistics interfaces so they work with rc jobs (Aleksandar
Jankovic)
• Add Higher units for ETA (AbelThar)
• Update rclone logos to new design (Andreas Chlupka)
• hash: Add CRC-32 support (Cenk Alti)
• help showbackend: Fixed advanced option category when there are no standard options
(buengese)
• ncdu: Display/Copy to Clipboard Current Path (Gary Kim)
• operations:
• Run hashing operations in parallel (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Don’t calculate checksums when using --ignore-checksum (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Check transfer hashes when using --size-only mode (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Disable multi thread copy for local to local copies (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Debug successful hashes as well as failures (Nick Craig-Wood)
• rc
• Add ability to stop async jobs (Aleksandar Jankovic)
• Return current settings if core/bwlimit called without parameters (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Rclone-WebUI integration with rclone (Chaitanya Bankanhal)
• Added command line parameter to control the cross origin resource sharing (CORS) in
the rcd. (Security Improvement) (Chaitanya Bankanhal)
• Add anchor tags to the docs so links are consistent (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Remove _async key from input parameters after parsing so later operations won’t get
confused (buengese)
• Add call to clear stats (Aleksandar Jankovic)
• rcd
• Auto-login for web-gui (Chaitanya Bankanhal)
• Implement --baseurl for rcd and web-gui (Chaitanya Bankanhal)
• serve dlna
• Only select interfaces which can multicast for SSDP (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Add more builtin mime types to cover standard audio/video (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix missing mime types on Android causing missing videos (Nick Craig-Wood)
• serve ftp
• Refactor to bring into line with other serve commands (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Implement --auth-proxy (Nick Craig-Wood)
• serve http: Implement --baseurl (Nick Craig-Wood)
• serve restic: Implement --baseurl (Nick Craig-Wood)
• serve sftp
• Implement auth proxy (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix detection of whether server is authorized (Nick Craig-Wood)
• serve webdav
• Implement --baseurl (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Support --auth-proxy (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Bug Fixes
• Make “bad record MAC” a retriable error (Nick Craig-Wood)
• copyurl: Fix copying files that return HTTP errors (Nick Craig-Wood)
• march: Fix checking sub-directories when using --no-traverse (buengese)
• rc
• Fix unmarshalable http.AuthFn in options and put in test for marshalability (Nick
Craig-Wood)
• Move job expire flags to rc to fix initalization problem (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix --loopback with rc/list and others (Nick Craig-Wood)
• rcat: Fix slowdown on systems with multiple hashes (Nick Craig-Wood)
• rcd: Fix permissions problems on cache directory with web gui download (Nick
Craig-Wood)
• Mount
• Default --deamon-timout to 15 minutes on macOS and FreeBSD (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Update docs to show mounting from root OK for bucket based (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Remove nonseekable flag from write files (Nick Craig-Wood)
• VFS
• Make write without cache more efficient (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix --vfs-cache-mode minimal and writes ignoring cached files (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Local
• Add --local-case-sensitive and --local-case-insensitive (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Avoid polluting page cache when uploading local files to remote backends (Michał
Matczuk)
• Don’t calculate any hashes by default (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fadvise run syscall on a dedicated go routine (Michał Matczuk)
• Azure Blob
• Azure Storage Emulator support (Sandeep)
• Updated config help details to remove connection string references (Sandeep)
• Make all operations work from the root (Nick Craig-Wood)
• B2
• Implement link sharing (yparitcher)
• Enable server side copy to copy between buckets (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Make all operations work from the root (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Drive
• Fix server side copy of big files (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Update API for teamdrive use (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Add error for purge with --drive-trashed-only (ginvine)
• Fichier
• Make FolderID int and adjust related code (buengese)
• Google Cloud Storage
• Reduce oauth scope requested as suggested by Google (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Make all operations work from the root (Nick Craig-Wood)
• HTTP
• Add --http-headers flag for setting arbitrary headers (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Jottacloud
• Use new api for retrieving internal username (buengese)
• Refactor configuration and minor cleanup (buengese)
• Koofr
• Support setting modification times on Koofr backend. (jaKa)
• Opendrive
• Refactor to use existing lib/rest facilities for uploads (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Qingstor
• Upgrade to v3 SDK and fix listing loop (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Make all operations work from the root (Nick Craig-Wood)
• S3
• Add INTELLIGENT_TIERING storage class (Matti Niemenmaa)
• Make all operations work from the root (Nick Craig-Wood)
• SFTP
• Add missing interface check and fix About (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Completely ignore all modtime checks if SetModTime=false (Jon Fautley)
• Support md5/sha1 with rsync.net (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Save the md5/sha1 command in use to the config file for efficiency (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Opt-in support for diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256
diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1 (Yi FU)
• Swift
• Use FixRangeOption to fix 0 length files via the VFS (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix upload when using no_chunk to return the correct size (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Make all operations work from the root (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix segments leak during failed large file uploads. (nguyenhuuluan434)
• WebDAV
• Add --webdav-bearer-token-command (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Refresh token when it expires with --webdav-bearer-token-command (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Add docs for using bearer_token_command with oidc-agent (Paul Millar)
v1.48.0 - 2019-06-15
• New commands
• serve sftp: Serve an rclone remote over SFTP (Nick Craig-Wood)
• New Features
• Multi threaded downloads to local storage (Nick Craig-Wood)
• controlled with --multi-thread-cutoff and --multi-thread-streams
• Use rclone.conf from rclone executable directory to enable portable use (albertony)
• Allow sync of a file and a directory with the same name (forgems)
• this is common on bucket based remotes, eg s3, gcs
• Add --ignore-case-sync for forced case insensitivity (garry415)
• Implement --stats-one-line-date and --stats-one-line-date-format (Peter Berbec)
• Log an ERROR for all commands which exit with non-zero status (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Use go-homedir to read the home directory more reliably (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Enable creating encrypted config through external script invocation (Wojciech
Smigielski)
• build: Drop support for go1.8 (Nick Craig-Wood)
• config: Make config create/update encrypt passwords where necessary (Nick Craig-Wood)
• copyurl: Honor --no-check-certificate (Stefan Breunig)
• install: Linux skip man pages if no mandb (didil)
• lsf: Support showing the Tier of the object (Nick Craig-Wood)
• lsjson
• Added EncryptedPath to output (calisro)
• Support showing the Tier of the object (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Add IsBucket field for bucket based remote listing of the root (Nick Craig-Wood)
• rc
• Add --loopback flag to run commands directly without a server (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Add operations/fsinfo: Return information about the remote (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Skip auth for OPTIONS request (Nick Craig-Wood)
• cmd/providers: Add DefaultStr, ValueStr and Type fields (Nick Craig-Wood)
• jobs: Make job expiry timeouts configurable (Aleksandar Jankovic)
• serve dlna reworked and improved (Dan Walters)
• serve ftp: add --ftp-public-ip flag to specify public IP (calistri)
• serve restic: Add support for --private-repos in serve restic (Florian Apolloner)
• serve webdav: Combine serve webdav and serve http (Gary Kim)
• size: Ignore negative sizes when calculating total (Garry McNulty)
• Bug Fixes
• Make move and copy individual files obey --backup-dir (Nick Craig-Wood)
• If --ignore-checksum is in effect, don’t calculate checksum (Nick Craig-Wood)
• moveto: Fix case-insensitive same remote move (Gary Kim)
• rc: Fix serving bucket based objects with --rc-serve (Nick Craig-Wood)
• serve webdav: Fix serveDir not being updated with changes from webdav (Gary Kim)
• Mount
• Fix poll interval documentation (Animosity022)
• VFS
• Make WriteAt for non cached files work with non-sequential writes (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Local
• Only calculate the required hashes for big speedup (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Log errors when listing instead of returning an error (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix preallocate warning on Linux with ZFS (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Crypt
• Make rclone dedupe work through crypt (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix wrapping of ChangeNotify to decrypt directories properly (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Support PublicLink (rclone link) of underlying backend (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Implement Optional methods SetTier, GetTier (Nick Craig-Wood)
• B2
• Implement server side copy (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Implement SetModTime (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Drive
• Fix move and copy from TeamDrive to GDrive (Fionera)
• Add notes that cleanup works in the background on drive (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Add --drive-server-side-across-configs to default back to old server side copy
semantics by default (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Add --drive-size-as-quota to show storage quota usage for file size (Garry McNulty)
• FTP
• Add FTP List timeout (Jeff Quinn)
• Add FTP over TLS support (Gary Kim)
• Add --ftp-no-check-certificate option for FTPS (Gary Kim)
• Google Cloud Storage
• Fix upload errors when uploading pre 1970 files (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Jottacloud
• Add support for selecting device and mountpoint. (buengese)
• Mega
• Add cleanup support (Gary Kim)
• Onedrive
• More accurately check if root is found (Cnly)
• S3
• Suppport S3 Accelerated endpoints with --s3-use-accelerate-endpoint (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Add config info for Wasabi’s EU Central endpoint (Robert Marko)
• Make SetModTime work for GLACIER while syncing (Philip Harvey)
• SFTP
• Add About support (Gary Kim)
• Fix about parsing of df results so it can cope with -ve results (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Send custom client version and debug server version (Nick Craig-Wood)
• WebDAV
• Retry on 423 Locked errors (Nick Craig-Wood)
v1.47.0 - 2019-04-13
• New backends
• Backend for Koofr cloud storage service. (jaKa)
• New Features
• Resume downloads if the reader fails in copy (Nick Craig-Wood)
• this means rclone will restart transfers if the source has an error
• this is most useful for downloads or cloud to cloud copies
• Use --fast-list for listing operations where it won’t use more memory (Nick
Craig-Wood)
• this should speed up the following operations on remotes which support ListR
• dedupe, serve restic lsf, ls, lsl, lsjson, lsd, md5sum, sha1sum, hashsum, size,
delete, cat, settier
• use --disable ListR to get old behaviour if required
• Make --files-from traverse the destination unless --no-traverse is set (Nick
Craig-Wood)
• this fixes --files-from with Google drive and excessive API use in general.
• Make server side copy account bytes and obey --max-transfer (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Add --create-empty-src-dirs flag and default to not creating empty dirs (ishuah)
• Add client side TLS/SSL flags --ca-cert/--client-cert/--client-key (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Implement --suffix-keep-extension for use with --suffix (Nick Craig-Wood)
• build:
• Switch to semvar compliant version tags to be go modules compliant (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Update to use go1.12.x for the build (Nick Craig-Wood)
• serve dlna: Add connection manager service description to improve compatibility (Dan
Walters)
• lsf: Add `e' format to show encrypted names and `o' for original IDs (Nick Craig-Wood)
• lsjson: Added --files-only and --dirs-only flags (calistri)
• rc: Implement operations/publiclink the equivalent of rclone link (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Bug Fixes
• accounting: Fix total ETA when --stats-unit bits is in effect (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Bash TAB completion
• Use private custom func to fix clash between rclone and kubectl (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix for remotes with underscores in their names (Six)
• Fix completion of remotes (Florian Gamböck)
• Fix autocompletion of remote paths with spaces (Danil Semelenov)
• serve dlna: Fix root XML service descriptor (Dan Walters)
• ncdu: Fix display corruption with Chinese characters (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Add SIGTERM to signals which run the exit handlers on unix (Nick Craig-Wood)
• rc: Reload filter when the options are set via the rc (Nick Craig-Wood)
• VFS / Mount
• Fix FreeBSD: Ignore Truncate if called with no readers and already the correct size
(Nick Craig-Wood)
• Read directory and check for a file before mkdir (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Shorten the locking window for vfs/refresh (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Azure Blob
• Enable MD5 checksums when uploading files bigger than the “Cutoff” (Dr.Rx)
• Fix SAS URL support (Nick Craig-Wood)
• B2
• Allow manual configuration of backblaze downloadUrl (Vince)
• Ignore already_hidden error on remove (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Ignore malformed src_last_modified_millis (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Drive
• Add --skip-checksum-gphotos to ignore incorrect checksums on Google Photos (Nick
Craig-Wood)
• Allow server side move/copy between different remotes. (Fionera)
• Add docs on team drives and --fast-list eventual consistency (Nestar47)
• Fix imports of text files (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix range requests on 0 length files (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix creation of duplicates with server side copy (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Dropbox
• Retry blank errors to fix long listings (Nick Craig-Wood)
• FTP
• Add --ftp-concurrency to limit maximum number of connections (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Google Cloud Storage
• Fall back to default application credentials (marcintustin)
• Allow bucket policy only buckets (Nick Craig-Wood)
• HTTP
• Add --http-no-slash for websites with directories with no slashes (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Remove duplicates from listings (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix socket leak on 404 errors (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Jottacloud
• Fix token refresh (Sebastian Bünger)
• Add device registration (Oliver Heyme)
• Onedrive
• Implement graceful cancel of multipart uploads if rclone is interrupted (Cnly)
• Always add trailing colon to path when addressing items, (Cnly)
• Return errors instead of panic for invalid uploads (Fabian Möller)
• S3
• Add support for “Glacier Deep Archive” storage class (Manu)
• Update Dreamhost endpoint (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Note incompatibility with CEPH Jewel (Nick Craig-Wood)
• SFTP
• Allow custom ssh client config (Alexandru Bumbacea)
• Swift
• Obey Retry-After to enable OVH restore from cold storage (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Work around token expiry on CEPH (Nick Craig-Wood)
• WebDAV
• Allow IsCollection property to be integer or boolean (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix race when creating directories (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix About/df when reading the available/total returns 0 (Nick Craig-Wood)
v1.46 - 2019-02-09
• New backends
• Support Alibaba Cloud (Aliyun) OSS via the s3 backend (Nick Craig-Wood)
• New commands
• serve dlna: serves a remove via DLNA for the local network (nicolov)
• New Features
• copy, move: Restore deprecated --no-traverse flag (Nick Craig-Wood)
• This is useful for when transferring a small number of files into a large
destination
• genautocomplete: Add remote path completion for bash completion (Christopher Peterson
& Danil Semelenov)
• Buffer memory handling reworked to return memory to the OS better (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Buffer recycling library to replace sync.Pool
• Optionally use memory mapped memory for better memory shrinking
• Enable with --use-mmap if having memory problems - not default yet
• Parallelise reading of files specified by --files-from (Nick Craig-Wood)
• check: Add stats showing total files matched. (Dario Guzik)
• Allow rename/delete open files under Windows (Nick Craig-Wood)
• lsjson: Use exactly the correct number of decimal places in the seconds (Nick
Craig-Wood)
• Add cookie support with cmdline switch --use-cookies for all HTTP based remotes (qip)
• Warn if --checksum is set but there are no hashes available (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Rework rate limiting (pacer) to be more accurate and allow bursting (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Improve error reporting for too many/few arguments in commands (Nick Craig-Wood)
• listremotes: Remove -l short flag as it conflicts with the new global flag (weetmuts)
• Make http serving with auth generate INFO messages on auth fail (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Bug Fixes
• Fix layout of stats (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix --progress crash under Windows Jenkins (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix transfer of google/onedrive docs by calling Rcat in Copy when size is -1 (Cnly)
• copyurl: Fix checking of --dry-run (Denis Skovpen)
• Mount
• Check that mountpoint and local directory to mount don’t overlap (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix mount size under 32 bit Windows (Nick Craig-Wood)
• VFS
• Implement renaming of directories for backends without DirMove (Nick Craig-Wood)
• now all backends except b2 support renaming directories
• Implement --vfs-cache-max-size to limit the total size of the cache (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Add --dir-perms and --file-perms flags to set default permissions (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix deadlock on concurrent operations on a directory (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix deadlock between RWFileHandle.close and File.Remove (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix renaming/deleting open files with cache mode “writes” under Windows (Nick
Craig-Wood)
• Fix panic on rename with --dry-run set (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix vfs/refresh with recurse=true needing the --fast-list flag
• Local
• Add support for -l/--links (symbolic link translation) (yair@unicorn)
• this works by showing links as link.rclonelink - see local backend docs for more
info
• this errors if used with -L/--copy-links
• Fix renaming/deleting open files on Windows (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Crypt
• Check for maximum length before decrypting filename to fix panic (Garry McNulty)
• Azure Blob
• Allow building azureblob backend on *BSD (themylogin)
• Use the rclone HTTP client to support --dump headers, --tpslimit etc (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Use the s3 pacer for 0 delay in non error conditions (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Ignore directory markers (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Stop Mkdir attempting to create existing containers (Nick Craig-Wood)
• B2
• cleanup: will remove unfinished large files >24hrs old (Garry McNulty)
• For a bucket limited application key check the bucket name (Nick Craig-Wood)
• before this, rclone would use the authorised bucket regardless of what you put on
the command line
• Added --b2-disable-checksum flag (Wojciech Smigielski)
• this enables large files to be uploaded without a SHA-1 hash for speed reasons
• Drive
• Set default pacer to 100ms for 10 tps (Nick Craig-Wood)
• This fits the Google defaults much better and reduces the 403 errors massively
• Add --drive-pacer-min-sleep and --drive-pacer-burst to control the pacer
• Improve ChangeNotify support for items with multiple parents (Fabian Möller)
• Fix ListR for items with multiple parents - this fixes oddities with vfs/refresh
(Fabian Möller)
• Fix using --drive-impersonate and appfolders (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix google docs in rclone mount for some (not all) applications (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Dropbox
• Retry-After support for Dropbox backend (Mathieu Carbou)
• FTP
• Wait for 60 seconds for a connection to Close then declare it dead (Nick Craig-Wood)
• helps with indefinite hangs on some FTP servers
• Google Cloud Storage
• Update google cloud storage endpoints (weetmuts)
• HTTP
• Add an example with username and password which is supported but wasn’t documented
(Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix backend with --files-from and non-existent files (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Hubic
• Make error message more informative if authentication fails (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Jottacloud
• Resume and deduplication support (Oliver Heyme)
• Use token auth for all API requests Don’t store password anymore (Sebastian Bünger)
• Add support for 2-factor authentification (Sebastian Bünger)
• Mega
• Implement v2 account login which fixes logins for newer Mega accounts (Nick
Craig-Wood)
• Return error if an unknown length file is attempted to be uploaded (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Add new error codes for better error reporting (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Onedrive
• Fix broken support for “shared with me” folders (Alex Chen)
• Fix root ID not normalised (Cnly)
• Return err instead of panic on unknown-sized uploads (Cnly)
• Qingstor
• Fix go routine leak on multipart upload errors (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Add upload chunk size/concurrency/cutoff control (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Default --qingstor-upload-concurrency to 1 to work around bug (Nick Craig-Wood)
• S3
• Implement --s3-upload-cutoff for single part uploads below this (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Change --s3-upload-concurrency default to 4 to increase perfomance (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Add --s3-bucket-acl to control bucket ACL (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Auto detect region for buckets on operation failure (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Add GLACIER storage class (William Cocker)
• Add Scaleway to s3 documentation (Rémy Léone)
• Add AWS endpoint eu-north-1 (weetmuts)
• SFTP
• Add support for PEM encrypted private keys (Fabian Möller)
• Add option to force the usage of an ssh-agent (Fabian Möller)
• Perform environment variable expansion on key-file (Fabian Möller)
• Fix rmdir on Windows based servers (eg CrushFTP) (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix rmdir deleting directory contents on some SFTP servers (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix error on dangling symlinks (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Swift
• Add --swift-no-chunk to disable segmented uploads in rcat/mount (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Introduce application credential auth support (kayrus)
• Fix memory usage by slimming Object (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix extra requests on upload (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix reauth on big files (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Union
• Fix poll-interval not working (Nick Craig-Wood)
• WebDAV
• Support About which means rclone mount will show the correct disk size (Nick
Craig-Wood)
• Support MD5 and SHA1 hashes with Owncloud and Nextcloud (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fail soft on time parsing errors (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix infinite loop on failed directory creation (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix identification of directories for Bitrix Site Manager (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix upload of 0 length files on some servers (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix if MKCOL fails with 423 Locked assume the directory exists (Nick Craig-Wood)
v1.45 - 2018-11-24
• New backends
• The Yandex backend was re-written - see below for details (Sebastian Bünger)
• New commands
• rcd: New command just to serve the remote control API (Nick Craig-Wood)
• New Features
• The remote control API (rc) was greatly expanded to allow full control over rclone
(Nick Craig-Wood)
• sensitive operations require authorization or the --rc-no-auth flag
• config/* operations to configure rclone
• options/* for reading/setting command line flags
• operations/* for all low level operations, eg copy file, list directory
• sync/* for sync, copy and move
• --rc-files flag to serve files on the rc http server
• this is for building web native GUIs for rclone
• Optionally serving objects on the rc http server
• Ensure rclone fails to start up if the --rc port is in use already
• See the rc docs (https://rclone.org/rc/) for more info
• sync/copy/move
• Make --files-from only read the objects specified and don’t scan directories (Nick
Craig-Wood)
• This is a huge speed improvement for destinations with lots of files
• filter: Add --ignore-case flag (Nick Craig-Wood)
• ncdu: Add remove function (`d' key) (Henning Surmeier)
• rc command
• Add --json flag for structured JSON input (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Add --user and --pass flags and interpret --rc-user, --rc-pass, --rc-addr (Nick
Craig-Wood)
• build
• Require go1.8 or later for compilation (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Enable softfloat on MIPS arch (Scott Edlund)
• Integration test framework revamped with a better report and better retries (Nick
Craig-Wood)
• Bug Fixes
• cmd: Make --progress update the stats correctly at the end (Nick Craig-Wood)
• config: Create config directory on save if it is missing (Nick Craig-Wood)
• dedupe: Check for existing filename before renaming a dupe file (ssaqua)
• move: Don’t create directories with --dry-run (Nick Craig-Wood)
• operations: Fix Purge and Rmdirs when dir is not the root (Nick Craig-Wood)
• serve http/webdav/restic: Ensure rclone exits if the port is in use (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Mount
• Make --volname work for Windows and macOS (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Azure Blob
• Avoid context deadline exceeded error by setting a large TryTimeout value (brused27)
• Fix erroneous Rmdir error “directory not empty” (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Wait for up to 60s to create a just deleted container (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Dropbox
• Add dropbox impersonate support (Jake Coggiano)
• Jottacloud
• Fix bug in --fast-list handing of empty folders (albertony)
• Opendrive
• Fix transfer of files with + and & in (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix retries of upload chunks (Nick Craig-Wood)
• S3
• Set ACL for server side copies to that provided by the user (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix role_arn, credential_source, ... (Erik Swanson)
• Add config info for Wasabi’s US-West endpoint (Henry Ptasinski)
• SFTP
• Ensure file hash checking is really disabled (Jon Fautley)
• Swift
• Add pacer for retries to make swift more reliable (Nick Craig-Wood)
• WebDAV
• Add Content-Type to PUT requests (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix config parsing so --webdav-user and --webdav-pass flags work (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Add RFC3339 date format (Ralf Hemberger)
• Yandex
• The yandex backend was re-written (Sebastian Bünger)
• This implements low level retries (Sebastian Bünger)
• Copy, Move, DirMove, PublicLink and About optional interfaces (Sebastian Bünger)
• Improved general error handling (Sebastian Bünger)
• Removed ListR for now due to inconsistent behaviour (Sebastian Bünger)
v1.44 - 2018-10-15
• New commands
• serve ftp: Add ftp server (Antoine GIRARD)
• settier: perform storage tier changes on supported remotes (sandeepkru)
• New Features
• Reworked command line help
• Make default help less verbose (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Split flags up into global and backend flags (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Implement specialised help for flags and backends (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Show URL of backend help page when starting config (Nick Craig-Wood)
• stats: Long names now split in center (Joanna Marek)
• Add --log-format flag for more control over log output (dcpu)
• rc: Add support for OPTIONS and basic CORS (frenos)
• stats: show FatalErrors and NoRetryErrors in stats (Cédric Connes)
• Bug Fixes
• Fix -P not ending with a new line (Nick Craig-Wood)
• config: don’t create default config dir when user supplies --config (albertony)
• Don’t print non-ASCII characters with --progress on windows (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Correct logs for excluded items (ssaqua)
• Mount
• Remove EXPERIMENTAL tags (Nick Craig-Wood)
• VFS
• Fix race condition detected by serve ftp tests (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Add vfs/poll-interval rc command (Fabian Möller)
• Enable rename for nearly all remotes using server side Move or Copy (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Reduce directory cache cleared by poll-interval (Fabian Möller)
• Remove EXPERIMENTAL tags (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Local
• Skip bad symlinks in dir listing with -L enabled (Cédric Connes)
• Preallocate files on Windows to reduce fragmentation (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Preallocate files on linux with fallocate(2) (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Cache
• Add cache/fetch rc function (Fabian Möller)
• Fix worker scale down (Fabian Möller)
• Improve performance by not sending info requests for cached chunks (dcpu)
• Fix error return value of cache/fetch rc method (Fabian Möller)
• Documentation fix for cache-chunk-total-size (Anagh Kumar Baranwal)
• Preserve leading / in wrapped remote path (Fabian Möller)
• Add plex_insecure option to skip certificate validation (Fabian Möller)
• Remove entries that no longer exist in the source (dcpu)
• Crypt
• Preserve leading / in wrapped remote path (Fabian Möller)
• Alias
• Fix handling of Windows network paths (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Azure Blob
• Add --azureblob-list-chunk parameter (Santiago Rodríguez)
• Implemented settier command support on azureblob remote. (sandeepkru)
• Work around SDK bug which causes errors for chunk-sized files (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Box
• Implement link sharing. (Sebastian Bünger)
• Drive
• Add --drive-import-formats - google docs can now be imported (Fabian Möller)
• Rewrite mime type and extension handling (Fabian Möller)
• Add document links (Fabian Möller)
• Add support for multipart document extensions (Fabian Möller)
• Add support for apps-script to json export (Fabian Möller)
• Fix escaped chars in documents during list (Fabian Möller)
• Add --drive-v2-download-min-size a workaround for slow downloads (Fabian Möller)
• Improve directory notifications in ChangeNotify (Fabian Möller)
• When listing team drives in config, continue on failure (Nick Craig-Wood)
• FTP
• Add a small pause after failed upload before deleting file (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Google Cloud Storage
• Fix service_account_file being ignored (Fabian Möller)
• Jottacloud
• Minor improvement in quota info (omit if unlimited) (albertony)
• Add --fast-list support (albertony)
• Add permanent delete support: --jottacloud-hard-delete (albertony)
• Add link sharing support (albertony)
• Fix handling of reserved characters. (Sebastian Bünger)
• Fix socket leak on Object.Remove (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Onedrive
• Rework to support Microsoft Graph (Cnly)
• NB this will require re-authenticating the remote
• Removed upload cutoff and always do session uploads (Oliver Heyme)
• Use single-part upload for empty files (Cnly)
• Fix new fields not saved when editing old config (Alex Chen)
• Fix sometimes special chars in filenames not replaced (Alex Chen)
• Ignore OneNote files by default (Alex Chen)
• Add link sharing support (jackyzy823)
• S3
• Use custom pacer, to retry operations when reasonable (Craig Miskell)
• Use configured server-side-encryption and storace class options when calling
CopyObject() (Paul Kohout)
• Make --s3-v2-auth flag (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix v2 auth on files with spaces (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Union
• Implement union backend which reads from multiple backends (Felix Brucker)
• Implement optional interfaces (Move, DirMove, Copy etc) (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix ChangeNotify to support multiple remotes (Fabian Möller)
• Fix --backup-dir on union backend (Nick Craig-Wood)
• WebDAV
• Add another time format (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Add a small pause after failed upload before deleting file (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Add workaround for missing mtime (buergi)
• Sharepoint: Renew cookies after 12hrs (Henning Surmeier)
• Yandex
• Remove redundant nil checks (teresy)
v1.43.1 - 2018-09-07
Point release to fix hubic and azureblob backends.
• Bug Fixes
• ncdu: Return error instead of log.Fatal in Show (Fabian Möller)
• cmd: Fix crash with --progress and --stats 0 (Nick Craig-Wood)
• docs: Tidy website display (Anagh Kumar Baranwal)
• Azure Blob:
• Fix multi-part uploads. (sandeepkru)
• Hubic
• Fix uploads (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Retry auth fetching if it fails to make hubic more reliable (Nick Craig-Wood)
v1.43 - 2018-09-01
• New backends
• Jottacloud (Sebastian Bünger)
• New commands
• copyurl: copies a URL to a remote (Denis)
• New Features
• Reworked config for backends (Nick Craig-Wood)
• All backend config can now be supplied by command line, env var or config file
• Advanced section in the config wizard for the optional items
• A large step towards rclone backends being usable in other go software
• Allow on the fly remotes with :backend: syntax
• Stats revamp
• Add --progress/-P flag to show interactive progress (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Show the total progress of the sync in the stats (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Add --stats-one-line flag for single line stats (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Added weekday schedule into --bwlimit (Mateusz)
• lsjson: Add option to show the original object IDs (Fabian Möller)
• serve webdav: Make Content-Type without reading the file and add --etag-hash (Nick
Craig-Wood)
• build
• Build macOS with native compiler (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Update to use go1.11 for the build (Nick Craig-Wood)
• rc
• Added core/stats to return the stats (reddi1)
• version --check: Prints the current release and beta versions (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Bug Fixes
• accounting
• Fix time to completion estimates (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix moving average speed for file stats (Nick Craig-Wood)
• config: Fix error reading password from piped input (Nick Craig-Wood)
• move: Fix --delete-empty-src-dirs flag to delete all empty dirs on move (ishuah)
• Mount
• Implement --daemon-timeout flag for OSXFUSE (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix mount --daemon not working with encrypted config (Alex Chen)
• Clip the number of blocks to 2^32-1 on macOS - fixes borg backup (Nick Craig-Wood)
• VFS
• Enable vfs-read-chunk-size by default (Fabian Möller)
• Add the vfs/refresh rc command (Fabian Möller)
• Add non recursive mode to vfs/refresh rc command (Fabian Möller)
• Try to seek buffer on read only files (Fabian Möller)
• Local
• Fix crash when deprecated --local-no-unicode-normalization is supplied (Nick
Craig-Wood)
• Fix mkdir error when trying to copy files to the root of a drive on windows (Nick
Craig-Wood)
• Cache
• Fix nil pointer deref when using lsjson on cached directory (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix nil pointer deref for occasional crash on playback (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Crypt
• Fix accounting when checking hashes on upload (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Amazon Cloud Drive
• Make very clear in the docs that rclone has no ACD keys (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Azure Blob
• Add connection string and SAS URL auth (Nick Craig-Wood)
• List the container to see if it exists (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Port new Azure Blob Storage SDK (sandeepkru)
• Added blob tier, tier between Hot, Cool and Archive. (sandeepkru)
• Remove leading / from paths (Nick Craig-Wood)
• B2
• Support Application Keys (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Remove leading / from paths (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Box
• Fix upload of > 2GB files on 32 bit platforms (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Make --box-commit-retries flag defaulting to 100 to fix large uploads (Nick
Craig-Wood)
• Drive
• Add --drive-keep-revision-forever flag (lewapm)
• Handle gdocs when filtering file names in list (Fabian Möller)
• Support using --fast-list for large speedups (Fabian Möller)
• FTP
• Fix Put mkParentDir failed: 521 for BunnyCDN (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Google Cloud Storage
• Fix index out of range error with --fast-list (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Jottacloud
• Fix MD5 error check (Oliver Heyme)
• Handle empty time values (Martin Polden)
• Calculate missing MD5s (Oliver Heyme)
• Docs, fixes and tests for MD5 calculation (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Add optional MimeTyper interface. (Sebastian Bünger)
• Implement optional About interface (for df support). (Sebastian Bünger)
• Mega
• Wait for events instead of arbitrary sleeping (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Add --mega-hard-delete flag (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix failed logins with upper case chars in email (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Onedrive
• Shared folder support (Yoni Jah)
• Implement DirMove (Cnly)
• Fix rmdir sometimes deleting directories with contents (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Pcloud
• Delete half uploaded files on upload error (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Qingstor
• Remove leading / from paths (Nick Craig-Wood)
• S3
• Fix index out of range error with --fast-list (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Add --s3-force-path-style (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Add support for KMS Key ID (bsteiss)
• Remove leading / from paths (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Swift
• Add storage_policy (Ruben Vandamme)
• Make it so just storage_url or auth_token can be overidden (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Fix server side copy bug for unusal file names (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Remove leading / from paths (Nick Craig-Wood)
• WebDAV
• Ensure we call MKCOL with a URL with a trailing / for QNAP interop (Nick Craig-Wood)
• If root ends with / then don’t check if it is a file (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Don’t accept redirects when reading metadata (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Add bearer token (Macaroon) support for dCache (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Document dCache and Macaroons (Onno Zweers)
• Sharepoint recursion with different depth (Henning)
• Attempt to remove failed uploads (Nick Craig-Wood)
• Yandex
• Fix listing/deleting files in the root (Nick Craig-Wood)
v1.42 - 2018-06-16
• New backends
• OpenDrive (Oliver Heyme, Jakub Karlicek, ncw)
• New commands
• deletefile command (Filip Bartodziej)
• New Features
• copy, move: Copy single files directly, don’t use --files-from work-around
• this makes them much more efficient
• Implement --max-transfer flag to quit transferring at a limit
• make exit code 8 for --max-transfer exceeded
• copy: copy empty source directories to destination (Ishuah Kariuki)
• check: Add --one-way flag (Kasper Byrdal Nielsen)
• Add siginfo handler for macOS for ctrl-T stats (kubatasiemski)
• rc
• add core/gc to run a garbage collection on demand
• enable go profiling by default on the --rc port
• return error from remote on failure
• lsf
• Add --absolute flag to add a leading / onto path names
• Add --csv flag for compliant CSV output
• Add `m' format specifier to show the MimeType
• Implement `i' format for showing object ID
• lsjson
• Add MimeType to the output
• Add ID field to output to show Object ID
• Add --retries-sleep flag (Benjamin Joseph Dag)
• Oauth tidy up web page and error handling (Henning Surmeier)
• Bug Fixes
• Password prompt output with --log-file fixed for unix (Filip Bartodziej)
• Calculate ModifyWindow each time on the fly to fix various problems (Stefan Breunig)
• Mount
• Only print “File.rename error” if there actually is an error (Stefan Breunig)
• Delay rename if file has open writers instead of failing outright (Stefan Breunig)
• Ensure atexit gets run on interrupt
• macOS enhancements
• Make --noappledouble --noapplexattr
• Add --volname flag and remove special chars from it
• Make Get/List/Set/Remove xattr return ENOSYS for efficiency
• Make --daemon work for macOS without CGO
• VFS
• Add --vfs-read-chunk-size and --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit (Fabian Möller)
• Fix ChangeNotify for new or changed folders (Fabian Möller)
• Local
• Fix symlink/junction point directory handling under Windows
• NB you will need to add -L to your command line to copy files with reparse points
• Cache
• Add non cached dirs on notifications (Remus Bunduc)
• Allow root to be expired from rc (Remus Bunduc)
• Clean remaining empty folders from temp upload path (Remus Bunduc)
• Cache lists using batch writes (Remus Bunduc)
• Use secure websockets for HTTPS Plex addresses (John Clayton)
• Reconnect plex websocket on failures (Remus Bunduc)
• Fix panic when running without plex configs (Remus Bunduc)
• Fix root folder caching (Remus Bunduc)
• Crypt
• Check the crypted hash of files when uploading for extra data security
• Dropbox
• Make Dropbox for business folders accessible using an initial / in the path
• Google Cloud Storage
• Low level retry all operations if necessary
• Google Drive
• Add --drive-acknowledge-abuse to download flagged files
• Add --drive-alternate-export to fix large doc export
• Don’t attempt to choose Team Drives when using rclone config create
• Fix change list polling with team drives
• Fix ChangeNotify for folders (Fabian Möller)
• Fix about (and df on a mount) for team drives
• Onedrive
• Errorhandler for onedrive for business requests (Henning Surmeier)
• S3
• Adjust upload concurrency with --s3-upload-concurrency (themylogin)
• Fix --s3-chunk-size which was always using the minimum
• SFTP
• Add --ssh-path-override flag (Piotr Oleszczyk)
• Fix slow downloads for long latency connections
• Webdav
• Add workarounds for biz.mail.ru
• Ignore Reason-Phrase in status line to fix 4shared (Rodrigo)
• Better error message generation
v1.41 - 2018-04-28
• New backends
• Mega support added
• Webdav now supports SharePoint cookie authentication (hensur)
• New commands
• link: create public link to files and folders (Stefan Breunig)
• about: gets quota info from a remote (a-roussos, ncw)
• hashsum: a generic tool for any hash to produce md5sum like output
• New Features
• lsd: Add -R flag and fix and update docs for all ls commands
• ncdu: added a “refresh” key - CTRL-L (Keith Goldfarb)
• serve restic: Add append-only mode (Steve Kriss)
• serve restic: Disallow overwriting files in append-only mode (Alexander Neumann)
• serve restic: Print actual listener address (Matt Holt)
• size: Add –json flag (Matthew Holt)
• sync: implement –ignore-errors (Mateusz Pabian)
• dedupe: Add dedupe largest functionality (Richard Yang)
• fs: Extend SizeSuffix to include TB and PB for rclone about
• fs: add –dump goroutines and –dump openfiles for debugging
• rc: implement core/memstats to print internal memory usage info
• rc: new call rc/pid (Michael P. Dubner)
• Compile
• Drop support for go1.6
• Release
• Fix make tarball (Chih-Hsuan Yen)
• Bug Fixes
• filter: fix –min-age and –max-age together check
• fs: limit MaxIdleConns and MaxIdleConnsPerHost in transport
• lsd,lsf: make sure all times we output are in local time
• rc: fix setting bwlimit to unlimited
• rc: take note of the –rc-addr flag too as per the docs
• Mount
• Use About to return the correct disk total/used/free (eg in df)
• Set --attr-timeout default to 1s - fixes:
• rclone using too much memory
• rclone not serving files to samba
• excessive time listing directories
• Fix df -i (upstream fix)
• VFS
• Filter files . and .. from directory listing
• Only make the VFS cache if –vfs-cache-mode > Off
• Local
• Add –local-no-check-updated to disable updated file checks
• Retry remove on Windows sharing violation error
• Cache
• Flush the memory cache after close
• Purge file data on notification
• Always forget parent dir for notifications
• Integrate with Plex websocket
• Add rc cache/stats (seuffert)
• Add info log on notification
• Box
• Fix failure reading large directories - parse file/directory size as float
• Dropbox
• Fix crypt+obfuscate on dropbox
• Fix repeatedly uploading the same files
• FTP
• Work around strange response from box FTP server
• More workarounds for FTP servers to fix mkParentDir error
• Fix no error on listing non-existent directory
• Google Cloud Storage
• Add service_account_credentials (Matt Holt)
• Detect bucket presence by listing it - minimises permissions needed
• Ignore zero length directory markers
• Google Drive
• Add service_account_credentials (Matt Holt)
• Fix directory move leaving a hardlinked directory behind
• Return proper google errors when Opening files
• When initialized with a filepath, optional features used incorrect root path (Stefan
Breunig)
• HTTP
• Fix sync for servers which don’t return Content-Length in HEAD
• Onedrive
• Add QuickXorHash support for OneDrive for business
• Fix socket leak in multipart session upload
• S3
• Look in S3 named profile files for credentials
• Add --s3-disable-checksum to disable checksum uploading (Chris Redekop)
• Hierarchical configuration support (Giri Badanahatti)
• Add in config for all the supported S3 providers
• Add One Zone Infrequent Access storage class (Craig Rachel)
• Add –use-server-modtime support (Peter Baumgartner)
• Add –s3-chunk-size option to control multipart uploads
• Ignore zero length directory markers
• SFTP
• Update docs to match code, fix typos and clarify disable_hashcheck prompt (Michael G.
Noll)
• Update docs with Synology quirks
• Fail soft with a debug on hash failure
• Swift
• Add –use-server-modtime support (Peter Baumgartner)
• Webdav
• Support SharePoint cookie authentication (hensur)
• Strip leading and trailing / off root
v1.40 - 2018-03-19
• New backends
• Alias backend to create aliases for existing remote names (Fabian Möller)
• New commands
• lsf: list for parsing purposes (Jakub Tasiemski)
• by default this is a simple non recursive list of files and directories
• it can be configured to add more info in an easy to parse way
• serve restic: for serving a remote as a Restic REST endpoint
• This enables restic to use any backends that rclone can access
• Thanks Alexander Neumann for help, patches and review
• rc: enable the remote control of a running rclone
• The running rclone must be started with –rc and related flags.
• Currently there is support for bwlimit, and flushing for mount and cache.
• New Features
• --max-delete flag to add a delete threshold (Bjørn Erik Pedersen)
• All backends now support RangeOption for ranged Open
• cat: Use RangeOption for limited fetches to make more efficient
• cryptcheck: make reading of nonce more efficient with RangeOption
• serve http/webdav/restic
• support SSL/TLS
• add --user --pass and --htpasswd for authentication
• copy/move: detect file size change during copy/move and abort transfer (ishuah)
• cryptdecode: added option to return encrypted file names. (ishuah)
• lsjson: add --encrypted to show encrypted name (Jakub Tasiemski)
• Add --stats-file-name-length to specify the printed file name length for stats (Will
Gunn)
• Compile
• Code base was shuffled and factored
• backends moved into a backend directory
• large packages split up
• See the CONTRIBUTING.md doc for info as to what lives where now
• Update to using go1.10 as the default go version
• Implement daily full integration tests (https://pub.rclone.org/integration-tests/)
• Release
• Include a source tarball and sign it and the binaries
• Sign the git tags as part of the release process
• Add .deb and .rpm packages as part of the build
• Make a beta release for all branches on the main repo (but not pull requests)
• Bug Fixes
• config: fixes errors on non existing config by loading config file only on first
access
• config: retry saving the config after failure (Mateusz)
• sync: when using --backup-dir don’t delete files if we can’t set their modtime
• this fixes odd behaviour with Dropbox and --backup-dir
• fshttp: fix idle timeouts for HTTP connections
• serve http: fix serving files with : in - fixes
• Fix --exclude-if-present to ignore directories which it doesn’t have permission for
(Iakov Davydov)
• Make accounting work properly with crypt and b2
• remove --no-traverse flag because it is obsolete
• Mount
• Add --attr-timeout flag to control attribute caching in kernel
• this now defaults to 0 which is correct but less efficient
• see the mount docs (/commands/rclone_mount/#attribute-caching) for more info
• Add --daemon flag to allow mount to run in the background (ishuah)
• Fix: Return ENOSYS rather than EIO on attempted link
• This fixes FileZilla accessing an rclone mount served over sftp.
• Fix setting modtime twice
• Mount tests now run on CI for Linux (mount & cmount)/Mac/Windows
• Many bugs fixed in the VFS layer - see below
• VFS
• Many fixes for --vfs-cache-mode writes and above
• Update cached copy if we know it has changed (fixes stale data)
• Clean path names before using them in the cache
• Disable cache cleaner if --vfs-cache-poll-interval=0
• Fill and clean the cache immediately on startup
• Fix Windows opening every file when it stats the file
• Fix applying modtime for an open Write Handle
• Fix creation of files when truncating
• Write 0 bytes when flushing unwritten handles to avoid race conditions in FUSE
• Downgrade “poll-interval is not supported” message to Info
• Make OpenFile and friends return EINVAL if O_RDONLY and O_TRUNC
• Local
• Downgrade “invalid cross-device link: trying copy” to debug
• Make DirMove return fs.ErrorCantDirMove to allow fallback to Copy for cross device
• Fix race conditions updating the hashes
• Cache
• Add support for polling - cache will update when remote changes on supported backends
• Reduce log level for Plex api
• Fix dir cache issue
• Implement --cache-db-wait-time flag
• Improve efficiency with RangeOption and RangeSeek
• Fix dirmove with temp fs enabled
• Notify vfs when using temp fs
• Offline uploading
• Remote control support for path flushing
• Amazon cloud drive
• Rclone no longer has any working keys - disable integration tests
• Implement DirChangeNotify to notify cache/vfs/mount of changes
• Azureblob
• Don’t check for bucket/container presense if listing was OK
• this makes rclone do one less request per invocation
• Improve accounting for chunked uploads
• Backblaze B2
• Don’t check for bucket/container presense if listing was OK
• this makes rclone do one less request per invocation
• Box
• Improve accounting for chunked uploads
• Dropbox
• Fix custom oauth client parameters
• Google Cloud Storage
• Don’t check for bucket/container presense if listing was OK
• this makes rclone do one less request per invocation
• Google Drive
• Migrate to api v3 (Fabian Möller)
• Add scope configuration and root folder selection
• Add --drive-impersonate for service accounts
• thanks to everyone who tested, explored and contributed docs
• Add --drive-use-created-date to use created date as modified date (nbuchanan)
• Request the export formats only when required
• This makes rclone quicker when there are no google docs
• Fix finding paths with latin1 chars (a workaround for a drive bug)
• Fix copying of a single Google doc file
• Fix --drive-auth-owner-only to look in all directories
• HTTP
• Fix handling of directories with & in
• Onedrive
• Removed upload cutoff and always do session uploads
• this stops the creation of multiple versions on business onedrive
• Overwrite object size value with real size when reading file. (Victor)
• this fixes oddities when onedrive misreports the size of images
• Pcloud
• Remove unused chunked upload flag and code
• Qingstor
• Don’t check for bucket/container presense if listing was OK
• this makes rclone do one less request per invocation
• S3
• Support hashes for multipart files (Chris Redekop)
• Initial support for IBM COS (S3) (Giri Badanahatti)
• Update docs to discourage use of v2 auth with CEPH and others
• Don’t check for bucket/container presense if listing was OK
• this makes rclone do one less request per invocation
• Fix server side copy and set modtime on files with + in
• SFTP
• Add option to disable remote hash check command execution (Jon Fautley)
• Add --sftp-ask-password flag to prompt for password when needed (Leo R. Lundgren)
• Add set_modtime configuration option
• Fix following of symlinks
• Fix reading config file outside of Fs setup
• Fix reading $USER in username fallback not $HOME
• Fix running under crontab - Use correct OS way of reading username
• Swift
• Fix refresh of authentication token
• in v1.39 a bug was introduced which ignored new tokens - this fixes it
• Fix extra HEAD transaction when uploading a new file
• Don’t check for bucket/container presense if listing was OK
• this makes rclone do one less request per invocation
• Webdav
• Add new time formats to support mydrive.ch and others
v1.39 - 2017-12-23
• New backends
• WebDAV
• tested with nextcloud, owncloud, put.io and others!
• Pcloud
• cache - wraps a cache around other backends (Remus Bunduc)
• useful in combination with mount
• NB this feature is in beta so use with care
• New commands
• serve command with subcommands:
• serve webdav: this implements a webdav server for any rclone remote.
• serve http: command to serve a remote over HTTP
• config: add sub commands for full config file management
• create/delete/dump/edit/file/password/providers/show/update
• touch: to create or update the timestamp of a file (Jakub Tasiemski)
• New Features
• curl install for rclone (Filip Bartodziej)
• –stats now shows percentage, size, rate and ETA in condensed form (Ishuah Kariuki)
• –exclude-if-present to exclude a directory if a file is present (Iakov Davydov)
• rmdirs: add –leave-root flag (lewpam)
• move: add –delete-empty-src-dirs flag to remove dirs after move (Ishuah Kariuki)
• Add –dump flag, introduce –dump requests, responses and remove –dump-auth,
–dump-filters
• Obscure X-Auth-Token: from headers when dumping too
• Document and implement exit codes for different failure modes (Ishuah Kariuki)
• Compile
• Bug Fixes
• Retry lots more different types of errors to make multipart transfers more reliable
• Save the config before asking for a token, fixes disappearing oauth config
• Warn the user if –include and –exclude are used together (Ernest Borowski)
• Fix duplicate files (eg on Google drive) causing spurious copies
• Allow trailing and leading whitespace for passwords (Jason Rose)
• ncdu: fix crashes on empty directories
• rcat: fix goroutine leak
• moveto/copyto: Fix to allow copying to the same name
• Mount
• –vfs-cache mode to make writes into mounts more reliable.
• this requires caching files on the disk (see –cache-dir)
• As this is a new feature, use with care
• Use sdnotify to signal systemd the mount is ready (Fabian Möller)
• Check if directory is not empty before mounting (Ernest Borowski)
• Local
• Add error message for cross file system moves
• Fix equality check for times
• Dropbox
• Rework multipart upload
• buffer the chunks when uploading large files so they can be retried
• change default chunk size to 48MB now we are buffering them in memory
• retry every error after the first chunk is done successfully
• Fix error when renaming directories
• Swift
• Fix crash on bad authentication
• Google Drive
• Add service account support (Tim Cooijmans)
• S3
• Make it work properly with Digital Ocean Spaces (Andrew Starr-Bochicchio)
• Fix crash if a bad listing is received
• Add support for ECS task IAM roles (David Minor)
• Backblaze B2
• Fix multipart upload retries
• Fix –hard-delete to make it work 100% of the time
• Swift
• Allow authentication with storage URL and auth key (Giovanni Pizzi)
• Add new fields for swift configuration to support IBM Bluemix Swift (Pierre Carlson)
• Add OS_TENANT_ID and OS_USER_ID to config
• Allow configs with user id instead of user name
• Check if swift segments container exists before creating (John Leach)
• Fix memory leak in swift transfers (upstream fix)
• SFTP
• Add option to enable the use of aes128-cbc cipher (Jon Fautley)
• Amazon cloud drive
• Fix download of large files failing with “Only one auth mechanism allowed”
• crypt
• Option to encrypt directory names or leave them intact
• Implement DirChangeNotify (Fabian Möller)
• onedrive
• Add option to choose resourceURL during setup of OneDrive Business account if more
than one is available for user
v1.38 - 2017-09-30
• New backends
• Azure Blob Storage (thanks Andrei Dragomir)
• Box
• Onedrive for Business (thanks Oliver Heyme)
• QingStor from QingCloud (thanks wuyu)
• New commands
• rcat - read from standard input and stream upload
• tree - shows a nicely formatted recursive listing
• cryptdecode - decode crypted file names (thanks ishuah)
• config show - print the config file
• config file - print the config file location
• New Features
• Empty directories are deleted on sync
• dedupe - implement merging of duplicate directories
• check and cryptcheck made more consistent and use less memory
• cleanup for remaining remotes (thanks ishuah)
• --immutable for ensuring that files don’t change (thanks Jacob McNamee)
• --user-agent option (thanks Alex McGrath Kraak)
• --disable flag to disable optional features
• --bind flag for choosing the local addr on outgoing connections
• Support for zsh auto-completion (thanks bpicode)
• Stop normalizing file names but do a normalized compare in sync
• Compile
• Update to using go1.9 as the default go version
• Remove snapd build due to maintenance problems
• Bug Fixes
• Improve retriable error detection which makes multipart uploads better
• Make check obey --ignore-size
• Fix bwlimit toggle in conjunction with schedules (thanks cbruegg)
• config ensures newly written config is on the same mount
• Local
• Revert to copy when moving file across file system boundaries
• --skip-links to suppress symlink warnings (thanks Zhiming Wang)
• Mount
• Re-use rcat internals to support uploads from all remotes
• Dropbox
• Fix “entry doesn’t belong in directory” error
• Stop using deprecated API methods
• Swift
• Fix server side copy to empty container with --fast-list
• Google Drive
• Change the default for --drive-use-trash to true
• S3
• Set session token when using STS (thanks Girish Ramakrishnan)
• Glacier docs and error messages (thanks Jan Varho)
• Read 1000 (not 1024) items in dir listings to fix Wasabi
• Backblaze B2
• Fix SHA1 mismatch when downloading files with no SHA1
• Calculate missing hashes on the fly instead of spooling
• --b2-hard-delete to permanently delete (not hide) files (thanks John Papandriopoulos)
• Hubic
• Fix creating containers - no longer have to use the default container
• Swift
• Optionally configure from a standard set of OpenStack environment vars
• Add endpoint_type config
• Google Cloud Storage
• Fix bucket creation to work with limited permission users
• SFTP
• Implement connection pooling for multiple ssh connections
• Limit new connections per second
• Add support for MD5 and SHA1 hashes where available (thanks Christian Brüggemann)
• HTTP
• Fix URL encoding issues
• Fix directories with : in
• Fix panic with URL encoded content
v1.37 - 2017-07-22
• New backends
• FTP - thanks to Antonio Messina
• HTTP - thanks to Vasiliy Tolstov
• New commands
• rclone ncdu - for exploring a remote with a text based user interface.
• rclone lsjson - for listing with a machine readable output
• rclone dbhashsum - to show Dropbox style hashes of files (local or Dropbox)
• New Features
• Implement –fast-list flag
• This allows remotes to list recursively if they can
• This uses less transactions (important if you pay for them)
• This may or may not be quicker
• This will use more memory as it has to hold the listing in memory
• –old-sync-method deprecated - the remaining uses are covered by –fast-list
• This involved a major re-write of all the listing code
• Add –tpslimit and –tpslimit-burst to limit transactions per second
• this is useful in conjuction with rclone mount to limit external apps
• Add –stats-log-level so can see –stats without -v
• Print password prompts to stderr - Hraban Luyat
• Warn about duplicate files when syncing
• Oauth improvements
• allow auth_url and token_url to be set in the config file
• Print redirection URI if using own credentials.
• Don’t Mkdir at the start of sync to save transactions
• Compile
• Update build to go1.8.3
• Require go1.6 for building rclone
• Compile 386 builds with “GO386=387” for maximum compatibility
• Bug Fixes
• Fix menu selection when no remotes
• Config saving reworked to not kill the file if disk gets full
• Don’t delete remote if name does not change while renaming
• moveto, copyto: report transfers and checks as per move and copy
• Local
• Add –local-no-unicode-normalization flag - Bob Potter
• Mount
• Now supported on Windows using cgofuse and WinFsp - thanks to Bill Zissimopoulos for
much help
• Compare checksums on upload/download via FUSE
• Unmount when program ends with SIGINT (Ctrl+C) or SIGTERM - Jérôme Vizcaino
• On read only open of file, make open pending until first read
• Make –read-only reject modify operations
• Implement ModTime via FUSE for remotes that support it
• Allow modTime to be changed even before all writers are closed
• Fix panic on renames
• Fix hang on errored upload
• Crypt
• Report the name:root as specified by the user
• Add an “obfuscate” option for filename encryption - Stephen Harris
• Amazon Drive
• Fix initialization order for token renewer
• Remove revoked credentials, allow oauth proxy config and update docs
• B2
• Reduce minimum chunk size to 5MB
• Drive
• Add team drive support
• Reduce bandwidth by adding fields for partial responses - Martin Kristensen
• Implement –drive-shared-with-me flag to view shared with me files - Danny Tsai
• Add –drive-trashed-only to read only the files in the trash
• Remove obsolete –drive-full-list
• Add missing seek to start on retries of chunked uploads
• Fix stats accounting for upload
• Convert / in names to a unicode equivalent (／)
• Poll for Google Drive changes when mounted
• OneDrive
• Fix the uploading of files with spaces
• Fix initialization order for token renewer
• Display speeds accurately when uploading - Yoni Jah
• Swap to using http://localhost:53682/ as redirect URL - Michael Ledin
• Retry on token expired error, reset upload body on retry - Yoni Jah
• Google Cloud Storage
• Add ability to specify location and storage class via config and command line - thanks
gdm85
• Create container if necessary on server side copy
• Increase directory listing chunk to 1000 to increase performance
• Obtain a refresh token for GCS - Steven Lu
• Yandex
• Fix the name reported in log messages (was empty)
• Correct error return for listing empty directory
• Dropbox
• Rewritten to use the v2 API
• Now supports ModTime
• Can only set by uploading the file again
• If you uploaded with an old rclone, rclone may upload everything again
• Use --size-only or --checksum to avoid this
• Now supports the Dropbox content hashing scheme
• Now supports low level retries
• S3
• Work around eventual consistency in bucket creation
• Create container if necessary on server side copy
• Add us-east-2 (Ohio) and eu-west-2 (London) S3 regions - Zahiar Ahmed
• Swift, Hubic
• Fix zero length directory markers showing in the subdirectory listing
• this caused lots of duplicate transfers
• Fix paged directory listings
• this caused duplicate directory errors
• Create container if necessary on server side copy
• Increase directory listing chunk to 1000 to increase performance
• Make sensible error if the user forgets the container
• SFTP
• Add support for using ssh key files
• Fix under Windows
• Fix ssh agent on Windows
• Adapt to latest version of library - Igor Kharin
v1.36 - 2017-03-18
• New Features
• SFTP remote (Jack Schmidt)
• Re-implement sync routine to work a directory at a time reducing memory usage
• Logging revamped to be more inline with rsync - now much quieter * -v only shows
transfers * -vv is for full debug * –syslog to log to syslog on capable platforms
• Implement –backup-dir and –suffix
• Implement –track-renames (initial implementation by Bjørn Erik Pedersen)
• Add time-based bandwidth limits (Lukas Loesche)
• rclone cryptcheck: checks integrity of crypt remotes
• Allow all config file variables and options to be set from environment variables
• Add –buffer-size parameter to control buffer size for copy
• Make –delete-after the default
• Add –ignore-checksum flag (fixed by Hisham Zarka)
• rclone check: Add –download flag to check all the data, not just hashes
• rclone cat: add –head, –tail, –offset, –count and –discard
• rclone config: when choosing from a list, allow the value to be entered too
• rclone config: allow rename and copy of remotes
• rclone obscure: for generating encrypted passwords for rclone’s config (T.C.
Ferguson)
• Comply with XDG Base Directory specification (Dario Giovannetti)
• this moves the default location of the config file in a backwards compatible way
• Release changes
• Ubuntu snap support (Dedsec1)
• Compile with go 1.8
• MIPS/Linux big and little endian support
• Bug Fixes
• Fix copyto copying things to the wrong place if the destination dir didn’t exist
• Fix parsing of remotes in moveto and copyto
• Fix –delete-before deleting files on copy
• Fix –files-from with an empty file copying everything
• Fix sync: don’t update mod times if –dry-run set
• Fix MimeType propagation
• Fix filters to add ** rules to directory rules
• Local
• Implement -L, –copy-links flag to allow rclone to follow symlinks
• Open files in write only mode so rclone can write to an rclone mount
• Fix unnormalised unicode causing problems reading directories
• Fix interaction between -x flag and –max-depth
• Mount
• Implement proper directory handling (mkdir, rmdir, renaming)
• Make include and exclude filters apply to mount
• Implement read and write async buffers - control with –buffer-size
• Fix fsync on for directories
• Fix retry on network failure when reading off crypt
• Crypt
• Add –crypt-show-mapping to show encrypted file mapping
• Fix crypt writer getting stuck in a loop
• IMPORTANT this bug had the potential to cause data corruption when
• reading data from a network based remote and
• writing to a crypt on Google Drive
• Use the cryptcheck command to validate your data if you are concerned
• If syncing two crypt remotes, sync the unencrypted remote
• Amazon Drive
• Fix panics on Move (rename)
• Fix panic on token expiry
• B2
• Fix inconsistent listings and rclone check
• Fix uploading empty files with go1.8
• Constrain memory usage when doing multipart uploads
• Fix upload url not being refreshed properly
• Drive
• Fix Rmdir on directories with trashed files
• Fix “Ignoring unknown object” when downloading
• Add –drive-list-chunk
• Add –drive-skip-gdocs (Károly Oláh)
• OneDrive
• Implement Move
• Fix Copy
• Fix overwrite detection in Copy
• Fix waitForJob to parse errors correctly
• Use token renewer to stop auth errors on long uploads
• Fix uploading empty files with go1.8
• Google Cloud Storage
• Fix depth 1 directory listings
• Yandex
• Fix single level directory listing
• Dropbox
• Normalise the case for single level directory listings
• Fix depth 1 listing
• S3
• Added ca-central-1 region (Jon Yergatian)
v1.35 - 2017-01-02
• New Features
• moveto and copyto commands for choosing a destination name on copy/move
• rmdirs command to recursively delete empty directories
• Allow repeated –include/–exclude/–filter options
• Only show transfer stats on commands which transfer stuff
• show stats on any command using the --stats flag
• Allow overlapping directories in move when server side dir move is supported
• Add –stats-unit option - thanks Scott McGillivray
• Bug Fixes
• Fix the config file being overwritten when two rclones are running
• Make rclone lsd obey the filters properly
• Fix compilation on mips
• Fix not transferring files that don’t differ in size
• Fix panic on nil retry/fatal error
• Mount
• Retry reads on error - should help with reliability a lot
• Report the modification times for directories from the remote
• Add bandwidth accounting and limiting (fixes –bwlimit)
• If –stats provided will show stats and which files are transferring
• Support R/W files if truncate is set.
• Implement statfs interface so df works
• Note that write is now supported on Amazon Drive
• Report number of blocks in a file - thanks Stefan Breunig
• Crypt
• Prevent the user pointing crypt at itself
• Fix failed to authenticate decrypted block errors
• these will now return the underlying unexpected EOF instead
• Amazon Drive
• Add support for server side move and directory move - thanks Stefan Breunig
• Fix nil pointer deref on size attribute
• B2
• Use new prefix and delimiter parameters in directory listings
• This makes –max-depth 1 dir listings as used in mount much faster
• Reauth the account while doing uploads too - should help with token expiry
• Drive
• Make DirMove more efficient and complain about moving the root
• Create destination directory on Move()
v1.34 - 2016-11-06
• New Features
• Stop single file and --files-from operations iterating through the source bucket.
• Stop removing failed upload to cloud storage remotes
• Make ContentType be preserved for cloud to cloud copies
• Add support to toggle bandwidth limits via SIGUSR2 - thanks Marco Paganini
• rclone check shows count of hashes that couldn’t be checked
• rclone listremotes command
• Support linux/arm64 build - thanks Fredrik Fornwall
• Remove Authorization: lines from --dump-headers output
• Bug Fixes
• Ignore files with control characters in the names
• Fix rclone move command
• Delete src files which already existed in dst
• Fix deletion of src file when dst file older
• Fix rclone check on crypted file systems
• Make failed uploads not count as “Transferred”
• Make sure high level retries show with -q
• Use a vendor directory with godep for repeatable builds
• rclone mount - FUSE
• Implement FUSE mount options
• --no-modtime, --debug-fuse, --read-only, --allow-non-empty, --allow-root,
--allow-other
• --default-permissions, --write-back-cache, --max-read-ahead, --umask, --uid, --gid
• Add --dir-cache-time to control caching of directory entries
• Implement seek for files opened for read (useful for video players)
• with -no-seek flag to disable
• Fix crash on 32 bit ARM (alignment of 64 bit counter)
• ...and many more internal fixes and improvements!
• Crypt
• Don’t show encrypted password in configurator to stop confusion
• Amazon Drive
• New wait for upload option --acd-upload-wait-per-gb
• upload timeouts scale by file size and can be disabled
• Add 502 Bad Gateway to list of errors we retry
• Fix overwriting a file with a zero length file
• Fix ACD file size warning limit - thanks Felix Bünemann
• Local
• Unix: implement -x/--one-file-system to stay on a single file system
• thanks Durval Menezes and Luiz Carlos Rumbelsperger Viana
• Windows: ignore the symlink bit on files
• Windows: Ignore directory based junction points
• B2
• Make sure each upload has at least one upload slot - fixes strange upload stats
• Fix uploads when using crypt
• Fix download of large files (sha1 mismatch)
• Return error when we try to create a bucket which someone else owns
• Update B2 docs with Data usage, and Crypt section - thanks Tomasz Mazur
• S3
• Command line and config file support for
• Setting/overriding ACL - thanks Radek Senfeld
• Setting storage class - thanks Asko Tamm
• Drive
• Make exponential backoff work exactly as per Google specification
• add .epub, .odp and .tsv as export formats.
• Swift
• Don’t read metadata for directory marker objects
v1.33 - 2016-08-24
• New Features
• Implement encryption
• data encrypted in NACL secretbox format
• with optional file name encryption
• New commands
• rclone mount - implements FUSE mounting of remotes (EXPERIMENTAL)
• works on Linux, FreeBSD and OS X (need testers for the last 2!)
• rclone cat - outputs remote file or files to the terminal
• rclone genautocomplete - command to make a bash completion script for rclone
• Editing a remote using rclone config now goes through the wizard
• Compile with go 1.7 - this fixes rclone on macOS Sierra and on 386 processors
• Use cobra for sub commands and docs generation
• drive
• Document how to make your own client_id
• s3
• User-configurable Amazon S3 ACL (thanks Radek Šenfeld)
• b2
• Fix stats accounting for upload - no more jumping to 100% done
• On cleanup delete hide marker if it is the current file
• New B2 API endpoint (thanks Per Cederberg)
• Set maximum backoff to 5 Minutes
• onedrive
• Fix URL escaping in file names - eg uploading files with + in them.
• amazon cloud drive
• Fix token expiry during large uploads
• Work around 408 REQUEST_TIMEOUT and 504 GATEWAY_TIMEOUT errors
• local
• Fix filenames with invalid UTF-8 not being uploaded
• Fix problem with some UTF-8 characters on OS X
v1.32 - 2016-07-13
• Backblaze B2
• Fix upload of files large files not in root
v1.31 - 2016-07-13
• New Features
• Reduce memory on sync by about 50%
• Implement –no-traverse flag to stop copy traversing the destination remote.
• This can be used to reduce memory usage down to the smallest possible.
• Useful to copy a small number of files into a large destination folder.
• Implement cleanup command for emptying trash / removing old versions of files
• Currently B2 only
• Single file handling improved
• Now copied with –files-from
• Automatically sets –no-traverse when copying a single file
• Info on using installing with ansible - thanks Stefan Weichinger
• Implement –no-update-modtime flag to stop rclone fixing the remote modified times.
• Bug Fixes
• Fix move command - stop it running for overlapping Fses - this was causing data loss.
• Local
• Fix incomplete hashes - this was causing problems for B2.
• Amazon Drive
• Rename Amazon Cloud Drive to Amazon Drive - no changes to config file needed.
• Swift
• Add support for non-default project domain - thanks Antonio Messina.
• S3
• Add instructions on how to use rclone with minio.
• Add ap-northeast-2 (Seoul) and ap-south-1 (Mumbai) regions.
• Skip setting the modified time for objects > 5GB as it isn’t possible.
• Backblaze B2
• Add –b2-versions flag so old versions can be listed and retreived.
• Treat 403 errors (eg cap exceeded) as fatal.
• Implement cleanup command for deleting old file versions.
• Make error handling compliant with B2 integrations notes.
• Fix handling of token expiry.
• Implement –b2-test-mode to set X-Bz-Test-Mode header.
• Set cutoff for chunked upload to 200MB as per B2 guidelines.
• Make upload multi-threaded.
• Dropbox
• Don’t retry 461 errors.
v1.30 - 2016-06-18
• New Features
• Directory listing code reworked for more features and better error reporting (thanks
to Klaus Post for help). This enables
• Directory include filtering for efficiency
• –max-depth parameter
• Better error reporting
• More to come
• Retry more errors
• Add –ignore-size flag - for uploading images to onedrive
• Log -v output to stdout by default
• Display the transfer stats in more human readable form
• Make 0 size files specifiable with --max-size 0b
• Add b suffix so we can specify bytes in –bwlimit, –min-size etc
• Use “password:” instead of “password>” prompt - thanks Klaus Post and Leigh Klotz
• Bug Fixes
• Fix retry doing one too many retries
• Local
• Fix problems with OS X and UTF-8 characters
• Amazon Drive
• Check a file exists before uploading to help with 408 Conflict errors
• Reauth on 401 errors - this has been causing a lot of problems
• Work around spurious 403 errors
• Restart directory listings on error
• Google Drive
• Check a file exists before uploading to help with duplicates
• Fix retry of multipart uploads
• Backblaze B2
• Implement large file uploading
• S3
• Add AES256 server-side encryption for - thanks Justin R. Wilson
• Google Cloud Storage
• Make sure we don’t use conflicting content types on upload
• Add service account support - thanks Michal Witkowski
• Swift
• Add auth version parameter
• Add domain option for openstack (v3 auth) - thanks Fabian Ruff
v1.29 - 2016-04-18
• New Features
• Implement -I, --ignore-times for unconditional upload
• Improve dedupecommand
• Now removes identical copies without asking
• Now obeys --dry-run
• Implement --dedupe-mode for non interactive running
• --dedupe-mode interactive - interactive the default.
• --dedupe-mode skip - removes identical files then skips anything left.
• --dedupe-mode first - removes identical files then keeps the first one.
• --dedupe-mode newest - removes identical files then keeps the newest one.
• --dedupe-mode oldest - removes identical files then keeps the oldest one.
• --dedupe-mode rename - removes identical files then renames the rest to be
different.
• Bug fixes
• Make rclone check obey the --size-only flag.
• Use “application/octet-stream” if discovered mime type is invalid.
• Fix missing “quit” option when there are no remotes.
• Google Drive
• Increase default chunk size to 8 MB - increases upload speed of big files
• Speed up directory listings and make more reliable
• Add missing retries for Move and DirMove - increases reliability
• Preserve mime type on file update
• Backblaze B2
• Enable mod time syncing
• This means that B2 will now check modification times
• It will upload new files to update the modification times
• (there isn’t an API to just set the mod time.)
• If you want the old behaviour use --size-only.
• Update API to new version
• Fix parsing of mod time when not in metadata
• Swift/Hubic
• Don’t return an MD5SUM for static large objects
• S3
• Fix uploading files bigger than 50GB
v1.28 - 2016-03-01
• New Features
• Configuration file encryption - thanks Klaus Post
• Improve rclone config adding more help and making it easier to understand
• Implement -u/--update so creation times can be used on all remotes
• Implement --low-level-retries flag
• Optionally disable gzip compression on downloads with --no-gzip-encoding
• Bug fixes
• Don’t make directories if --dry-run set
• Fix and document the move command
• Fix redirecting stderr on unix-like OSes when using --log-file
• Fix delete command to wait until all finished - fixes missing deletes.
• Backblaze B2
• Use one upload URL per go routine fixes more than one upload using auth token
• Add pacing, retries and reauthentication - fixes token expiry problems
• Upload without using a temporary file from local (and remotes which support SHA1)
• Fix reading metadata for all files when it shouldn’t have been
• Drive
• Fix listing drive documents at root
• Disable copy and move for Google docs
• Swift
• Fix uploading of chunked files with non ASCII characters
• Allow setting of storage_url in the config - thanks Xavier Lucas
• S3
• Allow IAM role and credentials from environment variables - thanks Brian Stengaard
• Allow low privilege users to use S3 (check if directory exists during Mkdir) - thanks
Jakub Gedeon
• Amazon Drive
• Retry on more things to make directory listings more reliable
v1.27 - 2016-01-31
• New Features
• Easier headless configuration with rclone authorize
• Add support for multiple hash types - we now check SHA1 as well as MD5 hashes.
• delete command which does obey the filters (unlike purge)
• dedupe command to deduplicate a remote. Useful with Google Drive.
• Add --ignore-existing flag to skip all files that exist on destination.
• Add --delete-before, --delete-during, --delete-after flags.
• Add --memprofile flag to debug memory use.
• Warn the user about files with same name but different case
• Make --include rules add their implict exclude * at the end of the filter list
• Deprecate compiling with go1.3
• Amazon Drive
• Fix download of files > 10 GB
• Fix directory traversal (“Next token is expired”) for large directory listings
• Remove 409 conflict from error codes we will retry - stops very long pauses
• Backblaze B2
• SHA1 hashes now checked by rclone core
• Drive
• Add --drive-auth-owner-only to only consider files owned by the user - thanks Björn
Harrtell
• Export Google documents
• Dropbox
• Make file exclusion error controllable with -q
• Swift
• Fix upload from unprivileged user.
• S3
• Fix updating of mod times of files with + in.
• Local
• Add local file system option to disable UNC on Windows.
v1.26 - 2016-01-02
• New Features
• Yandex storage backend - thank you Dmitry Burdeev (“dibu”)
• Implement Backblaze B2 storage backend
• Add –min-age and –max-age flags - thank you Adriano Aurélio Meirelles
• Make ls/lsl/md5sum/size/check obey includes and excludes
• Fixes
• Fix crash in http logging
• Upload releases to github too
• Swift
• Fix sync for chunked files
• OneDrive
• Re-enable server side copy
• Don’t mask HTTP error codes with JSON decode error
• S3
• Fix corrupting Content-Type on mod time update (thanks Joseph Spurrier)
v1.25 - 2015-11-14
• New features
• Implement Hubic storage system
• Fixes
• Fix deletion of some excluded files without –delete-excluded
• This could have deleted files unexpectedly on sync
• Always check first with --dry-run!
• Swift
• Stop SetModTime losing metadata (eg X-Object-Manifest)
• This could have caused data loss for files > 5GB in size
• Use ContentType from Object to avoid lookups in listings
• OneDrive
• disable server side copy as it seems to be broken at Microsoft
v1.24 - 2015-11-07
• New features
• Add support for Microsoft OneDrive
• Add --no-check-certificate option to disable server certificate verification
• Add async readahead buffer for faster transfer of big files
• Fixes
• Allow spaces in remotes and check remote names for validity at creation time
• Allow `&' and disallow `:' in Windows filenames.
• Swift
• Ignore directory marker objects where appropriate - allows working with Hubic
• Don’t delete the container if fs wasn’t at root
• S3
• Don’t delete the bucket if fs wasn’t at root
• Google Cloud Storage
• Don’t delete the bucket if fs wasn’t at root
v1.23 - 2015-10-03
• New features
• Implement rclone size for measuring remotes
• Fixes
• Fix headless config for drive and gcs
• Tell the user they should try again if the webserver method failed
• Improve output of --dump-headers
• S3
• Allow anonymous access to public buckets
• Swift
• Stop chunked operations logging “Failed to read info: Object Not Found”
• Use Content-Length on uploads for extra reliability
v1.22 - 2015-09-28
• Implement rsync like include and exclude flags
• swift
• Support files > 5GB - thanks Sergey Tolmachev
v1.21 - 2015-09-22
• New features
• Display individual transfer progress
• Make lsl output times in localtime
• Fixes
• Fix allowing user to override credentials again in Drive, GCS and ACD
• Amazon Drive
• Implement compliant pacing scheme
• Google Drive
• Make directory reads concurrent for increased speed.
v1.20 - 2015-09-15
• New features
• Amazon Drive support
• Oauth support redone - fix many bugs and improve usability
• Use “golang.org/x/oauth2” as oauth libary of choice
• Improve oauth usability for smoother initial signup
• drive, googlecloudstorage: optionally use auto config for the oauth token
• Implement –dump-headers and –dump-bodies debug flags
• Show multiple matched commands if abbreviation too short
• Implement server side move where possible
• local
• Always use UNC paths internally on Windows - fixes a lot of bugs
• dropbox
• force use of our custom transport which makes timeouts work
• Thanks to Klaus Post for lots of help with this release
v1.19 - 2015-08-28
• New features
• Server side copies for s3/swift/drive/dropbox/gcs
• Move command - uses server side copies if it can
• Implement –retries flag - tries 3 times by default
• Build for plan9/amd64 and solaris/amd64 too
• Fixes
• Make a current version download with a fixed URL for scripting
• Ignore rmdir in limited fs rather than throwing error
• dropbox
• Increase chunk size to improve upload speeds massively
• Issue an error message when trying to upload bad file name
v1.18 - 2015-08-17
• drive
• Add --drive-use-trash flag so rclone trashes instead of deletes
• Add “Forbidden to download” message for files with no downloadURL
• dropbox
• Remove datastore
• This was deprecated and it caused a lot of problems
• Modification times and MD5SUMs no longer stored
• Fix uploading files > 2GB
• s3
• use official AWS SDK from github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go
• NB will most likely require you to delete and recreate remote
• enable multipart upload which enables files > 5GB
• tested with Ceph / RadosGW / S3 emulation
• many thanks to Sam Liston and Brian Haymore at the Utah Center for High Performance
Computing (https://www.chpc.utah.edu/) for a Ceph test account
• misc
• Show errors when reading the config file
• Do not print stats in quiet mode - thanks Leonid Shalupov
• Add FAQ
• Fix created directories not obeying umask
• Linux installation instructions - thanks Shimon Doodkin
v1.17 - 2015-06-14
• dropbox: fix case insensitivity issues - thanks Leonid Shalupov
v1.16 - 2015-06-09
• Fix uploading big files which was causing timeouts or panics
• Don’t check md5sum after download with –size-only
v1.15 - 2015-06-06
• Add –checksum flag to only discard transfers by MD5SUM - thanks Alex Couper
• Implement –size-only flag to sync on size not checksum & modtime
• Expand docs and remove duplicated information
• Document rclone’s limitations with directories
• dropbox: update docs about case insensitivity
v1.14 - 2015-05-21
• local: fix encoding of non utf-8 file names - fixes a duplicate file problem
• drive: docs about rate limiting
• google cloud storage: Fix compile after API change in “google.golang.org/api/storage/v1”
v1.13 - 2015-05-10
• Revise documentation (especially sync)
• Implement –timeout and –conntimeout
• s3: ignore etags from multipart uploads which aren’t md5sums
v1.12 - 2015-03-15
• drive: Use chunked upload for files above a certain size
• drive: add –drive-chunk-size and –drive-upload-cutoff parameters
• drive: switch to insert from update when a failed copy deletes the upload
• core: Log duplicate files if they are detected
v1.11 - 2015-03-04
• swift: add region parameter
• drive: fix crash on failed to update remote mtime
• In remote paths, change native directory separators to /
• Add synchronization to ls/lsl/lsd output to stop corruptions
• Ensure all stats/log messages to go stderr
• Add –log-file flag to log everything (including panics) to file
• Make it possible to disable stats printing with –stats=0
• Implement –bwlimit to limit data transfer bandwidth
v1.10 - 2015-02-12
• s3: list an unlimited number of items
• Fix getting stuck in the configurator
v1.09 - 2015-02-07
• windows: Stop drive letters (eg C:) getting mixed up with remotes (eg drive:)
• local: Fix directory separators on Windows
• drive: fix rate limit exceeded errors
v1.08 - 2015-02-04
• drive: fix subdirectory listing to not list entire drive
• drive: Fix SetModTime
• dropbox: adapt code to recent library changes
v1.07 - 2014-12-23
• google cloud storage: fix memory leak
v1.06 - 2014-12-12
• Fix “Couldn’t find home directory” on OSX
• swift: Add tenant parameter
• Use new location of Google API packages
v1.05 - 2014-08-09
• Improved tests and consequently lots of minor fixes
• core: Fix race detected by go race detector
• core: Fixes after running errcheck
• drive: reset root directory on Rmdir and Purge
• fs: Document that Purger returns error on empty directory, test and fix
• google cloud storage: fix ListDir on subdirectory
• google cloud storage: re-read metadata in SetModTime
• s3: make reading metadata more reliable to work around eventual consistency problems
• s3: strip trailing / from ListDir()
• swift: return directories without / in ListDir
v1.04 - 2014-07-21
• google cloud storage: Fix crash on Update
v1.03 - 2014-07-20
• swift, s3, dropbox: fix updated files being marked as corrupted
• Make compile with go 1.1 again
v1.02 - 2014-07-19
• Implement Dropbox remote
• Implement Google Cloud Storage remote
• Verify Md5sums and Sizes after copies
• Remove times from “ls” command - lists sizes only
• Add add “lsl” - lists times and sizes
• Add “md5sum” command
v1.01 - 2014-07-04
• drive: fix transfer of big files using up lots of memory
v1.00 - 2014-07-03
• drive: fix whole second dates
v0.99 - 2014-06-26
• Fix –dry-run not working
• Make compatible with go 1.1
v0.98 - 2014-05-30
• s3: Treat missing Content-Length as 0 for some ceph installations
• rclonetest: add file with a space in
v0.97 - 2014-05-05
• Implement copying of single files
• s3 & swift: support paths inside containers/buckets
v0.96 - 2014-04-24
• drive: Fix multiple files of same name being created
• drive: Use o.Update and fs.Put to optimise transfers
• Add version number, -V and –version
v0.95 - 2014-03-28
• rclone.org: website, docs and graphics
• drive: fix path parsing
v0.94 - 2014-03-27
• Change remote format one last time
• GNU style flags
v0.93 - 2014-03-16
• drive: store token in config file
• cross compile other versions
• set strict permissions on config file
v0.92 - 2014-03-15
• Config fixes and –config option
v0.91 - 2014-03-15
• Make config file
v0.90 - 2013-06-27
• Project named rclone
v0.00 - 2012-11-18
• Project started
Bugs and Limitations
Limitations
Directory timestamps aren’t preserved
Rclone doesn’t currently preserve the timestamps of directories. This is because rclone
only really considers objects when syncing.
Rclone struggles with millions of files in a directory
Currently rclone loads each directory entirely into memory before using it. Since each
Rclone object takes 0.5k-1k of memory this can take a very long time and use an extremely
large amount of memory.
Millions of files in a directory tend caused by software writing cloud storage (eg S3
buckets).
Bucket based remotes and folders
Bucket based remotes (eg S3/GCS/Swift/B2) do not have a concept of directories. Rclone
therefore cannot create directories in them which means that empty directories on a bucket
based remote will tend to disappear.
Some software creates empty keys ending in / as directory markers. Rclone doesn’t do this
as it potentially creates more objects and costs more. It may do in future (probably with
a flag).
Bugs
Bugs are stored in rclone’s GitHub project:
• Reported bugs
(https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues?q=is%3Aopen+is%3Aissue+label%3Abug)
• Known issues
(https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues?q=is%3Aopen+is%3Aissue+milestone%3A%22Known+Problem%22)
Frequently Asked Questions
Do all cloud storage systems support all rclone commands
Yes they do. All the rclone commands (eg sync, copy etc) will work on all the remote
storage systems.
Can I copy the config from one machine to another
Sure! Rclone stores all of its config in a single file. If you want to find this file,
run rclone config file which will tell you where it is.
See the remote setup docs (https://rclone.org/remote_setup/) for more info.
How do I configure rclone on a remote / headless box with no browser?
This has now been documented in its own remote setup page
(https://rclone.org/remote_setup/).
Can rclone sync directly from drive to s3
Rclone can sync between two remote cloud storage systems just fine.
Note that it effectively downloads the file and uploads it again, so the node running
rclone would need to have lots of bandwidth.
The syncs would be incremental (on a file by file basis).
Eg
rclone sync drive:Folder s3:bucket
Using rclone from multiple locations at the same time
You can use rclone from multiple places at the same time if you choose different
subdirectory for the output, eg
Server A> rclone sync /tmp/whatever remote:ServerA
Server B> rclone sync /tmp/whatever remote:ServerB
If you sync to the same directory then you should use rclone copy otherwise the two
rclones may delete each others files, eg
Server A> rclone copy /tmp/whatever remote:Backup
Server B> rclone copy /tmp/whatever remote:Backup
The file names you upload from Server A and Server B should be different in this case,
otherwise some file systems (eg Drive) may make duplicates.
Why doesn’t rclone support partial transfers / binary diffs like rsync?
Rclone stores each file you transfer as a native object on the remote cloud storage
system. This means that you can see the files you upload as expected using alternative
access methods (eg using the Google Drive web interface). There is a 1:1 mapping between
files on your hard disk and objects created in the cloud storage system.
Cloud storage systems (at least none I’ve come across yet) don’t support partially
uploading an object. You can’t take an existing object, and change some bytes in the
middle of it.
It would be possible to make a sync system which stored binary diffs instead of whole
objects like rclone does, but that would break the 1:1 mapping of files on your hard disk
to objects in the remote cloud storage system.
All the cloud storage systems support partial downloads of content, so it would be
possible to make partial downloads work. However to make this work efficiently this would
require storing a significant amount of metadata, which breaks the desired 1:1 mapping of
files to objects.
Can rclone do bi-directional sync?
No, not at present. rclone only does uni-directional sync from A -> B. It may do in the
future though since it has all the primitives - it just requires writing the algorithm to
do it.
Can I use rclone with an HTTP proxy?
Yes. rclone will follow the standard environment variables for proxies, similar to cURL
and other programs.
In general the variables are called http_proxy (for services reached over http) and
https_proxy (for services reached over https). Most public services will be using https,
but you may wish to set both.
The content of the variable is protocol://server:port. The protocol value is the one used
to talk to the proxy server, itself, and is commonly either http or socks5.
Slightly annoyingly, there is no standard for the name; some applications may use
http_proxy but another one HTTP_PROXY. The Go libraries used by rclone will try both
variations, but you may wish to set all possibilities. So, on Linux, you may end up with
code similar to
export http_proxy=http://proxyserver:12345
export https_proxy=$http_proxy
export HTTP_PROXY=$http_proxy
export HTTPS_PROXY=$http_proxy
The NO_PROXY allows you to disable the proxy for specific hosts. Hosts must be comma
separated, and can contain domains or parts. For instance “foo.com” also matches
“bar.foo.com”.
e.g.
export no_proxy=localhost,127.0.0.0/8,my.host.name
export NO_PROXY=$no_proxy
Note that the ftp backend does not support ftp_proxy yet.
Rclone gives x509: failed to load system roots and no roots provided error
This means that rclone can’t file the SSL root certificates. Likely you are running
rclone on a NAS with a cut-down Linux OS, or possibly on Solaris.
Rclone (via the Go runtime) tries to load the root certificates from these places on
Linux.
"/etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt", // Debian/Ubuntu/Gentoo etc.
"/etc/pki/tls/certs/ca-bundle.crt", // Fedora/RHEL
"/etc/ssl/ca-bundle.pem", // OpenSUSE
"/etc/pki/tls/cacert.pem", // OpenELEC
So doing something like this should fix the problem. It also sets the time which is
important for SSL to work properly.
mkdir -p /etc/ssl/certs/
curl -o /etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt https://raw.githubusercontent.com/bagder/ca-bundle/master/ca-bundle.crt
ntpclient -s -h pool.ntp.org
The two environment variables SSL_CERT_FILE and SSL_CERT_DIR, mentioned in the x509
package (https://godoc.org/crypto/x509), provide an additional way to provide the SSL root
certificates.
Note that you may need to add the --insecure option to the curl command line if it doesn’t
work without.
curl --insecure -o /etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt https://raw.githubusercontent.com/bagder/ca-bundle/master/ca-bundle.crt
Rclone gives Failed to load config file: function not implemented error
Likely this means that you are running rclone on Linux version not supported by the go
runtime, ie earlier than version 2.6.23.
See the system requirements section in the go install docs
(https://golang.org/doc/install) for full details.
All my uploaded docx/xlsx/pptx files appear as archive/zip
This is caused by uploading these files from a Windows computer which hasn’t got the
Microsoft Office suite installed. The easiest way to fix is to install the Word viewer
and the Microsoft Office Compatibility Pack for Word, Excel, and PowerPoint 2007 and later
versions’ file formats
tcp lookup some.domain.com no such host
This happens when rclone cannot resolve a domain. Please check that your DNS setup is
generally working, e.g.
# both should print a long list of possible IP addresses
dig www.googleapis.com # resolve using your default DNS
dig www.googleapis.com @8.8.8.8 # resolve with Google's DNS server
If you are using systemd-resolved (default on Arch Linux), ensure it is at version 233 or
higher. Previous releases contain a bug which causes not all domains to be resolved
properly.
Additionally with the GODEBUG=netdns= environment variable the Go resolver decision can be
influenced. This also allows to resolve certain issues with DNS resolution. See the name
resolution section in the go docs (https://golang.org/pkg/net/#hdr-Name_Resolution).
The total size reported in the stats for a sync is wrong and keeps changing
It is likely you have more than 10,000 files that need to be synced. By default rclone
only gets 10,000 files ahead in a sync so as not to use up too much memory. You can
change this default with the –max-backlog (/docs/#max-backlog-n) flag.
Rclone is using too much memory or appears to have a memory leak
Rclone is written in Go which uses a garbage collector. The default settings for the
garbage collector mean that it runs when the heap size has doubled.
However it is possible to tune the garbage collector to use less memory by setting GOGC
(https://dave.cheney.net/tag/gogc) to a lower value, say export GOGC=20. This will make
the garbage collector work harder, reducing memory size at the expense of CPU usage.
The most common cause of rclone using lots of memory is a single directory with thousands
or millions of files in. Rclone has to load this entirely into memory as rclone objects.
Each rclone object takes 0.5k-1k of memory.
License
This is free software under the terms of MIT the license (check the COPYING file included
with the source code).
Copyright (C) 2019 by Nick Craig-Wood https://www.craig-wood.com/nick/
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
THE SOFTWARE.
Authors
• Nick Craig-Wood <nick@craig-wood.com>
Contributors
• Alex Couper <amcouper@gmail.com>
• Leonid Shalupov <leonid@shalupov.com> <shalupov@diverse.org.ru>
• Shimon Doodkin <helpmepro1@gmail.com>
• Colin Nicholson <colin@colinn.com>
• Klaus Post <klauspost@gmail.com>
• Sergey Tolmachev <tolsi.ru@gmail.com>
• Adriano Aurélio Meirelles <adriano@atinge.com>
• C. Bess <cbess@users.noreply.github.com>
• Dmitry Burdeev <dibu28@gmail.com>
• Joseph Spurrier <github@josephspurrier.com>
• Björn Harrtell <bjorn@wololo.org>
• Xavier Lucas <xavier.lucas@corp.ovh.com>
• Werner Beroux <werner@beroux.com>
• Brian Stengaard <brian@stengaard.eu>
• Jakub Gedeon <jgedeon@sofi.com>
• Jim Tittsler <jwt@onjapan.net>
• Michal Witkowski <michal@improbable.io>
• Fabian Ruff <fabian.ruff@sap.com>
• Leigh Klotz <klotz@quixey.com>
• Romain Lapray <lapray.romain@gmail.com>
• Justin R. Wilson <jrw972@gmail.com>
• Antonio Messina <antonio.s.messina@gmail.com>
• Stefan G. Weichinger <office@oops.co.at>
• Per Cederberg <cederberg@gmail.com>
• Radek Šenfeld <rush@logic.cz>
• Fredrik Fornwall <fredrik@fornwall.net>
• Asko Tamm <asko@deekit.net>
• xor-zz <xor@gstocco.com>
• Tomasz Mazur <tmazur90@gmail.com>
• Marco Paganini <paganini@paganini.net>
• Felix Bünemann <buenemann@louis.info>
• Durval Menezes <jmrclone@durval.com>
• Luiz Carlos Rumbelsperger Viana <maxd13_luiz_carlos@hotmail.com>
• Stefan Breunig <stefan-github@yrden.de>
• Alishan Ladhani <ali-l@users.noreply.github.com>
• 0xJAKE <0xJAKE@users.noreply.github.com>
• Thibault Molleman <thibaultmol@users.noreply.github.com>
• Scott McGillivray <scott.mcgillivray@gmail.com>
• Bjørn Erik Pedersen <bjorn.erik.pedersen@gmail.com>
• Lukas Loesche <lukas@mesosphere.io>
• emyarod <allllaboutyou@gmail.com>
• T.C. Ferguson <tcf909@gmail.com>
• Brandur <brandur@mutelight.org>
• Dario Giovannetti <dev@dariogiovannetti.net>
• Károly Oláh <okaresz@aol.com>
• Jon Yergatian <jon@macfanatic.ca>
• Jack Schmidt <github@mowsey.org>
• Dedsec1 <Dedsec1@users.noreply.github.com>
• Hisham Zarka <hzarka@gmail.com>
• Jérôme Vizcaino <jerome.vizcaino@gmail.com>
• Mike Tesch <mjt6129@rit.edu>
• Marvin Watson <marvwatson@users.noreply.github.com>
• Danny Tsai <danny8376@gmail.com>
• Yoni Jah <yonjah+git@gmail.com> <yonjah+github@gmail.com>
• Stephen Harris <github@spuddy.org> <sweharris@users.noreply.github.com>
• Ihor Dvoretskyi <ihor.dvoretskyi@gmail.com>
• Jon Craton <jncraton@gmail.com>
• Hraban Luyat <hraban@0brg.net>
• Michael Ledin <mledin89@gmail.com>
• Martin Kristensen <me@azgul.com>
• Too Much IO <toomuchio@users.noreply.github.com>
• Anisse Astier <anisse@astier.eu>
• Zahiar Ahmed <zahiar@live.com>
• Igor Kharin <igorkharin@gmail.com>
• Bill Zissimopoulos <billziss@navimatics.com>
• Bob Potter <bobby.potter@gmail.com>
• Steven Lu <tacticalazn@gmail.com>
• Sjur Fredriksen <sjurtf@ifi.uio.no>
• Ruwbin <hubus12345@gmail.com>
• Fabian Möller <fabianm88@gmail.com> <f.moeller@nynex.de>
• Edward Q. Bridges <github@eqbridges.com>
• Vasiliy Tolstov <v.tolstov@selfip.ru>
• Harshavardhana <harsha@minio.io>
• sainaen <sainaen@gmail.com>
• gdm85 <gdm85@users.noreply.github.com>
• Yaroslav Halchenko <debian@onerussian.com>
• John Papandriopoulos <jpap@users.noreply.github.com>
• Zhiming Wang <zmwangx@gmail.com>
• Andy Pilate <cubox@cubox.me>
• Oliver Heyme <olihey@googlemail.com> <olihey@users.noreply.github.com>
<de8olihe@lego.com>
• wuyu <wuyu@yunify.com>
• Andrei Dragomir <adragomi@adobe.com>
• Christian Brüggemann <mail@cbruegg.com>
• Alex McGrath Kraak <amkdude@gmail.com>
• bpicode <bjoern.pirnay@googlemail.com>
• Daniel Jagszent <daniel@jagszent.de>
• Josiah White <thegenius2009@gmail.com>
• Ishuah Kariuki <kariuki@ishuah.com> <ishuah91@gmail.com>
• Jan Varho <jan@varho.org>
• Girish Ramakrishnan <girish@cloudron.io>
• LingMan <LingMan@users.noreply.github.com>
• Jacob McNamee <jacobmcnamee@gmail.com>
• jersou <jertux@gmail.com>
• thierry <thierry@substantiel.fr>
• Simon Leinen <simon.leinen@gmail.com> <ubuntu@s3-test.novalocal>
• Dan Dascalescu <ddascalescu+github@gmail.com>
• Jason Rose <jason@jro.io>
• Andrew Starr-Bochicchio <a.starr.b@gmail.com>
• John Leach <john@johnleach.co.uk>
• Corban Raun <craun@instructure.com>
• Pierre Carlson <mpcarl@us.ibm.com>
• Ernest Borowski <er.borowski@gmail.com>
• Remus Bunduc <remus.bunduc@gmail.com>
• Iakov Davydov <iakov.davydov@unil.ch> <dav05.gith@myths.ru>
• Jakub Tasiemski <tasiemski@gmail.com>
• David Minor <dminor@saymedia.com>
• Tim Cooijmans <cooijmans.tim@gmail.com>
• Laurence <liuxy6@gmail.com>
• Giovanni Pizzi <gio.piz@gmail.com>
• Filip Bartodziej <filipbartodziej@gmail.com>
• Jon Fautley <jon@dead.li>
• lewapm <32110057+lewapm@users.noreply.github.com>
• Yassine Imounachen <yassine256@gmail.com>
• Chris Redekop <chris-redekop@users.noreply.github.com> <chris.redekop@gmail.com>
• Jon Fautley <jon@adenoid.appstal.co.uk>
• Will Gunn <WillGunn@users.noreply.github.com>
• Lucas Bremgartner <lucas@bremis.ch>
• Jody Frankowski <jody.frankowski@gmail.com>
• Andreas Roussos <arouss1980@gmail.com>
• nbuchanan <nbuchanan@utah.gov>
• Durval Menezes <rclone@durval.com>
• Victor <vb-github@viblo.se>
• Mateusz <pabian.mateusz@gmail.com>
• Daniel Loader <spicypixel@gmail.com>
• David0rk <davidork@gmail.com>
• Alexander Neumann <alexander@bumpern.de>
• Giri Badanahatti <gbadanahatti@us.ibm.com@Giris-MacBook-Pro.local>
• Leo R. Lundgren <leo@finalresort.org>
• wolfv <wolfv6@users.noreply.github.com>
• Dave Pedu <dave@davepedu.com>
• Stefan Lindblom <lindblom@spotify.com>
• seuffert <oliver@seuffert.biz>
• gbadanahatti <37121690+gbadanahatti@users.noreply.github.com>
• Keith Goldfarb <barkofdelight@gmail.com>
• Steve Kriss <steve@heptio.com>
• Chih-Hsuan Yen <yan12125@gmail.com>
• Alexander Neumann <fd0@users.noreply.github.com>
• Matt Holt <mholt@users.noreply.github.com>
• Eri Bastos <bastos.eri@gmail.com>
• Michael P. Dubner <pywebmail@list.ru>
• Antoine GIRARD <sapk@users.noreply.github.com>
• Mateusz Piotrowski <mpp302@gmail.com>
• Animosity022 <animosity22@users.noreply.github.com> <earl.texter@gmail.com>
• Peter Baumgartner <pete@lincolnloop.com>
• Craig Rachel <craig@craigrachel.com>
• Michael G. Noll <miguno@users.noreply.github.com>
• hensur <me@hensur.de>
• Oliver Heyme <de8olihe@lego.com>
• Richard Yang <richard@yenforyang.com>
• Piotr Oleszczyk <piotr.oleszczyk@gmail.com>
• Rodrigo <rodarima@gmail.com>
• NoLooseEnds <NoLooseEnds@users.noreply.github.com>
• Jakub Karlicek <jakub@karlicek.me>
• John Clayton <john@codemonkeylabs.com>
• Kasper Byrdal Nielsen <byrdal76@gmail.com>
• Benjamin Joseph Dag <bjdag1234@users.noreply.github.com>
• themylogin <themylogin@gmail.com>
• Onno Zweers <onno.zweers@surfsara.nl>
• Jasper Lievisse Adriaanse <jasper@humppa.nl>
• sandeepkru <sandeep.ummadi@gmail.com> <sandeepkru@users.noreply.github.com>
• HerrH <atomtigerzoo@users.noreply.github.com>
• Andrew <4030760+sparkyman215@users.noreply.github.com>
• dan smith <XX1011@gmail.com>
• Oleg Kovalov <iamolegkovalov@gmail.com>
• Ruben Vandamme <github-com-00ff86@vandamme.email>
• Cnly <minecnly@gmail.com>
• Andres Alvarez <1671935+kir4h@users.noreply.github.com>
• reddi1 <xreddi@gmail.com>
• Matt Tucker <matthewtckr@gmail.com>
• Sebastian Bünger <buengese@gmail.com>
• Martin Polden <mpolden@mpolden.no>
• Alex Chen <Cnly@users.noreply.github.com>
• Denis <deniskovpen@gmail.com>
• bsteiss <35940619+bsteiss@users.noreply.github.com>
• Cédric Connes <cedric.connes@gmail.com>
• Dr. Tobias Quathamer <toddy15@users.noreply.github.com>
• dcpu <42736967+dcpu@users.noreply.github.com>
• Sheldon Rupp <me@shel.io>
• albertony <12441419+albertony@users.noreply.github.com>
• cron410 <cron410@gmail.com>
• Anagh Kumar Baranwal <anaghk.dos@gmail.com>
• Felix Brucker <felix@felixbrucker.com>
• Santiago Rodríguez <scollazo@users.noreply.github.com>
• Craig Miskell <craig.miskell@fluxfederation.com>
• Antoine GIRARD <sapk@sapk.fr>
• Joanna Marek <joanna.marek@u2i.com>
• frenos <frenos@users.noreply.github.com>
• ssaqua <ssaqua@users.noreply.github.com>
• xnaas <me@xnaas.info>
• Frantisek Fuka <fuka@fuxoft.cz>
• Paul Kohout <pauljkohout@yahoo.com>
• dcpu <43330287+dcpu@users.noreply.github.com>
• jackyzy823 <jackyzy823@gmail.com>
• David Haguenauer <ml@kurokatta.org>
• teresy <hi.teresy@gmail.com>
• buergi <patbuergi@gmx.de>
• Florian Gamboeck <mail@floga.de>
• Ralf Hemberger <10364191+rhemberger@users.noreply.github.com>
• Scott Edlund <sedlund@users.noreply.github.com>
• Erik Swanson <erik@retailnext.net>
• Jake Coggiano <jake@stripe.com>
• brused27 <brused27@noemailaddress>
• Peter Kaminski <kaminski@istori.com>
• Henry Ptasinski <henry@logout.com>
• Alexander <kharkovalexander@gmail.com>
• Garry McNulty <garrmcnu@gmail.com>
• Mathieu Carbou <mathieu.carbou@gmail.com>
• Mark Otway <mark@otway.com>
• William Cocker <37018962+WilliamCocker@users.noreply.github.com>
• François Leurent <131.js@cloudyks.org>
• Arkadius Stefanski <arkste@gmail.com>
• Jay <dev@jaygoel.com>
• andrea rota <a@xelera.eu>
• nicolov <nicolov@users.noreply.github.com>
• Dario Guzik <dario@guzik.com.ar>
• qip <qip@users.noreply.github.com>
• yair@unicorn <yair@unicorn>
• Matt Robinson <brimstone@the.narro.ws>
• kayrus <kay.diam@gmail.com>
• Rémy Léone <remy.leone@gmail.com>
• Wojciech Smigielski <wojciech.hieronim.smigielski@gmail.com>
• weetmuts <oehrstroem@gmail.com>
• Jonathan <vanillajonathan@users.noreply.github.com>
• James Carpenter <orbsmiv@users.noreply.github.com>
• Vince <vince0villamora@gmail.com>
• Nestar47 <47841759+Nestar47@users.noreply.github.com>
• Six <brbsix@gmail.com>
• Alexandru Bumbacea <alexandru.bumbacea@booking.com>
• calisro <robert.calistri@gmail.com>
• Dr.Rx <david.rey@nventive.com>
• marcintustin <marcintustin@users.noreply.github.com>
• jaKa Močnik <jaka@koofr.net>
• Fionera <fionera@fionera.de>
• Dan Walters <dan@walters.io>
• Danil Semelenov <sgtpep@users.noreply.github.com>
• xopez <28950736+xopez@users.noreply.github.com>
• Ben Boeckel <mathstuf@gmail.com>
• Manu <manu@snapdragon.cc>
• Kyle E. Mitchell <kyle@kemitchell.com>
• Gary Kim <gary@garykim.dev>
• Jon <jonathn@github.com>
• Jeff Quinn <jeffrey.quinn@bluevoyant.com>
• Peter Berbec <peter@berbec.com>
• didil <1284255+didil@users.noreply.github.com>
• id01 <gaviniboom@gmail.com>
• Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
• Philip Harvey <32467456+pharveybattelle@users.noreply.github.com>
• JorisE <JorisE@users.noreply.github.com>
• garry415 <garry.415@gmail.com>
• forgems <forgems@gmail.com>
• Florian Apolloner <florian@apolloner.eu>
• Aleksandar Jankovic <office@ajankovic.com>
• Maran <maran@protonmail.com>
• nguyenhuuluan434 <nguyenhuuluan434@gmail.com>
• Laura Hausmann <zotan@zotan.pw> <laura@hausmann.dev>
• yparitcher <y@paritcher.com>
• AbelThar <abela.tharen@gmail.com>
• Matti Niemenmaa <matti.niemenmaa+git@iki.fi>
• Russell Davis <russelldavis@users.noreply.github.com>
• Yi FU <yi.fu@tink.se>
• Paul Millar <paul.millar@desy.de>
• justinalin <justinalin@qnap.com>
• EliEron <subanimehd@gmail.com>
• justina777 <chiahuei.lin@gmail.com>
• Chaitanya Bankanhal <bchaitanya15@gmail.com>
• Michał Matczuk <michal@scylladb.com>
• Macavirus <macavirus@zoho.com>
• Abhinav Sharma <abhi18av@users.noreply.github.com>
• ginvine <34869051+ginvine@users.noreply.github.com>
• Patrick Wang <mail6543210@yahoo.com.tw>
• Cenk Alti <cenkalti@gmail.com>
• Andreas Chlupka <andy@chlupka.com>
• Alfonso Montero <amontero@tinet.org>
• Ivan Andreev <ivandeex@gmail.com>
• David Baumgold <david@davidbaumgold.com>
• Lars Lehtonen <lars.lehtonen@gmail.com>
• Matei David <matei.david@gmail.com>
• David <david.bramwell@endemolshine.com>
• Anthony Rusdi <33247310+antrusd@users.noreply.github.com>
• Richard Patel <me@terorie.dev>
• 庄天翼 <zty0826@gmail.com>
• SwitchJS <dev@switchjs.com>
• Raphael <PowershellNinja@users.noreply.github.com>
• Sezal Agrawal <sezalagrawal@gmail.com>
• Tyler <TylerNakamura@users.noreply.github.com>
• Brett Dutro <brett.dutro@gmail.com>
• Vighnesh SK <booterror99@gmail.com>
• Arijit Biswas <dibbyo456@gmail.com>
• Michele Caci <michele.caci@gmail.com>
• AlexandrBoltris <ua2fgb@gmail.com>
• Bryce Larson <blarson@saltstack.com>
• Carlos Ferreyra <crypticmind@gmail.com>
• Saksham Khanna <sakshamkhanna@outlook.com>
• dausruddin <5763466+dausruddin@users.noreply.github.com>
Contact the rclone project
Forum
Forum for questions and general discussion:
• https://forum.rclone.org
Gitub project
The project website is at:
• https://github.com/rclone/rclone
There you can file bug reports or contribute pull requests.
Twitter
You can also follow me on twitter for rclone announcements:
• [@njcw](https://twitter.com/njcw)
Email
Or if all else fails or you want to ask something private or confidential email Nick
Craig-Wood (mailto:nick@craig-wood.com). Please don’t email me requests for help - those
are better directed to the forum - thanks!
AUTHORS
Nick Craig-Wood.